TW201124587A - Control method of a laundry machine - Google Patents

Control method of a laundry machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201124587A
TW201124587A TW99126789A TW99126789A TW201124587A TW 201124587 A TW201124587 A TW 201124587A TW 99126789 A TW99126789 A TW 99126789A TW 99126789 A TW99126789 A TW 99126789A TW 201124587 A TW201124587 A TW 201124587A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
drum
laundry
rotational speed
predetermined
mode
Prior art date
Application number
TW99126789A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI429803B (en
Inventor
In-Ho Cho
Hyung-Yong Kim
Eun-Jin Park
Ig-Geun Kwon
Sang-Il Hwang
Han-Su Jung
Kyung-Chul Woo
Byung-Keol Choi
Myong-Hun Im
Soo-Young Oh
Moon-Hee Hong
Woo-Young Kim
Sang-Heon Lee
Original Assignee
Lg Electronics Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from KR1020090073981A external-priority patent/KR101632210B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073959A external-priority patent/KR101595027B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073978A external-priority patent/KR101092454B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073826A external-priority patent/KR101155001B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073979A external-priority patent/KR20110017468A/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073976A external-priority patent/KR20110016326A/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073828A external-priority patent/KR101674935B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073977A external-priority patent/KR101638901B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073827A external-priority patent/KR101611279B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073980A external-priority patent/KR20110016329A/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073960A external-priority patent/KR101625046B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090079827A external-priority patent/KR101634179B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090080128A external-priority patent/KR101712905B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090079915A external-priority patent/KR20110022363A/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090105116A external-priority patent/KR101731332B1/en
Application filed by Lg Electronics Inc filed Critical Lg Electronics Inc
Publication of TW201124587A publication Critical patent/TW201124587A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI429803B publication Critical patent/TWI429803B/en

Links

Classifications

    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F35/00Washing machines, apparatus, or methods not otherwise provided for
    • D06F35/005Methods for washing, rinsing or spin-drying

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Textile Engineering (AREA)
  • Control Of Washing Machine And Dryer (AREA)
  • Main Body Construction Of Washing Machines And Laundry Dryers (AREA)

Abstract

A laundry machine and a control method thereof are provided in which laundering ability may be improved while also improving efficiency and noise/vibration. The laundry machine employs a plurality of drum motions by varying drum rotational speed, drum rotational direction, and drum starting and stopping point, to provide different motion of laundry items in the drum.

Description

201124587 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 [0001】本案關於一洗衣機及其控制方法。 【先前技術】 [0002]洗衣機係一般用來清洗及/或擰乾紡織品的機器。 • 衣機可包括一滾筒可旋轉地安裝於一機櫃,滾筒用來容納 待洗衣物於其内以進行處理。在一上開式洗衣機,滾筒大 致上係垂直向設置,具有一開口在洗衣機的一頂端,以透 過該開口置入待洗衣物。在一前開式洗衣機,滾筒大致上 係水平向或稍微傾斜設置,具有一開口在其一前端,以透 過該開口置入待洗衣物。滾筒的運動,以及待洗衣物、洗 衣水與清洗劑,與滾筒内部之間的摩擦,可幫助去除待洗 衣物的髒污。 【發明内容】 本發明之主要目的’係提出一種操作具有一滾筒的— 洗衣機之方法,該滾筒具有一旋轉軸通過該滾筒之一中 心’該方法包含旋轉該滾筒進行一第一運轉的步驟,其包 含以下步驟:以一第一預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒,使得最 初位於一初始位置的該滾筒上之一參考點繞該旋轉袖旋 201124587 轉,其中該參考點係在該潦 考點繞1 β 滾筒之一側上的任一點;當該參 =滾筒之該旋轉轴行經—第一預定,改變該 =的㈣轉速度;恢復該滾筒以-第二預定旋轉速度的 預定距當該參考點繞該滾筒之該旋轉轴行經一第二 參考點、,改變該滾筒的該旋轉速度’使得該滾筒的該 參考點回到實質位於該初始位置的一位置。201124587 VI. Description of the invention: [Technical field to which the invention pertains] [0001] The present invention relates to a washing machine and a control method therefor. [Prior Art] [0002] A washing machine is a machine generally used for washing and/or wringing textiles. • The clothes machine can include a drum rotatably mounted to a cabinet for containing laundry to be disposed of for processing. In an open-type washing machine, the drum is generally vertically disposed with an opening at a top end of the washing machine to allow the laundry to be placed through the opening. In a front-opening washing machine, the drum is substantially horizontally or slightly inclined, having an opening at a front end thereof for inserting the laundry through the opening. The movement of the drum, as well as the friction between the laundry, the washing water and the cleaning agent, and the inside of the drum can help remove the dirt of the laundry to be washed. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The primary object of the present invention is to provide a method of operating a washing machine having a drum having a rotating shaft passing through a center of the drum. The method includes the step of rotating the drum for a first operation, The method comprises the steps of: rotating the drum at a first predetermined rotational speed such that a reference point on the drum initially located at an initial position rotates around the rotational sleeve 201124587, wherein the reference point is around the reference point Any point on one side of the drum; when the axis of rotation of the roller = the first predetermined, the (four) speed of the = is changed; and the predetermined distance of the drum at the second predetermined rotational speed is restored when the reference point is wound The axis of rotation of the drum travels through a second reference point, and the rotational speed of the drum is changed such that the reference point of the drum returns to a position substantially at the initial position.

洗;r地發月之又目的,係提出一種操作具有一滾筒的一 、、之方法,該滾筒具有一旋轉轴通過該滾筒之一中 二’該方法包含旋轉該滾筒進行一第一運轉的步驟,其包 以下:驟、a)以一第一預定旋轉速度沿著一第一方向旋 該滾筒,使4最初位於—初始位置的該滾筒上之一參考 點繞該旋轉轴旋轉至一第一預定位置,其中該參考點係在 該滚筒之-側上的任_點;(b)當該參考點到達該第一預定 位置’改變該滾筒的該旋轉方向並以該第一預定旋轉速度 沿著相對於該第一方向的一第二方向旋轉該滾筒,使得該 滾筒之該參考點繞回經過該初始位置而朝向一第二預定位 置;⑷當該參考點到達該第二預定位置,改變該滾筒的該 旋轉方向並沿著該第一方向旋轉該滾筒,使得該參考點繞 回朝向該初始位置;以及⑷在步驟⑷、步驟⑻或步驟⑷ 之至;一者的期間,運用以下之任一或多個條件:(i)沿著 該第一與第二方向的該滾筒的一旋轉速度係大於每分鐘45 轉(45RPM);或者該滾筒之該參考點係大於從該初始 位置至該第一及第二預定位置的一 90度絕對值;或者(出) 改變該滾筒之該旋轉方向,其包含對驅動該滾筒的—馬達 201124587 煞車或改變該馬達之—诧鐘士 ^旋轉方向以對該滾筒施加一反轉扭 矩。The purpose of the present invention is to provide a method of operating a drum having a rotating shaft passing through one of the drums. The method includes rotating the drum for a first operation. a step of: a) rotating the drum in a first direction at a first predetermined rotational speed such that a reference point on the drum initially located at the initial position is rotated about the axis of rotation to a first a predetermined position, wherein the reference point is at any point on the side of the drum; (b) when the reference point reaches the first predetermined position 'changes the direction of rotation of the drum and at the first predetermined rotational speed Rotating the drum in a second direction relative to the first direction such that the reference point of the drum wraps back through the initial position toward a second predetermined position; (4) when the reference point reaches the second predetermined position, Changing the direction of rotation of the drum and rotating the drum in the first direction such that the reference point wraps back toward the initial position; and (4) during the step (4), step (8) or step (4); Any one or more of the following conditions: (i) a rotational speed of the drum along the first and second directions is greater than 45 revolutions per minute (45 RPM); or the reference point of the drum is greater than from the initial Positioning a 90 degree absolute value to the first and second predetermined positions; or (out) changing the direction of rotation of the drum, which includes driving the motor to drive the drum 201124587 or changing the motor - 诧 士 士 ^ The direction of rotation is to apply a reverse torque to the drum.

本發明之再-目的’係提出一種操作具有一滾筒的一 洗衣機之方法’該滾筒具有—旋轉轴通過該滾筒之一中 心’該方法包含旋轉該滾筒進行―第―運轉的步驟,其包 含以下步驟:以—第-預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒,使得藉 由該滾筒以該第-預定旋轉速度的旋轉所產生的-第一離 心力使置於該㈣内的—待洗衣物攀附於該滾筒的-内表 面,當該滾筒以該第一預定旋轉速度旋轉;以一第二預定 旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒,使得藉由該滾筒以該第二預定旋轉 速度的旋轉所產生的_第二離心力不足以使該待洗衣物攀 附於該滾筒的該内表面,當該滾筒以該第二預定旋轉速度 旋轉以及以第二預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒,使得藉 由該滾筒以該第三旋轉速度的旋轉所產生的一第三離心力 使該待洗衣物朝向該滾筒的該内表面被拉回,並攀附於該 滾筒的該内表面,當該滾筒以該第三預定旋轉速度旋轉。 【實施方式】 I·洗衣機 [0009】 以下參照所附圖式詳細說明如本案所具體及充分 描述的一種洗衣機及其控制方法。圖丨是依據本案所詳述 201124587 的第一具體實施例之一洗衣機之一分解圖,對於不同的具 體實施例的控制方法而言亦可加以應用。 【0010]參照圖1,依據一第一具體實施例之一洗衣機 100,包括一機櫃110用來定義其外觀,於機櫃11〇中提供 一桶120以盛裝洗衣水於其内,及在桶丨2〇内提供一可旋 轉滾筒130。機櫃11〇定義出洗衣機ι〇〇的外觀。一門U3 係提供於機櫃11 0的一開口 114處,而一使用者係打開門 Φ 113以將待洗衣物放入機櫃110。 [0011]桶120係設於機櫃110中以盛裝洗衣水於其内。滾 筒130可於桶120中旋轉,並可容納待洗衣物於其内。在 此情況下,滾筒130中可提供複數個升降桿135,以在清 洗時將待洗衣物舉起及丟落。滾筒13〇包括複數個通孔131 以讓盛裝於桶中的洗衣水120能通過》桶12〇可由設在桶 120之一外側的一或多個彈簧所支撐。一馬達14〇是安裝A further object of the present invention is to provide a method of operating a washing machine having a drum having a rotating shaft passing through a center of the drum. The method includes the step of rotating the drum to perform a "first" operation, which includes the following Step: rotating the drum at a first-predetermined rotational speed such that the first centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the drum at the first predetermined rotational speed causes the laundry to be placed in the (four) to adhere to the drum An inner surface, when the drum rotates at the first predetermined rotational speed; the drum is rotated at a second predetermined rotational speed such that the second centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the drum at the second predetermined rotational speed is insufficient Causing the laundry to the inner surface of the drum, rotating the drum at the second predetermined rotational speed and rotating the drum at a second predetermined rotational speed such that the drum rotates at the third rotational speed Generating a third centrifugal force to pull the laundry back toward the inner surface of the drum and to adhere to the inner surface of the drum, when the drum is Three predetermined rotation speeds are rotated. [Embodiment] I·Washing Machine [0009] A washing machine and a control method thereof, which are specifically and fully described in the present invention, will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Figure 1 is an exploded view of one of the first embodiment of the first embodiment of 201124587, which may be applied to control methods of different specific embodiments. [0010] Referring to FIG. 1, a washing machine 100 according to a first embodiment includes a cabinet 110 for defining its appearance, and a tub 120 is provided in the cabinet 11 to hold the washing water therein, and in the tub. A rotatable drum 130 is provided within 2 inches. The cabinet 11〇 defines the appearance of the washing machine. A U3 is provided at an opening 114 of the cabinet 110, and a user opens the door Φ 113 to place the laundry into the cabinet 110. [0011] The tub 120 is disposed in the cabinet 110 to contain laundry water therein. The drum 130 is rotatable in the tub 120 and can accommodate the laundry therein. In this case, a plurality of lifting rods 135 may be provided in the drum 130 to lift and drop the laundry to be washed during cleaning. The drum 13A includes a plurality of through holes 131 to allow the wash water 120 contained in the tub to pass through the "tank 12" to be supported by one or more springs disposed outside one of the tubs 120. One motor 14〇 is installed

在桶120的一後表面,且馬達14〇能轉動滾筒13〇。當馬 達140旋轉滾筒130而產生振動時,桶12〇係與滾筒13〇 連帶振動。當滾筒130在旋轉時,滾筒13〇及桶12〇產生 的振動’可被位於桶120下面的一減震器吸收。 [的12]如圖1所示,桶I20與滾筒130可實質上平行地設 於機概m的一底板。可替代地,桶12〇與滾筒13〇的後 部可置於一傾斜的方位上 使滾筒130的開口端略朝向上 方,以方便將待洗衣物裝入滾筒130。 201124587 陶-控制面板115可提供於機植ιι〇前方的一預定部 分。使用者可透過控制面板115選擇洗衣機的一模式,或 確認有關洗衣機的資訊。例如,一模式選擇區ιΐ7用以供 使用者選擇可提供於控制面& m的一特定的清洗模 式再者’-選項選擇$ 118可提供選擇模式讓使用者調 整每-循環或步驟的操作條件,以及—顯示區ιΐ9可提供 於控制面& 115上以顯示當前的洗衣機的操作資訊。洗衣 機的更多細節係描述於㈣2年1()月8日公告的美國專利 案號6,460,382扪’以及2〇1〇年2月12日提出申請的美 國專利巾請㈣12/704,923,其全部揭露内容在此併入本 案以作爲參考。 [0014】@ 2為依據本案所詳述之__洗衣機的的其他具體 實施例之-分解圖。此處所料的依據不同的具體實施例 之一洗衣機,可包括由一機櫃固定地支撐的一桶,或藉由 具彈性的結構,如懸吊單元,而支撐於—機櫃上的一桶, 因此並非固定地鎖在其上,#圖2所示。而且,桶的支撐 結構可能以藉由懸吊單元和完整的固定結構之間來支撐。 亦即,桶可藉由後述的一懸吊單元彈性地支撐,它可被穩 固地支撐,而相較於前述彈性支撐狀態為更具剛性的支撐 狀態。在替代的具體實施例中,該洗衣機可不具有一機櫃。 例如,可由一壁結構,而非一機櫃,界定出一内建式洗衣 201124587 機的一安裝空間。亦即,在一些具體實施例中,不會配置 形成一獨立外觀的一機櫃。 [0015] 參照圖2,一桶可包括一桶前部200和包含桶前部 200的後部的一桶後部220。桶前部200與桶後部22〇可透 過螺絲組裝或其他適當的機構,並於其内形成—預定空間 以容納一滚筒。桶後部220包括在其後表面形成的一開 口,且一後部墊圈250可連接於該開口的内圓周。後部墊 • 圈250可連接到一桶背230,且桶背230可包括一穿孔, 其具有穿過其中心的一轴桿。 [0016] 後部墊圈250係密封的,並且連接到桶背23〇及桶 後部220各者’以防止洗衣水從桶内漏出。由於滾筒旋轉 時桶背230會震動,桶背230可遠離桶後部220 —預定距 離以不碰到桶後部220。而且,後部墊圈250可由柔性材 料構成’以使得桶背230能相對移動,而不干預到桶後部 _ 22〇 °後部墊圈250可包括一波紋區,其係可擴展到一足夠 長度以允許桶背230的相對運轉。此具體實施例呈現了連 接至桶背230的後部墊圈25〇,但非限於本發明。後部墊 圈25〇係用以密封桶與包括一軸桿351及一承載機殼400 的一傳動部分(未圖示)之間的間隔,並使得該傳動部分 士應於該桶作相對移動。因此,僅當提供該功能情況下, 後P塾圈250的形狀及連接物件的可作無限制的變化。一 201124587 柔性材料280將於下文中稱為前墊圈,可安裝在桶前部2〇〇 的前方》 [0017]滾筒可配置有一滾筒前部300,一滾筒中心32〇和 一滾筒後部340 »球平衡器310與330可分別安裝在滾筒 的前端和尾端。該滾筒後部34〇可連接到一星形輪35〇且 該星形輪350可連接到該軸桿351。藉由軸桿351傳遞〜 旋轉力而使該滾筒係可於該桶内作旋轉。 • [〇〇18】軸桿351可連接到一馬達,並穿過桶背230。在一歧 具體實施例中,該馬達可同心地連接到軸桿3 5 1。在一此 具體實施例中,該馬達可直接連接到軸# 351,並尤其, 馬達的一轉轴在可直接連接到軸桿351。在替代的具體實 施例中’該馬達和軸桿351可間接地相互連接,例如,他 們可藉由一皮帶。 陶承載機殼400可以固定在桶背23(),以在該馬達和 者230之間可旋轉地支持該軸桿。—目定盤可固定至承 載機殼400。㈣軸可位於該固定盤附近。如上所述,該 轉轴可以直接連接到轴桿351,而該馬達係一外轉轴式馬 、而可與該轴;f干直接連接。承載機殼彻可藉由懸吊單元 被底座600所支持。該懸书單元可包括一直立懸吊裝 U斜懸吊裝置’係用以支持承載機殼彻對應於〆 ° 與向後的方向。例如,該懸吊單元依據此具體實施例 可包括三個垂直的(直立的’如圖2)懸吊器5〇〇、則及 201124587 520 ’與兩個傾斜(具角度的或傾斜的,如圖2)懸吊器45 0 及530 ’用以支持承載機殼400對應於一個向前與向後方 向。該懸吊單元可以一預定彈性變型連接至底座600而使 該滾筒可作向前/向後的及/或向左/向右的運動,且因此非 固疋地連接著。亦即,該懸吊單元可具有足夠的預定彈性 而由該底座支撐,以允許在對應於連接至該底座的點而向 前/向後,及向左/向右的方向旋轉一預定角度。對於此彈性 _ 支持而s,直立懸吊裝置可藉由一橡膠襯套或其他適當的 機構而安裝至該底座。 [0020] 該懸吊早元的該直立懸吊裝置可彈性地暫停滾筒 的振動,且該傾斜懸吊裝置可能阻減該振動。亦即,如在 包括一彈簧和阻尼構件的一振動系統中,該直立懸吊裝置 可作為彈簧且該傾斜懸吊裝置可作為阻尼構件。 [0021] 該桶係支撐於該機櫃,且該滚筒的振動可被懸吊單 雜元阻減。因此,依據此具體實施例之該洗衣機,可在該桶 和該滾筒之間具有一實質地獨立支撐結構,或者其可具有 使該滾筒的振動不直接傳送至該桶的一結構。 Π·滾筒旋轉運轉 [0022】&本案所具體及充分描述的滾筒驅動運轉的多樣 化及其組合,可顯著地改善清洗能力、噪音/振動、能耗、 以及客戶滿意度。可改進清洗能力的一控制方法將於下文 201124587 說明。手洗效果可用待洗衣物的各種運動模式加以實現。 例如’該手洗效果可實現揉搓及/或解開糾結及/或衝擊及/ 或擺動及/或摩擦及/或擠壓/過濾的一組合。At a rear surface of the tub 120, and the motor 14 is capable of rotating the drum 13A. When the motor 140 rotates the drum 130 to generate vibration, the barrel 12 is oscillated in conjunction with the drum 13A. When the drum 130 is rotating, the vibration 'generated by the drum 13 〇 and the tub 12 可 can be absorbed by a damper located below the tub 120. [12] As shown in Fig. 1, the tub I20 and the drum 130 may be disposed substantially in parallel with a bottom plate of the chassis m. Alternatively, the rear portion of the tub 12 and the drum 13 can be placed in an inclined orientation such that the open end of the drum 130 is slightly upwardly to facilitate loading of the laundry into the drum 130. 201124587 The pottery-control panel 115 can be provided in a predetermined portion of the front of the machine. The user can select a mode of the washing machine through the control panel 115 or confirm the information about the washing machine. For example, a mode selection area ιΐ7 is provided for the user to select a specific cleaning mode that can be provided on the control surface & m. Further, the '-option selection $118 can provide a selection mode for the user to adjust the operation of each cycle or step. Conditions, and - display area ι ΐ 9 can be provided on the control surface & 115 to display the current operating information of the washing machine. More details of the washing machine are described in (4) U.S. Patent No. 6,460,382 扪 issued on February 8 (2), and US Patent No. 12/704, 923, filed on February 12, 2012. All disclosures. This is incorporated herein by reference. [0014] @ 2 is an exploded view of another embodiment of the washing machine in accordance with the details of the present invention. The washing machine according to different embodiments of the present invention may include a barrel fixedly supported by a cabinet or supported by a barrel on the cabinet by a resilient structure such as a suspension unit. Not fixedly locked on it, #Figure 2. Moreover, the support structure of the tub may be supported by the suspension unit and the integral fixed structure. That is, the tub can be elastically supported by a suspension unit to be described later, which can be stably supported, and is in a more rigid support state than the aforementioned elastic support state. In an alternative embodiment, the washing machine may not have a cabinet. For example, a wall-mounted structure, rather than a cabinet, defines an installation space for a built-in laundry 201124587. That is, in some embodiments, a cabinet that forms a separate appearance is not configured. Referring to FIG. 2, a tub may include a tub front portion 200 and a tub rear portion 220 including a rear portion of the tub front portion 200. The front portion 200 of the tub and the rear portion 22 of the tub may be assembled by screws or other suitable mechanism and formed therein - a predetermined space to accommodate a roller. The barrel rear portion 220 includes an opening formed in a rear surface thereof, and a rear gasket 250 is connectable to the inner circumference of the opening. Rear Pad • The ring 250 can be coupled to a barrel back 230, and the barrel back 230 can include a perforation having a shaft passing through its center. [0016] The rear gasket 250 is sealed and connected to the tub back 23 and the tub rear 220 to prevent laundry water from leaking out of the tub. As the barrel back 230 vibrates as the drum rotates, the barrel back 230 can be remote from the barrel rear portion 220 - a predetermined distance to not touch the barrel rear portion 220. Moreover, the rear gasket 250 may be constructed of a flexible material to enable the barrel back 230 to be relatively moved without interfering with the rear of the barrel. The rear gasket 250 may include a corrugated area that is expandable to a sufficient length to allow the barrel back The relative operation of 230. This particular embodiment presents a rear gasket 25A that is attached to the tub back 230, but is not limited to the present invention. The rear gasket 25 is used to seal the gap between the tub and a transmission portion (not shown) including a shaft 351 and a carrier casing 400, and to cause the transmission portion to move relative to the drum. Therefore, the shape of the rear P-ring 250 and the connected object can be changed without limitation only when the function is provided. A 201124587 flexible material 280 will hereinafter be referred to as a front gasket that can be mounted in front of the front of the barrel 2" [0017] The drum can be configured with a drum front 300, a drum center 32 〇 and a drum rear 340 » ball Balancers 310 and 330 can be mounted at the front and rear ends of the drum, respectively. The drum rear portion 34 is connectable to a star wheel 35 and the star wheel 350 is connectable to the shaft 351. The roller system is rotated by the shaft 351 to allow the roller to rotate within the barrel. • [〇〇18] The shaft 351 can be connected to a motor and pass through the barrel back 230. In a specific embodiment, the motor can be concentrically coupled to the shaft 351. In a particular embodiment, the motor can be directly coupled to the shaft #351, and in particular, a shaft of the motor can be directly coupled to the shaft 351. In an alternative embodiment, the motor and shaft 351 can be interconnected indirectly, for example, by a belt. The pottery carrying case 400 may be fixed to the tub back 23() to rotatably support the shaft between the motor and the 230. - The fixed disk can be fixed to the carrier casing 400. (4) The shaft can be located near the fixed plate. As described above, the rotating shaft can be directly connected to the shaft 351, and the motor is an outer rotating shaft type horse, and can be directly connected to the shaft; The carrying case can be supported by the base 600 by the suspension unit. The bookbinding unit may comprise an upright suspension U-slope suspension device for supporting the carrier casing to correspond to the 〆° and rearward directions. For example, the suspension unit may comprise three vertical (upright 'Fig. 2) suspensions 5, then 201124587 520 ' with two tilts (angled or inclined, such as 2) Suspenders 45 0 and 530 ' are used to support the carrying case 400 corresponding to a forward and rearward direction. The suspension unit can be coupled to the base 600 in a predetermined resilient manner such that the drum can be moved forward/backward and/or left/right, and thus non-fixedly coupled. That is, the suspension unit may have sufficient predetermined elasticity to be supported by the base to allow a predetermined angle to be rotated in a forward/backward direction and a leftward/rightward direction corresponding to a point connected to the base. For this elastic _ support, the upright suspension can be mounted to the base by a rubber bushing or other suitable mechanism. [0020] The upright suspension device of the suspension early element can elastically suspend the vibration of the drum, and the inclined suspension device may block the vibration. That is, as in a vibration system including a spring and a damping member, the upright suspension device can function as a spring and the inclined suspension device can function as a damping member. [0021] The tub is supported by the cabinet, and the vibration of the drum can be reduced by the suspension single fuse. Therefore, the washing machine according to this embodiment may have a substantially independent support structure between the tub and the drum, or it may have a structure in which vibration of the drum is not directly transmitted to the tub. Π·Roller rotation operation [0022] & The specific and fully described drum drive operation in this case and its combination can significantly improve cleaning ability, noise/vibration, energy consumption, and customer satisfaction. A control method that improves cleaning capabilities is described in 201124587 below. The hand wash effect can be achieved by various movement modes of the laundry. For example, the hand-washing effect can achieve a combination of entanglement and/or untangling and/or impact and/or oscillating and/or friction and/or squeezing/filtering.

[0023] 這些不同的待洗衣物的運動模式可採取不同的滚 筒驅動運轉,及不同滚筒驅動運轉的組合。該滾筒驅動運 轉可包括旋轉方向與轉速的組合。因滾筒驅動運轉之故, 位於滚筒内的待洗衣物可能有不同的落下方向、落下地點 與洛下距離。因為如此,待洗衣物在該滾筒内可具有不同 的運動。該滚筒驅動運轉可藉由,例如,控制旋轉方向及/ 或驅動該滾筒的馬達速度而實現。 [0〇24]备滾筒旋轉時,待洗衣物被一或多個該滾筒的内圓 周表面的升降板135舉起。正因如此,該滾筒的旋轉方向 可被控制且對待洗衣物的衝擊可因此而不同。亦即,施 加於待洗衣物的一機械外力,如待洗衣物之間產生的摩 擦、待洗衣物與水之間產生的摩擦,及待洗衣物的落下衝 擊各有不同。換言之, 用來β洗待洗衣物而對待洗衣物的 衝擊或擦洗程度各有不@,且待洗衣物的分佈或於滾筒内 翻轉的程度可因此而有不同。 [〇〇25】因此,洗衣機的浐接〜 的乂種控制方法可提供不同的滾筒驅 動運轉,且滾筒驅動運 逆轉係根據每一循環及形成該循環的 一特定步驟而有所不同。 如此,可視待洗衣物的類型,髒 污等級,及其他因素裳 、而疋’而利用一最佳的機械外力來 201124587 清洗待洗衣物。正因如此,待洗衣物的清洗效率得以改善。 此外’可避免典型的滾筒驅動運轉所需的額外的時間。 [0026】在一些具體實施例中,實現這些不同的滾筒驅動運 轉時,馬達140可為一直接連接型。亦即,該馬達可具有 固定在桶120的一後表面的一固定盤,及直接旋轉滾筒12〇 的轉軸。由於可控制直接連接式馬達的旋轉方向與扭矩, 可避免時間延遲或反彈,而接著適當地控制滾筒驅動運轉。 [0027]反之,允許時間延遲或反彈的滾筒驅動運轉,例 如,一滾翻運轉或旋轉運轉,可以透過一間接連接型馬達 來實現,其包括一 滑輪而使得扭矩可藉由該滑輪傳遞給一[0023] These different laundry movement modes can take different combinations of drum drive operations and different drum drive operations. The drum drive operation can include a combination of rotational direction and rotational speed. Due to the driving operation of the drum, the laundry to be placed in the drum may have different falling directions, falling positions and down distances. Because of this, the laundry can have different motions within the drum. The drum driving operation can be realized by, for example, controlling the direction of rotation and/or the speed of the motor that drives the drum. [0〇24] When the preparation drum is rotated, the laundry is lifted by the lifting plate 135 of the inner circumferential surface of one or more of the rollers. As such, the direction of rotation of the drum can be controlled and the impact on the laundry can be varied accordingly. That is, a mechanical external force applied to the laundry, such as the friction generated between the laundry, the friction between the laundry and the water, and the falling impact of the laundry are different. In other words, the degree of impact or scrubbing of the laundry to be used for washing the laundry is not the same, and the distribution of the laundry or the degree of inversion in the drum may be different. [〇〇25] Therefore, the method of controlling the splicing of the washing machine can provide different drum driving operations, and the drum driving reverse operation differs according to each cycle and a specific step of forming the cycle. In this way, depending on the type of laundry, the level of dirt, and other factors, the best mechanical external force is used to clean the laundry. For this reason, the cleaning efficiency of the laundry is improved. In addition, the extra time required for a typical drum drive operation can be avoided. In some embodiments, the motor 140 can be a direct connection type when these different drum drive operations are implemented. That is, the motor may have a fixed disk fixed to a rear surface of the tub 120, and a rotating shaft directly rotating the drum 12''. Since the direction and torque of the direct-connected motor can be controlled, time delay or bounce can be avoided, and then the drum drive operation is appropriately controlled. Conversely, a drum drive operation that allows time delay or rebound, for example, a roll-over or a rotary operation, can be achieved by an indirect-connecting motor that includes a pulley such that torque can be transmitted to the pulley by the pulley.

動運轉。Dynamic operation.

式的滾筒驅動運轉將詳細介紹如下 的運動模 剛若待洗衣物和滾筒之間的摩擦最大化,即 洗衣物的一揉搓運動模式。例如,告The drum drive operation will detail the following motion mode. The friction between the laundry and the drum is maximized, that is, the movement mode of the laundry. For example,

義為一參考速度,該預定速度即可為 義為一參考速度, ’即可實現待 當滾筒以—預定或較小 待洗衣物可被滾動移動 艰翻運轉的轉速被定 一參考速度。例如, 12 201124587 一滾筒驅動運轉用來以〜 旋轉該滚筒,可預定或較小的速度在—預定方向 乂弋義為「辛^ [0031]可實現一解開糾紝α動運轉」。 該滾翻運轉可以定義為 運動模式,例如,一滾翻運轉。 參考速度不停旋轅 運轉,係用以在一預定方向以一 評孩滾筒。Α 拋落距離及—中等大 该解開糾結運動模式以一中等 物。 、的摩擦的方式㉟落滾筒内的待洗衣The reference speed is a reference speed, which can be used as a reference speed, so that the standby drum can be set to a reference speed by the predetermined or smaller speed at which the laundry can be moved by the rolling operation. For example, 12 201124587 A drum drive operation is used to rotate the drum by ~, at a predetermined or small speed in the predetermined direction, meaning "Xin ^ [0031] can achieve an unlocking and yaw operation". The rollover operation can be defined as a sport mode, for example, a rollover operation. The reference speed is continuously rotated and used to evaluate the child's roller in a predetermined direction.抛 Throw distance and – medium size The untangling motion mode is a medium object. , the way of friction 35, the laundry in the drum

[0032] 一衝擊運動模式η 一最大拋落距離來達成\ °藉由將滾筒内的待洗衣物拋落凼沾冻洚始鯓 °例如’若該滚筒以參考速度或更 快的速度旋轉,以將待 疋又兄尺 衣物舉起到滾筒内的最 後突然剎住滾筒,即可.去 联冋點… Ρ了達到此—衝擊效果。這種滾 運轉可定義為「步進運轉」。 裡农 [0033] 若滾筒在順時針/读拉紅+ 逆時針方向以低於參考速度的 預定速度作旋轉’即可實現 貰現—擺動運動模式。此 動運轉可定義為「旋擺運轉」。 [0034] 當待洗衣物和滾筒之間的摩捧 聚增加時,即得以實 一摩擦運動模式。例如,如果在 町对方向以參考速度或 更快的速度旋轉的滾筒突然剎車,块 …、後朝逆時針方向旋轉 ’沿著滾筒的内圓 時,待洗衣物會從滾筒中的一預定高點 周表面被滚移。此一滾筒驅動運轉可 轉 筒驅動 滾筒驅 現 被定義為「摩擦運 13 201124587 [0035】 若當以參考速度或更快的速度旋轉該滾筒時同時 供應洗衣水’即可連成一擠壓和過濾·運動模式。當該滾筒 以一相對較高的速度旋轉時,待洗衣物可被開展、或分散, 並緊附著滾筒的内圓周表面,然後洗衣水喷入滾筒而穿透 待洗衣物,然後待洗衣物可被擠壓以增進沖洗效果。此一 滚筒驅動運轉可被定義為「過濾運轉 [0036] 用以實現上述待洗衣物的各種運動模式的各種滾 筒驅動運轉將參照圖式說明如下。 [0037] 圖3是如本案所具體及充分描述的各種滚筒驅動 運轉之一示意圖。 [0038] 圖3 (a)是一滾動運轉之一示意圖。在滾動運轉 時’馬達140沿一預定方向不停旋轉滾筒13〇,且位於沿 著滾筒的旋轉方向旋轉的滾筒的内圓周表面的待洗衣物, 被從約小於一角度90。對應於旋轉中的滾筒至滚筒的最低 點的滾筒的一位置處拋落。 [0039】 亦即,當馬達140以低於一參考轉速(滚翻轉速) 的一速度’如大約40rpm,旋轉該滾筒,位於滾筒130最 低點的待洗衣物被提高到沿著滾筒130的旋轉方向的一預 定高度’然後待洗衣物會從自滾筒的最低點對應於滾筒的 旋轉方向小於90。的滾筒的位置處,滾移至滾筒的最低點。 視覺上’在滾筒係一順時針方向轉動情況下,待洗衣物係 在滾筒的一第三象限内不停地滾動。 201124587[0032] an impact motion mode η a maximum throw distance to achieve \ ° by dropping the laundry in the drum 凼 洚 洚 例如 ° ° If the drum rotates at a reference speed or faster, In order to lift the clothes to be lifted and the brothers in the drum to suddenly stop the drum, you can go to the point... to achieve this - impact effect. This rolling operation can be defined as "stepping operation". Li Nong [0033] If the drum is rotated clockwise/read red + counterclockwise at a predetermined speed lower than the reference speed, the sway-swing motion mode can be achieved. This movement can be defined as "swing operation". [0034] When the friction between the laundry and the drum is increased, the frictional motion mode is achieved. For example, if the drum that rotates at the reference speed or faster speed in the direction of the town suddenly brakes, the block... and then rotates counterclockwise' along the inner circle of the drum, the laundry will be from a predetermined height in the drum. The surface of the point is rolled. This drum drive operation can be defined as "friction drive 13 201124587 [0035] If the drum is supplied while rotating the drum at a reference speed or a faster speed, it can be connected to a squeeze and filter • Sport mode. When the drum is rotated at a relatively high speed, the laundry can be carried out, or dispersed, and adhered to the inner circumferential surface of the drum, and then the washing water is sprayed into the drum to penetrate the laundry, and then The laundry can be squeezed to enhance the rinsing effect. This drum driving operation can be defined as "filtering operation [0036] Various drum driving operations for realizing the various movement modes of the laundry described above will be explained below with reference to the drawings. 3 is a schematic view of various drum driving operations specifically and fully described in the present invention. [0038] FIG. 3(a) is a schematic diagram of a rolling operation. In the rolling operation, the motor 140 does not follow a predetermined direction. The rotating drum 13 is stopped, and the laundry to be washed on the inner circumferential surface of the drum rotating in the rotating direction of the drum is from about less than an angle of 90. Corresponding to the rotation The drum is dropped at a position of the drum at the lowest point of the drum. [0039] That is, when the motor 140 rotates the drum at a speed lower than a reference rotational speed (rolling rotational speed), such as about 40 rpm, the drum 130 is lowest. The point of laundry is raised to a predetermined height along the direction of rotation of the drum 130. Then the laundry will roll from the lowest point of the drum to the position of the drum corresponding to the direction of rotation of the drum being less than 90. The lowest point. Visually, in the case of a clockwise rotation of the drum system, the laundry is continuously rolling in a third quadrant of the drum. 201124587

剛在滾動運轉中,待洗衣㈣期與洗衣水的最大摩 擦,與其他清洗物件的最大摩擦,及與滚筒的㈣周表面 的最大摩擦來清洗。此滾動運轉使待洗衣物能充分的翻轉 以產生-輕揉搓似的清洗效果。依據與該滾筒的半徑的一 關係,可決定出該滾筒驅動運轉的滾筒轉速。亦即,滾筒 轉速越大,對該滾筒㈣待洗衣物產生的離心力越大。對 滚筒内的待洗衣物所施加的離心力與重力的力量大小的差 異’區分了待洗衣物被拋落的點以及該滾筒内的待洗衣物 的對應的運轉。該滾筒的轉動力與滾筒之間的摩擦及待洗 衣物亦可加以考慮。因& ’可決定出在滚動運轉中之該滾 筒的轉速,以使產生的離心力和摩擦力需小於重力(ig)。 [0041]圖3 (b)是-滾翻運轉之—示意圖。在滾翻運轉 中,馬達140沿著一預定方向不停地旋轉滾筒130,且位 於滾筒的内圓周表面上的待洗衣物從相對於該滚筒的旋轉 方向到該滾筒的最低點大約90。至110。的位置處被拋落。 如果滾筒被控制沿著一預定方向以一適當的轉速旋轉,可 於待洗衣物與在滾翻運轉中的滾筒之間產生機械外力。因 為如此’滾翻運轉可用於清洗與沖洗。 [0042] #即,裝入滾筒13〇的待洗衣物,在馬達14〇驅動 前係位於該滾筒130的最低點,當馬達14〇對滾筒13〇施 加一扭矩,滾筒13〇開始旋轉,且設於滾筒的内圓周表面 預定 的升降桿135將待洗衣物從該滾筒的最低點舉起到 15 201124587Just in the rolling operation, the maximum friction between the laundry (four) period and the washing water, the maximum friction with other cleaning objects, and the maximum friction with the (four) circumferential surface of the drum are used for cleaning. This rolling operation allows the laundry to be fully inverted to produce a light-like cleaning effect. Based on the relationship with the radius of the drum, the drum rotation speed of the drum driving operation can be determined. That is, the greater the rotational speed of the drum, the greater the centrifugal force generated by the drum (four) to be washed. The difference between the centrifugal force applied to the laundry in the drum and the magnitude of the force of the gravity distinguishes the point at which the laundry is dropped and the corresponding operation of the laundry in the drum. The rotational force of the drum and the friction between the drum and the laundry to be washed can also be considered. The rotation speed of the drum during the rolling operation can be determined by &' so that the centrifugal force and friction generated are smaller than the gravity (ig). [0041] FIG. 3(b) is a schematic view of the rollover operation. In the roll-over operation, the motor 140 continuously rotates the drum 130 in a predetermined direction, and the laundry on the inner circumferential surface of the drum is about 90 from the rotation direction with respect to the drum to the lowest point of the drum. To 110. The location was thrown away. If the drum is controlled to rotate at a suitable rotational speed in a predetermined direction, a mechanical external force can be generated between the laundry to be washed and the roller in the rolling operation. Because of this, the rollover operation can be used for cleaning and rinsing. [0042] # ie, the laundry to be loaded into the drum 13 is located at the lowest point of the drum 130 before the motor 14 is driven, and when the motor 14 〇 applies a torque to the drum 13, the drum 13 starts to rotate, and A predetermined lifting rod 135 disposed on the inner circumferential surface of the drum lifts the laundry from the lowest point of the drum to 15 201124587

馬度。若馬達140 以 參考轉速轉動滚筒13 〇,例如,大 約以46RPM的速度, 旋轉方向大約90。至 待洗衣物可被舉起到相對於該滾筒的 110的位置,然後被拋落至該滾筒的 最低點0在滾翻運轉中,可決定該滾筒轉速 以使產生的 離心力大於在滾動運轉中所產生的離心力並且小於重力 可看得見地’如果滾筒是以順時針方向旋轉進行滾 翻運轉,待洗衣物係依序地從該滾筒的最低點被舉起到第 -象限與第二象限之—部分。之後,待洗衣物被拋落到該 滾筒的最低點。因此,滾翻運轉使得待洗衣物可藉由與洗 衣水的摩擦所產生的衝擊與拋落衝擊來清洗。因為如此 在滾翻運轉中,大於滾動運轉之機械外力的一機械外力可 用來執行清洗與沖洗。而且,滾動運轉可有效地分離糾結 的待洗衣物和均勻地分散待洗衣物。Madu. If the motor 140 rotates the drum 13 以 at a reference speed, for example, at a speed of about 46 RPM, the direction of rotation is about 90. The laundry can be lifted to a position relative to the drum 110 and then thrown to the lowest point of the drum. In the roll-over operation, the drum speed can be determined such that the centrifugal force generated is greater than during the rolling operation. The generated centrifugal force and less than the gravity can be seen 'if the drum is rotated in a clockwise direction to perform the roll-over operation, the laundry is sequentially lifted from the lowest point of the drum to the first quadrant and the second quadrant - part . After that, the laundry is thrown to the lowest point of the drum. Therefore, the roll-over operation allows the laundry to be washed by the impact and the throwing impact generated by the friction with the washing water. Because of this, a mechanical external force greater than the mechanical external force of the rolling operation can be used to perform cleaning and rinsing during the rolling operation. Moreover, the rolling operation can effectively separate the entangled laundry and uniformly disperse the laundry.

[0044]圖3(c)是一步進運轉之一示意圖。在步進運轉 中’馬達140沿著一預定方向轉動滾筒13〇,而位於滾筒 的内圓周表面待洗衣物係被控制從相對於該滾筒的旋轉方 向的最高點(大約1 80。)拋落到該滾筒的最低點。—旦馬 達140以高於參考轉速(滾翻轉速)之一速度,例如,大 約60RPM或以上的速度,來轉動滚筒13〇,待洗衣物藉由 離心力而旋轉而不會掉落,直到達到滾筒的最高點。在步 進運轉中’滾筒是以一預定速度作旋轉,而不會拋落待洗 16 201124587 衣物,然後再突然煞車,以在待洗衣物掉落時使施予待洗 衣物的衝擊達到最大。 [0045] 在以預定速度(大約60RPM或更快)旋轉滾筒13〇 而使待洗衣物能到達接近滾筒的最高點而不掉落待洗衣 物,在待洗衣物位於靠近該滾筒的最高點時(相對於該滾 筒的旋轉方向180。的位置),馬達14〇施予一反轉扭矩給滾 筒130。因此,待洗衣物是沿著滾筒的旋轉方向從該滾筒 130的最低點被舉起,滾筒會被馬達的反轉扭矩而暫時停 止,而待洗衣物從滾筒130的最高點被拋落到最低點。該 步進運轉可達到藉由當待洗衣物從最大高度差被拋落所產 生的衝擊來清洗待洗衣物。在此步進運轉產生的一機械外 力,係大於在上述滾動運轉或滾翻運轉中所產生的機械外 力。 [0046] 可看得見地,在步進運轉巾,藉由滚筒旋轉而從該 滾筒的最低點移到最高點後,步進運轉的滾筒内的拋落距 離是最大的,而步進運轉的機械外力可有效地施予少量的 待洗衣物。在步進運轉中的馬達140可利用相對於該馬達 旋轉方向的一相反方向產生的一扭矩以執行相反相位煞 車。供應至該馬達的電流之一相位可經反相,以在該馬達 的相反旋轉方向產生一反轉扭矩,且該相反相位煞車啟動 了欲被施加的突然煞車。該相反相位煞車可用來對待洗衣 物裨加強勁的衝擊。 17 201124587[0044] FIG. 3(c) is a schematic diagram of a stepping operation. In the stepping operation, the motor 140 rotates the drum 13A in a predetermined direction, and the inner circumferential surface of the drum is controlled to be dropped from the highest point (about 180) with respect to the rotational direction of the drum. Go to the lowest point of the drum. Once the motor 140 rotates the drum 13 以 at a speed higher than the reference rotational speed (rolling rotational speed), for example, about 60 RPM or more, the laundry is rotated by the centrifugal force without falling until the roller is reached. The highest point. In the step-by-step operation, the drum is rotated at a predetermined speed without dropping the laundry to be washed, and then suddenly braking to maximize the impact of the laundry to be washed when the laundry is dropped. [0045] rotating the drum 13 at a predetermined speed (about 60 RPM or faster) so that the laundry can reach the highest point close to the drum without dropping the laundry, when the laundry is located near the highest point of the drum The motor 14 is biased to the drum 130 with respect to the position of the drum in the direction of rotation 180. Therefore, the laundry is lifted from the lowest point of the drum 130 in the rotation direction of the drum, the drum is temporarily stopped by the reverse torque of the motor, and the laundry is thrown from the highest point of the drum 130 to the lowest. point. This stepping operation can achieve washing of the laundry by an impact generated when the laundry is dropped from the maximum height difference. The mechanical external force generated by the stepping operation in this step is greater than the mechanical external force generated in the above-described rolling operation or rolling operation. [0046] Obviously, in the step running towel, after the drum is rotated from the lowest point to the highest point of the drum, the throwing distance in the stepping drum is the largest, and the stepping operation is performed. The mechanical external force can effectively apply a small amount of laundry to be washed. The motor 140 in the stepping operation can utilize a torque generated in an opposite direction with respect to the direction of rotation of the motor to perform the opposite phase braking. One of the phases of the current supplied to the motor can be reversed to produce a reverse torque in the opposite direction of rotation of the motor, and the opposite phase brake initiates a sudden braking to be applied. This opposite phase brake can be used to treat laundry with a strong impact. 17 201124587

陶】因此,利用扭矩在順時針方向旋轉滾筒後,對滾筒 施加逆時針方向的扭矩會使滾筒突然、煞車。之後,再對滾 筒旋轉的順時針方向施加__扭矩以達到步進運轉。該步進 運轉可用來利用經由滾筒上形成的通1 131吸人的水與待 衣物之間的摩擦來清洗該待洗衣物,以及制待洗衣物 到達該滾筒的最高點而掉落所產生的衝擊來清洗該待洗衣 物 此步進運轉可產生一如 衣物衝擊」般的清洗效果。 [0048] 圖3(d)為一旋擺運轉之一示意圖。 中’馬達14〇在順時針及逆時針方向交替轉動 在旋擺運轉 滾筒130, 而待洗衣物被拋落在一個相對於該滾筒的旋轉方向約小於 9〇。的位置。亦即’ 一旦…4〇以一速度低於參考轉速(滾 翻轉速)’例如’約40RPM’於逆時針方向轉動滾筒"Ο,Pottery] Therefore, after rotating the drum in the clockwise direction with the torque, applying a counterclockwise torque to the drum causes the drum to suddenly and brake. After that, __torque is applied to the clockwise direction of the drum rotation to achieve stepping operation. The stepping operation can be used to clean the laundry by rubbing the water between the water and the laundry to be washed by the passage 1 131 formed on the drum, and to produce the laundry to reach the highest point of the drum and drop it. The impact is used to clean the laundry. This stepping operation produces a cleaning effect like a garment impact. [0048] FIG. 3(d) is a schematic diagram of a swing operation. The 'motor 14' alternately rotates clockwise and counterclockwise to rotate the drum 130 while the laundry is being dropped by a less than 9 相对 in a direction of rotation relative to the drum. s position. That is, once the speed is lower than the reference rotation speed (rolling rotation speed), for example, 'about 40 RPM', the drum is rotated counterclockwise,

位於該滾筒130的最低點待洗衣物會沿著逆時針方向被舉 起至-預定高度。在待洗衣物到達相對於該滾筒的逆時針 方向約9G。的位置之前,該馬達停止該滚筒的旋轉,而待洗 衣物會從對應於該滚筒的逆時針方向約小☆ %。的位置被 拋落到該滾筒的最低點。 [〇〇49】因此,馬達14G以低於參考轉速的—速度(滚翻轉 速)’例如’約40RPM,於順時針方向轉動滾筒13〇,待洗 衣物會沿著順時針方向被舉起至_預定高度。在待洗衣物 到達相對於該滾筒的逆時針方向約9〇。的位置之前,該馬達 201124587 知止該滾筒的旋轉,而待洗衣物會從對應於該滾筒的順時 針方向約小於9〇。的位置被拋落到該滾筒的最低點。 [〇〇50】因此,該旋擺運轉係為該旋轉與對應於—第一方向 的停止,以及該旋轉與對應於一第二(相反的)方向停止 可重複的一運轉。可看得見地,重複地,從該滾筒的第三 象限舉起至第二象限一部分的待洗衣物係被輕輕地抛落, 且從該滚筒的第四象限被再舉起至第―象限―部分的待洗 衣物係被輕輕地拋落。 [0051]在-些具體實施例中,馬達14〇可使用電阻制動及 應用到馬達14G的-負載’使馬達⑽的機械磨耗可降低, 而施予待洗衣物的衝擊可被調整。使用電阻制動,如果供 给馬達的-電流是關閉#,該馬達即因轉動慣量而具有如 —發電機的功能,而在電源被關閉前,電流在馬達的線圈 中的流動方向將會變成一相反方向,沿著干擾該馬達的旋 轉之方向的一力(弗萊明右手定則)將用來對該馬達煞車。 不同於相反相位煞車,電阻制動不會產生突然剎車,而是 緩和地改變了該滾筒的旋轉方向。因此,在旋擺運轉中, 待洗衣物可如圖8形狀在該滾筒的第三和第四象限中被移 動。此旋擺運轉可產生如「旋擺待洗衣物」般的清洗。 [0052】圖3 (e)是一摩擦運轉之一示意圖。在摩擦運轉 中,馬達140以順時針和逆時針方向交替地轉動滾筒13〇, 19 201124587 9〇°的位置被 待洗衣物從對應於該滾筒的轉動方向大於 拋落。The laundry at the lowest point of the drum 130 is lifted in a counterclockwise direction to a predetermined height. The laundry is about 9G in the counterclockwise direction relative to the drum. Before the position, the motor stops the rotation of the drum, and the laundry to be washed is about ☆% from the counterclockwise direction corresponding to the drum. The position is dropped to the lowest point of the drum. [〇〇49] Therefore, the motor 14G rotates the drum 13〇 clockwise at a speed (rolling speed) lower than the reference speed, for example, 'about 40 RPM, and the laundry is lifted clockwise to _ Scheduled height. The laundry is about 9 Torr in the counterclockwise direction relative to the drum. Before the position, the motor 201124587 knows the rotation of the drum, and the laundry will be less than 9 inches from the clockwise direction corresponding to the drum. The position is dropped to the lowest point of the drum. [〇〇50] Therefore, the swing operation is a rotation and a stop corresponding to the first direction, and the rotation is stopped in response to a second (opposite) direction. Obviously, repeatedly, the laundry to be lifted from the third quadrant of the drum to a portion of the second quadrant is gently dropped, and is lifted from the fourth quadrant of the drum to the first quadrant Part of the laundry is gently dropped. [0051] In some embodiments, the motor 14A can use a resistive brake and a load applied to the motor 14G to reduce the mechanical wear of the motor (10), while the impact imparted to the laundry can be adjusted. Using resistance braking, if the current supplied to the motor is off #, the motor has the function of a generator due to the moment of inertia, and the flow direction of the current in the coil of the motor will become the opposite before the power is turned off. The direction, along a force that interferes with the direction of rotation of the motor (Fleming's right hand rule) will be used to brake the motor. Unlike the opposite phase brake, the resistance brake does not produce a sudden brake, but gently changes the direction of rotation of the drum. Therefore, in the swinging operation, the laundry can be moved in the third and fourth quadrants of the drum as shown in Fig. 8. This swing operation can produce a cleaning like "swinging laundry". [0052] Figure 3 (e) is a schematic illustration of a frictional operation. In the frictional operation, the motor 140 alternately rotates the drum 13 in a clockwise and counterclockwise direction, and the position of the laundry is greater than the amount of rotation of the laundry from the direction corresponding to the drum.

[0053]亦即,當馬達ug以—個速度高於參考轉速(滚翻 轉速)’例如,約6GRPM或更快的速度,於逆時針方向轉 動滾筒130 ’位於該滚筒13〇的最低點的待洗衣物在逆時 針方向被舉起―職高度。在待洗衣物通過-個對應於該 滾筒的逆時針方向約9G。的位置後’馬達係提供滾筒的-個 反轉扭矩以暫時地停止滾筒,而位於滾筒的内圓周表面的 待洗衣物會可迅速地掉落。尤其因此,位於滾筒的内圓周 表面的待洗衣物從對應於該滾筒的順時針方向90。或大於 9〇的位置被抛落到該滾筒的最低•點。因A ’在摩擦運轉 待先衣物可從一預定高度被迅速拋落。馬達140可利 用相反相位煞車以對滾筒煞車。 [】在摩擦運轉中,該滾筒的旋轉方向會改變迅速,而 待洗衣物在一段長時間内不會脫離滾筒的内圓周表面。因 為如此,藉由待洗衣物和滾筒之間的最大摩擦,可實現一 強勁摩擦式的清洗效果。在摩擦運轉中,經由第三象限移 到第二象限的一部分的待洗衣物會被迅速拋落,然後再經 由第四象限移到第一象限的一部分之後,再被拋落。因此, 視覺上的摩擦運轉’被舉起的待洗衣物係沿著滾筒的内圓 周表面反覆地被拋落。 20 201124587 [0055】圖3( f)是一過濾運轉之—示意圖。在過濾運轉中, 馬達140轉動滾筒13〇使得待洗衣物不會從滾筒的内圓周 表面被拋落,且洗衣水會被噴入滾筒内。亦即,在過濾運 轉中,當洗衣水是噴入滾筒時,待洗衣物是攤開的且保持 緊密接觸滾筒的内圓周表面。水是藉由離心力而從滾筒的 通孔13 1排出該桶。由於過濾運轉會攤開/擴大待洗衣物的 表面積並允許水穿過待洗衣物,、洗衣水可均句地提供給待 洗衣物。 [0056】圖3 (g)是—擠壓運轉之—示意圖。在擠壓運轉 中’馬達14Q轉動滾筒13“利用心力使得待洗衣物攀 附滾筒的内圓周表面而不會被拋落,然後在馬達降低該滾 筒的轉速⑽以從滾筒的内圓周表面暫時地分開待洗衣 物。這個過程係在該滾筒的轉動期間反覆地將水喷入滾筒 内。亦即’在過渡運轉中’丨衰筒係以-足夠高的速度不停 地旋轉使待洗衣物不會從滾筒的内圓周表面掉落。反之, 在擠壓運轉m㈣轉速會改變,而錢洗衣物反覆 地攀附並分離於滾筒130的内圓周表面。 [0057】在過濾運轉和擠壓運轉中將冰右 锊甲將/先衣水喷入滾筒130, 可藉由例如一個循環通道及-泵來執行。循環通道之一端 與果相連,而該泵可與们2G的下表面連通,使洗衣水可 透過循環通道的另一端而從該桶噴入該滾筒。 21 201124587 [0058】在替代的具體實施例中,洗衣水可經由連接至位於 機櫃的夕Η則的一外部供水來源的供冑f S而喷入的該滾 筒亦即’供應管道的一端係連接至外部的供應源,且其 另一端連接於該桶1有提供-喷嘴來喷人洗衣水至該滚 筒’在過濾與擠壓運轉其中之一或兩者中,均可喷入洗衣 水至該滾筒。 [0059】圖4是-步進運轉之—細部示意圖。 [0060] 首先’如圖4(a)〜(c)所示,待洗衣物被從該 滾筒1 30的一最低點移動至一最高點。如前所述相對於桶 120固定不動地鄰接滾筒13〇,容納在滾筒13〇内的待洗衣 物係從桶120的最低點附近的一位置被移動到桶1 2〇的最 咼點。對於待洗衣物的這種移動而言,馬達14〇對該滾筒 沿著-預定方向施加一轉動力,稱為一扭矩,如此圖所示 為一順時針方向,且滾筒13〇連同待洗衣物沿著該預定方 向旋轉,以舉起待洗衣物。 [0061] 待洗衣物可與該滾筒一起旋轉’藉由與升降桿及滾 筒130的内圓周表面之一摩擦力,而緊密接觸滾筒的 内表面。以每分鐘約60轉或更快的速度旋轉滾筒13〇,待 洗衣物能被舉起到該滾筒130的最高點而不會脫離滾筒 130,因為此轉速能產生一預定離心力,足以使在到達滾筒 130的最高點前防止待洗衣物脫離滾筒13〇。 22 201124587 [0062] 可改變該滚筒的轉速以產生大於重力的離心力,使 待洗衣物與滾筒能從滚筒130的最低點,其係桶12〇最低 點附近的該滚筒的内表面之一預定點,一起旋轉至桶的最 高點的120。當滾筒130突然煞車時,在待洗衣物到達該 滾筒130的最高點或到達之前,待洗衣物從該滚筒13〇的 最高點被拋落至該滾筒130的最低點。 [0063] 特別地,馬達140對滾筒130施加一反轉扭矩以對 • 滾筒突然煞車。參照圖3 ( c)所描述,該反轉扭矩是 透過用來供應相反相位的電流至馬達14〇的相反相位煞車 所產生的。相反相位煞車,係利用在相對於該馬達的—旋 轉方向的一個相反方向所產生一扭矩的一種馬達煞車的類 型。供應至該馬達的一電流的相位可被反相,以在相反於 該馬達的旋轉方向產生一反轉扭矩,且相反相位煞車啟動 如圖所示,一電流 了欲施加至該馬達的突然煞車。例如, 鲁係供應至該馬達以在順時針方向轉動該滚筒,然後一電流 係供應至該馬i隶以尤技歧力丄+ 1 >That is, when the motor ug rotates the drum 130 in the counterclockwise direction at a speed higher than the reference rotation speed (rolling rotation speed), for example, about 6 GRPM or faster, the drum 130 is located at the lowest point of the drum 13 〇. The laundry is lifted in a counterclockwise direction. The laundry is passed through a counterclockwise direction corresponding to the drum by about 9G. The position of the rear motor provides a reverse torque to temporarily stop the drum, while the laundry on the inner circumferential surface of the drum can be quickly dropped. In particular, therefore, the laundry to be placed on the inner circumferential surface of the drum is from a clockwise direction 90 corresponding to the drum. Or a position greater than 9 inches is thrown to the lowest point of the drum. Since A' is in the frictional operation, the clothes can be quickly dropped from a predetermined height. The motor 140 can brake with the opposite phase to brake the drum. [] In the friction operation, the rotation direction of the drum changes rapidly, and the laundry does not leave the inner circumferential surface of the drum for a long period of time. Because of this, a strong friction type cleaning effect can be achieved by the maximum friction between the laundry and the drum. In the frictional operation, the laundry to be moved to a portion of the second quadrant via the third quadrant is quickly dropped, and then moved to the portion of the first quadrant after being moved by the fourth quadrant. Therefore, the visually rubbed operation 'lifted laundry line is repeatedly thrown down along the inner circumferential surface of the drum. 20 201124587 [0055] Figure 3 (f) is a schematic diagram of a filtration operation. In the filtering operation, the motor 140 rotates the drum 13 so that the laundry is not thrown off from the inner circumferential surface of the drum, and the washing water is sprayed into the drum. That is, in the filtration operation, when the washing water is sprayed into the drum, the laundry is spread out and kept in close contact with the inner circumferential surface of the drum. The water is discharged from the through hole 13 1 of the drum by centrifugal force. Since the filtering operation spreads/expands the surface area of the laundry and allows the water to pass through the laundry, the washing water can be uniformly supplied to the laundry. [0056] Figure 3 (g) is a schematic view of the extrusion operation. In the squeezing operation, the 'motor 14Q rotating the drum 13' utilizes the heart force to cause the laundry to climb the inner circumferential surface of the drum without being thrown, and then the motor rotates the rotational speed of the drum (10) to temporarily separate from the inner circumferential surface of the drum. To be washed. This process repeatedly sprays water into the drum during the rotation of the drum. That is, in the "transitional operation", the cylinder is continuously rotated at a high enough speed to prevent the laundry from being washed. Falling from the inner circumferential surface of the drum. Conversely, the rotational speed of the extrusion operation m (four) changes, and the money laundry repeatedly climbs and separates from the inner circumferential surface of the drum 130. [0057] The ice is applied during the filtration operation and the extrusion operation. The right armor/first garment water is sprayed into the drum 130, which can be performed by, for example, a circulation passage and a pump. One end of the circulation passage is connected to the fruit, and the pump can communicate with the lower surface of the 2G to make the washing water available. The drum is sprayed from the barrel through the other end of the circulation passage. 21 201124587 [0058] In an alternative embodiment, the wash water may be supplied via an external water supply source connected to the evening of the cabinet. f ir is injected into the drum, that is, one end of the supply pipe is connected to an external supply source, and the other end is connected to the barrel 1 to provide a nozzle to spray laundry water to the drum 'in filtration and extrusion In one or both of the operations, the washing water can be sprayed into the drum. [0059] Figure 4 is a detailed view of the stepping operation. [0060] First, as shown in Figures 4(a) to (c) It is shown that the laundry is moved from a lowest point of the drum 130 to a highest point. As described above, the drum 13 is fixedly fixed relative to the tub 120, and the laundry contained in the drum 13 is from the tub. A position near the lowest point of 120 is moved to the last point of the barrel 1 2 。. For this movement of the laundry, the motor 14 施加 applies a rotational force to the drum in a predetermined direction, called a The torque, as shown in the figure, is a clockwise direction, and the drum 13〇 is rotated along with the laundry in the predetermined direction to lift the laundry. [0061] The laundry can be rotated together with the drum 'by One of the inner circumferential surfaces of the lifting rod and the drum 130 is frictional, and the roller is in close contact with the roller Inner surface. Rotating the drum 13 以 at a speed of about 60 rpm or faster, the laundry can be lifted to the highest point of the drum 130 without leaving the drum 130 because the rotation speed can generate a predetermined centrifugal force, which is sufficient The laundry is prevented from coming off the drum 13 到达 before reaching the highest point of the drum 130. 22 201124587 [0062] The rotation speed of the drum can be changed to generate a centrifugal force greater than gravity so that the laundry and the drum can be removed from the lowest point of the drum 130, It is a predetermined point of the inner surface of the drum near the lowest point of the barrel 12, and is rotated together to the highest point of the barrel 120. When the drum 130 suddenly brakes, before the laundry reaches the highest point or arrival of the drum 130 The laundry is dropped from the highest point of the drum 13 to the lowest point of the drum 130. [0063] In particular, the motor 140 applies a reverse torque to the drum 130 to suddenly brake the drum. Referring to Figure 3(c), the reverse torque is generated by the opposite phase braking used to supply the opposite phase current to the motor 14''. The opposite phase braking is a type of motor brake that utilizes a torque generated in an opposite direction to the direction of rotation of the motor. The phase of a current supplied to the motor can be reversed to produce a reverse torque in the direction opposite to the direction of rotation of the motor, and the opposite phase brake is activated as shown, a current is applied to the motor suddenly. . For example, Lu is supplied to the motor to rotate the drum in a clockwise direction, and then a current is supplied to the horse with a Utilizing force 丄 + 1 >

設備用來決定或預測待洗衣物的位置,以 平的吁間點,可與滾 。因為如此,可提供 裝置’例如, 霍爾效應感測器(hall effectThe equipment is used to determine or predict the position of the laundry, with a flat call point that can be rolled. Because of this, a device can be provided, for example, a Hall effect sensor (hall effect)

’以及提供一感測 ct sensor)用來決定 。該控制部可透過 度,並在滾筒旋轉 23 201124587 至角度18G。時或在其之前,控制馬彡14()作相反相位煞 車。因此,在順時針方向旋轉的滾筒會受到逆時針方向扭 矩而迅速停止。待洗衣物所受到之離心力被移除,然後待 洗衣物會被拋落到最低點。 隣]此,如圖4 ( d)所示,滚筒13〇係不停地在順 時針方向旋轉’而待洗衣物係反覆地旋轉/拋落。雖然圖4 顯示該滚筒是順時針方向旋轉,該滚筒亦可逆時針方向旋 轉以執行步進運轉。步進運轉會對馬達140產生一較大的 負荷,而減低步進運轉的一淨作用比。 _6]淨作用比係為一馬達驅動時間對馬達_的總驅 動時間及停止時間的一比率。若淨作用比是 該馬達係被驅動而沒有停止時間。考量該馬達的負載,: 執行步進運轉可進行約淨作用比的7〇%的比率。例如,, 馬達可在驅動1〇秒鐘後,停止3秒鐘。其他的比率和驅動 /停止時間亦是適當的。 剛在待洗衣物落下到該滾筒的最低點之前,亦即,每 待洗衣物被拋落時,滚筒13〇開始旋轉以執行下—欠步: 運轉。在此情況下,滾冑13G旋轉至—預定角度,隨後待 達:滾筒"°的最低點。從此點開始,待洗衣物 、 ㈣轉。然而’滚筒因其係設定*會旋轉到 但待洗衣物不會旋轉到18〇。,亦即,該滾筒13〇的 -點,而它不能從最高點被拋落以獲得所需的清洗能力。 24 201124587 【胡]目為如此,在待洗衣物到達該滾筒 筒130如圖4 (d)所示係被控制再次旋轉。亦即| 滾 衣物到達該滾筒的最低點前’該滚筒先保持靜二Π 具體地,在待洗衣物正要開始落 尸L 的片刻,該滾筒130便 停止》從拋落的點直到待洗衣物 ^ βΒ 咬』邊/哀筒的最低點的 時間内,滾筒保持停止和不旋轉。其 /T JJ1岈間可大於待洗 衣物從滾筒的最高點落下至最低 、點1 )所需的時間。 因此,滾筒可保持停止,如〇.4 .. 次在—些具體實施例 中為㈣秒,以確保在停止狀態下有足夠的時間。這使得 應用步進運轉能更精確地產生最大的衝擊,因而可達到所 需的清洗能力。 [0069】圖5是—摩擦運轉之—細部示意圖。 [0070】首先,如圖第5( )C c )所不’待洗衣物係從 滾筒130的最低點移動到後, 初』设滾筒130的順時針方向上9〇β 或超過90°的轉角的—你里 , 位置。如所述相對於桶120,鄰近滾 筒13 0保持不動,;梦辑, 滾琦130内的待洗衣物係從桶12〇的最 低點附近的滾筒内表面的 幻預疋點,移動至内滾筒表面上沿 著該滾筒12〇的順時 貝吁針方向旋轉9〇。或超過90。的點。為了 產生待洗衣物的這種運無 禋運動,馬達施加一轉動力,亦即,沿 著一預定方向(順昧44* 士人、 時針方向)對滾筒130施加一扭矩,然 後滾筒130連同待洗右私 无衣物一起旋轉以舉起待洗衣物。 25 201124587 [0071] 待洗衣物係經由升降桿及與滾筒的内圓周表面的 摩擦緊密接觸滾筒130的内圓周表面,而與滚筒一起旋 轉,而不會脫離滾筒130。為此,滾筒以約6〇RpM或更快 的速度旋轉’以產生足夠的離心力’使待洗衣物不會脫離 滾筒130。滚筒的轉速可依據關於滾筒的大小,如内徑, 設定成以產生大於重力的一離心力。因此,待洗衣物能與 滾筒從該滾筒的最低點一起旋轉至相對於該滾筒的最低點 φ 為90°或更大轉角的位置。 [00721待洗衣物然後從90。或更大轉角的位置落下至該最 低點。為了以此拋落待洗衣物,當待洗衣物到達9〇。或更大 滾筒旋轉的位置時,滾筒130會突然煞車。馬達14〇提供 滾筒130 —反轉扭矩以對該滾筒突然煞車。如上所述參照 圖3 (e),該反轉扭矩係藉由用以供應至馬達14〇的相反 相位電流的相反相位制動所產生的一反轉扭矩。 • [0073] 1¾控制部可利用如上所述之_感測裝置來決定該 滾筒的一旋轉角度。當該滾筒的旋轉角度為9〇。或以上時, 該控制部會控制馬達14〇作相反相位煞車。因此,順時針 方向旋轉的滾筒130會在逆時針旋轉方向被施加-扭矩, 乂暫時V止而移除對待洗衣物的離心力。如圖5(。)所示, 待洗衣物因逆時針方向的扭矩不會被垂直抛落,但相對滾 筒的内圓周表面會傾斜地被拋落至該滾筒的最低點。由於 傾斜地洛下,在落下期間中,待洗衣物與該滚筒的内表面'and provide a sense ct sensor) to decide. The control section is permeable and rotates on the drum 23 201124587 to an angle of 18G. At or before it, control the horse's 14 () to reverse the phase of the car. Therefore, the drum that rotates in the clockwise direction is stopped by the counterclockwise torque. The centrifugal force to be subjected to the laundry is removed, and then the laundry is thrown to the lowest point. Adjacent to this, as shown in Fig. 4(d), the drum 13 is continuously rotated in the clockwise direction while the laundry is repeatedly rotated/thrown. Although Figure 4 shows that the drum is rotated in a clockwise direction, the drum can also be rotated counterclockwise to perform a stepping operation. The stepping operation produces a large load on the motor 140 and reduces the net effect ratio of the stepping operation. The net effect ratio is a ratio of the total drive time and the stop time of the motor drive time to the motor_. If the net effect ratio is that the motor is driven without a stop time. Considering the load of the motor, the stepping operation can be performed at a ratio of about 7% of the net effect ratio. For example, the motor can be stopped for 3 seconds after being driven for 1 second. Other ratios and drive/stop times are also appropriate. Just before the laundry is dropped to the lowest point of the drum, that is, every time the laundry is thrown, the drum 13 starts to rotate to perform the lower-understep operation. In this case, the tumbling 13G is rotated to a predetermined angle and then reached: the lowest point of the drum "°. From this point on, the laundry, (4) turn. However, the drum will rotate until it is set to * but the laundry will not rotate to 18 inches. That is, the point of the drum 13 is not, and it cannot be thrown from the highest point to obtain the required cleaning ability. 24 201124587 [Hu] As such, when the laundry reaches the drum 130, it is controlled to rotate again as shown in Fig. 4(d). That is, before the lowest point of the roller reaches the drum, the drum is kept quiet. Specifically, the drum 130 stops when the laundry is about to start falling, until the laundry is stopped. The drum is kept stopped and does not rotate during the time when the object is at the lowest point of the beating. The /T JJ1 time may be greater than the time required for the laundry to be dropped from the highest point of the drum to the lowest point, 1). Therefore, the drum can be kept stopped, such as 〇.4.. in the specific embodiment, it is (four) seconds to ensure sufficient time in the stopped state. This allows the stepping operation to produce the maximum impact more accurately, thus achieving the required cleaning capacity. [0069] Figure 5 is a detailed view of the friction operation. [0070] First, as shown in FIG. 5( )C c ), the laundry is moved from the lowest point of the drum 130 to the rear, and the corner of the drum 130 is clockwise of 9 〇 β or more than 90°. - you, location. As described with respect to the tub 120, the adjacent roller 13 0 remains stationary; in the dream, the laundry in the rolling 130 is moved from the magical pre-point of the inner surface of the drum near the lowest point of the barrel 12〇 to the inner roller The surface is rotated 9 turns along the direction of the roller 12 in the clockwise direction. Or more than 90. Point. In order to generate such an innocent movement of the laundry, the motor applies a rotational force, that is, a torque is applied to the drum 130 along a predetermined direction (shun 44*, clockwise direction), and then the drum 130 is Wash right and no clothes to rotate together to lift the laundry. 25 201124587 [0071] The laundry is in close contact with the inner circumferential surface of the drum 130 via the lifting rod and the friction with the inner circumferential surface of the drum, and rotates together with the drum without coming off the drum 130. To this end, the drum is rotated "about 6 rpm RpM or faster to produce sufficient centrifugal force" so that the laundry does not come off the drum 130. The rotational speed of the drum can be set to produce a centrifugal force greater than gravity depending on the size of the drum, such as the inner diameter. Therefore, the laundry can be rotated together with the drum from the lowest point of the drum to a position of 90 or more with respect to the lowest point φ of the drum. [00721 The laundry is then from 90. Or the position of the larger corner falls to the lowest point. In order to throw off the laundry, when the laundry arrives at 9 〇. Or when the position of the drum is rotated, the drum 130 suddenly brakes. The motor 14A provides a roller 130 - reverses the torque to suddenly brake the drum. Referring to Fig. 3(e) as described above, the reverse torque is a reverse torque generated by the opposite phase braking of the opposite phase current supplied to the motor 14A. • [0073] The control unit can determine the angle of rotation of the drum using the sensing device as described above. When the drum is rotated at an angle of 9 。. Or above, the control unit controls the motor 14 to perform the opposite phase braking. Therefore, the drum 130 rotating in the clockwise direction is applied with a torque in the counterclockwise direction of rotation, and the centrifugal force of the laundry to be removed is temporarily stopped. As shown in Fig. 5(.), the torque of the laundry in the counterclockwise direction is not vertically dropped, but the inner circumferential surface of the drum is inclined to be thrown to the lowest point of the drum. Due to the tilting of the ground, the laundry and the inner surface of the drum during the falling period

C 26 201124587 會具有相對較大的摩擦,且待洗衣物之間及待洗衣物與洗 衣水之間的同步摩擦亦相對較大。 [0074] 因此’如圖5⑷所示,滚筒13〇係以逆時針方 向不停地旋轉,且上述的待洗衣物會反覆地旋轉/落下的。 圖5繪示出滾筒係先以順時針方向旋轉,但之前仍以逆時 針方向旋轉。摩擦運轉對產生馬$ 14G較大的負荷,如步 進運轉,而摩擦運轉的淨作用t匕會減少、,例如,摩擦運轉C 26 201124587 will have relatively large friction, and the synchronous friction between the laundry and the laundry and the washing water is relatively large. [0074] Therefore, as shown in Fig. 5 (4), the drum 13 is continuously rotated in the counterclockwise direction, and the above-mentioned laundry is repeatedly rotated/dropped. Figure 5 illustrates the drum system first rotating in a clockwise direction, but still rotating in a counterclockwise direction. The frictional operation produces a large load of $14G, such as stepping operation, and the net effect of frictional operation is reduced, for example, frictional operation.

後停止3秒可4複’而摩擦運轉的淨剌比可被控制在7〇 %。其他的處置亦是適當的。 [0075] 在待洗衣物落下到達該滾筒的最低點,亦即,當待 洗衣物被拋落’滾筒130開始其相反方向旋轉以執行下一 步進運轉。在這種情況下,滾筒13〇旋轉到預定角度,且 在這之後’待洗衣物到it該滾g 13〇的最低點。從這點開 始,待洗衣物與滾筒會-起旋轉。耗滾筒因其被設定而 旋轉到90。,待洗衣物不會旋轉到9〇。,即該滾筒13〇的最 高點,而其無法從最高點拋落以獲得所需的清洗能力。 陶】因為如此,在待洗衣物到達該滾筒的最低點之後, 如圖5⑷所示,滾筒130會再旋轉。亦即,滾筒被控制 保持靜止不動,直到待洗衣物到達該滾筒的最低點。更具 體地’在待洗衣物正開始落下時,該滾筒將會停止。從待 洗衣物被抛洛的時間點直到牲、、生十+ I j得洗衣物到達該滾筒的最低 點’該滾筒仍處於停止狀態而不旋轉。該滾筒的停止狀態 27 201124587 的時間會比待洗衣物落下至該滾筒的最低點所耗費的時間 更長。因此,該滾筒保持的停止狀態可設定為,例如〇 2 秒,這小於在步進運轉中該滾筒的停止狀態的時間。’ [0077]如此該滾筒保存的停止狀態已設步進運轉可更 精確執行,以產生滾筒内表面和待洗衣物之間的最大摩 擦、待洗衣物之間的最大摩擦、及待洗衣物和洗衣水之間 的最大摩擦,而可因而達成所需的清洗能力。 [嶋]圖6是相較於圖3所示的清洗能力與每—運轉的振 動等級之-示意圖。水平軸表示清洗能力,更輕鬆地將移 動到左邊的待洗衣物中包含的髒污物分離。垂直軸表示振 動或噪《水平,越向上移動其水平越高,其相同待洗衣物 的清洗時間將減少。 ' /寺先衣物有極辩污物時,步進運轉和摩擦運轉係After stopping for 3 seconds, it can be 4 times and the net ratio of friction operation can be controlled at 7〇%. Other disposals are also appropriate. [0075] When the laundry is dropped to reach the lowest point of the drum, that is, when the laundry is thrown off, the drum 130 starts its opposite direction rotation to perform the next step operation. In this case, the drum 13 is rotated to a predetermined angle, and after that, the laundry is to the lowest point of the rolling. From this point on, the laundry and the drum will rotate. The drum is rotated to 90 as it is set. The laundry will not rotate to 9 inches. That is, the highest point of the drum 13 ,, and it cannot be thrown from the highest point to obtain the required cleaning ability. Pottery] Because of this, after the laundry reaches the lowest point of the drum, as shown in Fig. 5 (4), the drum 130 will rotate again. That is, the drum is controlled to remain stationary until the laundry reaches the lowest point of the drum. More specifically, the drum will stop when the laundry is starting to fall. From the point in time when the laundry is being tossed, until the bottom of the drum, the laundry reaches the lowest point of the drum. The drum is still in a stopped state without rotating. The stop state of the drum 27 201124587 will take longer than the time it takes for the laundry to fall to the lowest point of the drum. Therefore, the stop state in which the drum is held can be set to, for example, 〇 2 seconds, which is less than the time in which the drum is stopped in the stepping operation. [0077] Thus, the stop state of the drum preservation has been set to perform the stepping operation more accurately to generate the maximum friction between the inner surface of the drum and the laundry, the maximum friction between the laundry, and the laundry and the laundry. The maximum friction between the wash waters can thus achieve the required cleaning power. [嶋] Fig. 6 is a schematic view showing the cleaning ability and the vibration level per operation as shown in Fig. 3. The horizontal axis indicates the cleaning ability, making it easier to separate the dirt contained in the laundry to the left. The vertical axis represents the vibration or noise “horizontal. The higher the level, the higher the level, and the cleaning time of the same laundry will be reduced. ' / Temple first clothing has a very discriminating dirt, stepping and friction running

' ;執行以減&清洗時間的清洗模式1進運轉和摩擦運 、有^的振動/噪音水平,通常不會用來洗敏感織物及 或減少噪音和振動。 】;袞動運轉具有良好的清洗能力和錢動等級,以使 ::衣物的損害減少和降低馬達負載。因&,滾動運轉可 所有的清洗模式,尤其,可在初始清洗階段助於去污 劑溶解,並潤濕待洗衣物。 】;袞翻運轉具有—較摩擦運轉低的清洗能力,及相較 運轉和滾動運轉的-中振動等級。滾動運轉具有較 28 201124587 低的振動等級,但其比滾翻運轉雷 轉需要較長的清洗時間。 因為如此,滚翻運轉可適用於所有的清洗模 .. 亚有效率 地在一清洗模式中均勻分散待洗衣物。 [0082】擠壓運轉也有一類似於滾翻運轉的清洗能力 較滾翻運轉高的振動等級。擠壓運轉反覆地進行向前拉動 待洗衣物與從滾筒的内圓周表面分離待洗衣物的運作。在'; Performing a cleaning mode with reduced & cleaning time 1 In-run and frictional, with vibration/noise levels, usually not used to wash sensitive fabrics and to reduce noise and vibration. 】; turbulent operation has a good cleaning ability and money level, so as to reduce the damage of the clothing and reduce the motor load. Because of & rolling, all cleaning modes are available, in particular, to help the detergent dissolve during the initial cleaning phase and to wet the laundry. 】; 衮 turning operation has a lower cleaning ability than the frictional operation, and a medium-to-medium vibration level compared to the running and rolling operation. The rolling operation has a lower vibration level than 28 201124587, but it requires a longer cleaning time than the rollover operation. Because of this, the roll-over operation can be applied to all cleaning molds. Sub-efficiency uniformly disperses the laundry in a cleaning mode. [0082] The squeezing operation also has a vibration level similar to that of the tumbling operation, which is higher than that of the tumbling operation. The squeezing operation repeatedly pulls forward the laundry to separate the laundry from the inner circumferential surface of the drum. in

此運作中,洗衣水在穿過待洗衣物後排出該滾筒之外。因 此’擠壓運轉可應用於沖洗。 [0083】過濾運轉具有一較擠壓運轉低的清洗能力,及—類 似於滾動運轉的嗓音水平。在過濾運轉中,水穿過待洗衣 物並排出該滚筒,待洗衣物會緊密接觸滾筒的内圓周表 面。因此,該過濾運轉可被應用到一潤濕待洗衣物的模式。 [0084】旋擺運轉具有最低的振動等級與清洗能力,且可應 用在低噪音、低振動的清洗模式,及一清洗敏感或纖細衣 物的模式。 [0085〗如上所述,每個滚筒驅動運轉具有其個別的優點, 且更佳的是,那些不同的滾筒驅動運轉都用來最大化這些 優點。根據洗衣量的關係的每個滾筒驅動運轉亦可能有優 點和缺點。即便在同一模式與循環的情況下,可根據洗衣 量的關係不同地施加各種滚筒驅動運轉。 [0086】在滾筒式洗衣機,可以透過門而從外部看到滾筒的 内部。不同的滾筒驅動運轉可適用於以下將詳述的一清洗 29 201124587 模式。因此,使用者可看到在滾筒内執行的各種的滾筒驅 動運轉。亦即’可從視覺上辨識出一輕柔衝擊式清洗(衷 翻運轉)、一強勁衝擊式清洗(步進運轉)、一輕柔摩擦式 清洗(滾動運轉)、以及一強勁摩擦式清洗(摩擦運轉^ 因為如此,使用者可察覺到的清洗功能良好,這可提高使 用者的滿意度,並大大提高清洗效率。 πι·洗衣機的模式 [0087] 以下將討論洗衣機的各種的控制方法,亦即,本案 所具體及充分描述的一洗衣機的各種模式。 A·模式A (標準模式) [0088] 參照圖7A,以下將詳細描述模式a。模式a是不 具任何辅助選項的—標準模式,可用於清洗普通待洗衣 物。模式A包括—清洗循環、—沖洗擔環及—自旋循環。 使用者可從—模式選擇區117 (Μ。)選擇該標準模式。 A·1節清洗循環(S730 ): [0089】清洗循環包括—供水步驟(S733 )係、提供洗衣水與 5劑到一桶12〇或滾筒13〇以溶解去污劑於洗衣水中, 及清洗步驟(S742 )係用以驅動該滚筒來清洗該待洗 衣物在該供水步驟中,水是從一外部供水來源與去污劑 30 201124587 一起供應至洗衣機。藉由扭古 田提四供水步驟 步驟的準備,可達到清、1 %胃 的政率以進行清洗 J,宵洗循環的效率, 洗時間的減少 分n* B日a、上, 丰 包括清洗效率和清 A.1.1決定洗衣量(S73i): [0090]如上所述,供水步 + , 驟的元成係準備主清洗步驟。因 此’需迅速和完全地達成去 ^ , 則/合解、洗滌潤濕及類似運In this operation, the washing water is discharged outside the drum after passing through the laundry. Therefore, the extrusion operation can be applied to flushing. [0083] The filtration operation has a lower cleaning capability than the extrusion operation, and - similar to the arpeggio level of the rolling operation. In the filtration operation, water passes through the laundry and exits the drum, and the laundry will closely contact the inner circumferential surface of the drum. Therefore, the filtering operation can be applied to a mode of wetting the laundry. [0084] The swivel operation has the lowest vibration level and cleaning capability, and can be applied to a low noise, low vibration cleaning mode, and a mode of cleaning sensitive or slim clothing. [0085] As noted above, each drum drive operation has its individual advantages, and more preferably, those different drum drive operations are used to maximize these advantages. There may also be advantages and disadvantages for each drum drive operation depending on the amount of laundry. Even in the case of the same mode and circulation, various drum drive operations can be applied differently depending on the amount of laundry. [0086] In the drum type washing machine, the inside of the drum can be seen from the outside through the door. Different drum drive operations are available for a cleaning 29 201124587 mode as will be detailed below. Therefore, the user can see various drum driving operations performed in the drum. That is, it can visually recognize a gentle impact cleaning (turning operation), a powerful impact cleaning (stepping operation), a gentle friction cleaning (rolling operation), and a strong friction cleaning (friction operation). ^ Because of this, the user can perceive a good cleaning function, which can improve user satisfaction and greatly improve cleaning efficiency. πι·Washing machine mode [0087] Various control methods of the washing machine will be discussed below, that is, Various modes of a washing machine specifically and fully described in the present case. A·Mode A (Standard Mode) Referring to Fig. 7A, mode a will be described in detail below. Mode a is a standard mode without any auxiliary option, which can be used for cleaning. Ordinary laundry. Mode A includes - cleaning cycle, - flushing ring and - spin cycle. The user can select this standard mode from - mode selection area 117 (Μ.) A. 1 cleaning cycle (S730): [0089] The cleaning cycle includes a water supply step (S733), providing laundry water and 5 doses to a bucket of 12 crucibles or a drum 13 crucible to dissolve the detergent in the wash water, and a washing step Step (S742) for driving the drum to clean the laundry in the water supply step, the water is supplied to the washing machine together with the detergent 30 201124587 from an external water supply source. Preparation, can achieve clear, 1% stomach politician to clean J, the efficiency of the washing cycle, the reduction of washing time is divided into n* B day a, upper, abundance including cleaning efficiency and clear A.1.1 determine the amount of laundry (S73i [0090] As described above, the water supply step +, the element is prepared to prepare the main cleaning step. Therefore, 'the need to quickly and completely achieve the ^, then / solution, washing and wetting and similar operations

作。然而,考量到該乎贫& 滚缚的承錢*供應到滾筒的洗衣水 的水量,可依據供水步騍ψ 的滾筒内的待洗衣物的量來控 制一滾筒驅動運轉。亦卽,证> Μ 了依據滾筒内待洗衣物的量來 選擇更有效地執行去污劑、、交 劑岭解及洗滌潤濕的一滾筒驅動運 轉。 待洗衣物的量之一洗衣 。依據決定的待洗衣物 [0091】帛以決定容納於該滾筒的 量決定步驟’可於供水步驟前執行 該滾筒驅動運轉。 該滾筒的電流來決定一洗衣 的量’在供水步驟中可區別出 [0092]可透過測量用以驅動 量。例如,測量用來㈣滾翻運轉的電流。為了執行翻滾 運轉控制部控制滾筒以—預定轉速旋轉’例如做ΡΜ。 依據滾筒内待洗衣物的量,驅動該滾筒以該轉速所需的— 電流值會不同。以,根據在—特定的運轉下以—特定的 轉速驅動一特定的滾筒所需的一電流流量,可決定出待洗 衣物的量。 31 201124587 [0093]如果洗衣量是相對較大的,於供水步驟的初始階 段,會提供足夠的洗衣水給待洗衣物,而清洗效率可進一 步改善。滾筒驅動運轉會依據供水步驟的洗衣量而不同, 且供水步驟的參數亦可適當地決定。 A.1.2 供水(S733 ): A.1.2.1決定去污劑類型(S734):Work. However, considering the amount of water that is supplied to the drum, the amount of water supplied to the drum can be controlled by a drum driving operation in accordance with the amount of laundry in the drum of the water supply step. Also, the card> selects a drum-driven operation that more effectively performs detergent, cross-linking, and washing and wetting depending on the amount of laundry to be washed in the drum. One of the amount of laundry is laundry. The drum drive operation is performed before the water supply step by determining the amount of laundry to be determined in accordance with the determined amount to be accommodated in the drum. The current of the drum determines the amount of laundry 'differentiated in the water supply step. [0092] The permeable measurement is used to drive the amount. For example, measure the current used for (iv) rollover operation. In order to execute the tumbling operation control section, the drum is controlled to rotate at a predetermined rotational speed, for example. Depending on the amount of laundry in the drum, the current required to drive the drum at that speed will vary. The amount of laundry to be washed can be determined based on a current flow required to drive a particular drum at a particular speed at a particular operation. 31 201124587 [0093] If the amount of laundry is relatively large, sufficient washing water is supplied to the laundry during the initial stage of the water supply step, and the cleaning efficiency can be further improved. The drum driving operation differs depending on the amount of laundry in the water supply step, and the parameters of the water supply step can be appropriately determined. A.1.2 Water supply (S733): A.1.2.1 Determine the type of detergent (S734):

_4】在供水步驟的初始階段,可執行-去污劑類型決定 步驟以決定在供水步驟的初始階段所提供的去污劑是液體 式或粉末式。執行此㈣是用以決定在進行清洗循環後的 2筒驅動運轉或沖洗循環中的沖洗次數。在洗衣機的初 始=時,使用者可透過顯示區119得知有關 2洗循環的資訊,如W污劑類型決定步驟可: '、步弾的初始階段中執行,特別地 加強溶解步驟之前。 、係了在-去污劑 • ·2.2去污劑加強溶解(S735): _】當於供水步称中提供洗 污劑溶解步驟。為了接…劑時,可執行 初始階段,去今 旱在供水步驟 去汚劑應更有效地完全溶 步驟中,執扞 因此,可在供; 執仃該去污劑加強溶解步 伢' ’驟以加強去污劑的溶解 32 201124587 [0096】用來移動滾筒内的待洗 -運轉,稱為争n f洗衣物以加強去污劑溶解的 物提供強…驅動運轉,可為用來對洗衣水和待洗衣 物扣供一強勁機械外力的 解步驟中,可執行-步進運轉传1 如,在去污劑加強溶 覆舉起待洗衣物,且依照對該滾筒執錢轉的滚湾反 的内圓周表面抱落待洗衣物。可替代:的一煞車以從滾筒 代地,不執行一步進運 執行用以沿著旋轉的滾筒舉起待洗衣物’再依昭 :了煞車與反向旋轉以再舉起待洗衣物之一摩捧運 運Γ摩擦運轉均為用來對旋轉的滾筒突然煞車 的運轉’以犬然改變待洗衣物的移動方向,而對待洗衣物 施加強勁的衝擊。此外,步進運轉與摩擦運轉亦可用來對 洗衣水施加強勁的衝擊。因此,在供水步驟的初始階段提 供強勁機械外力,以加強去 的效率。 ^解’因而提高清洗循環 :::::具體實,,劑 由步進運轉和摩擦運轉的重複接續組合來執行。在這種情 況下,兩種類型的滾筒驅動運轉會是反覆的 水水流的模式可更多元化,以提高清洗循環的效率 卿】在-典型的供水步驟中,驅動滾筒進行 係不停地沿著-預定方向以預定速度旋轉滚筒^舉起和 =Γ=Γ,在滾翻,將溶解去污劑於“ 水的時間’會比在任一步驟戎 切擦運轉或其組合中更大。 33 201124587 例如,在例示的洗衣機 — 滾翻運轉中溶解去污劑的時間 大約1 5分鐘,而利用相 、洗衣機在步進運轉或摩擦運轉 中溶解去污劑的時間可在 至10分鐘。因此,步進運轉戋 摩擦運轉可更快速地溶解 , 一 ^ 5劑於洗衣水,而可減少該特 定清洗模式的相應的時間。 [0099] 在該步進和摩擦運鐘ώ 〃 轉中’待洗衣物被拋落且對待洗 衣物施加拋落衝擊,而旋轉 轉並停止該滾筒會產生洗衣水中_4] In the initial stage of the water supply step, the detergent type determination step can be performed to determine whether the detergent provided in the initial stage of the water supply step is liquid or powder. This (4) is used to determine the number of flushes in the 2-cylinder drive or flush cycle after the wash cycle. At the beginning of the washing machine, the user can know the information about the 2 wash cycle through the display area 119, for example, the W-smudge type determining step can be: ', the initial stage of the step is performed, especially before the dissolution step is strengthened. , - in detergent - • 2.2 detergent to enhance dissolution (S735): _] Provide a detergent dissolution step in the water supply step. In order to receive the agent, the initial stage can be performed, and in the case of the water supply step, the detergent should be more effectively completely dissolved in the step, so that it can be supplied; the detergent is strengthened to dissolve the step ' To enhance the dissolution of the detergent 32 201124587 [0096] used to move the drum to be washed - run, called the nf laundry to enhance the detergent dissolution to provide a strong ... drive operation, can be used for washing water And in the step of solving the problem that the laundry is buckled for a strong mechanical external force, the executable-stepping operation is transmitted, for example, the detergent is reinforced and the laundry is lifted, and the roller is turned according to the roller. The inner circumference surface holds the laundry. Can be replaced by: a car to replace the ground from the drum, do not perform a stepping operation to lift the laundry along the rotating drum's again: the brakes and reverse rotation to lift one of the laundry The friction operation is used to suddenly drive the rotating drum to 'change the movement direction of the laundry, and exert a strong impact on the laundry. In addition, stepping and rubbing can also be used to apply a strong impact on the wash water. Therefore, a strong mechanical external force is provided at the initial stage of the water supply step to enhance the efficiency of the removal. The solution "Improve the cleaning cycle ::::: concretely, the agent is executed by a repeated combination of stepping operation and frictional operation. In this case, the two types of drum drive operation will be more diversified in the mode of the repeated water flow to improve the efficiency of the cleaning cycle. In the typical water supply step, the drive roller is continuously driven. Rotating the drum at a predetermined speed in a predetermined direction and =Γ=Γ, in the rollover, will dissolve the detergent in the "time of water" will be greater than in any step of the cutting operation or a combination thereof. 201124587 For example, in the illustrated washing machine-rolling operation, the time for dissolving the detergent is about 15 minutes, and the time for dissolving the detergent in the stepping or rubbing operation by the phase washing machine can be up to 10 minutes. In the running 戋 friction operation, it can dissolve more quickly, and a dose of 5 times in the washing water can reduce the corresponding time of the specific cleaning mode. [0099] In the stepping and rubbing clock ώ 〃 Being thrown off and applying a throwing impact to the laundry, while rotating and stopping the drum produces laundry water

的強大旋渦。 Μ ’可在去污劑加強溶解步驟中執行—循環步 驟,用以循環桶中盛裝的洗衣水且再提供洗衣水至滾筒。 在該循環步驟中’在滾筒下方盛裝的洗衣水會供應至滾筒 的内部,進一步加強去污劑溶解和洗滌潤濕。 [00101】| -些具體實施例中,去污劑加強溶解步驟可進 行’例如,約2分鐘或其他適當的時間,直到供水已完成。 供水可在去污劑加強溶解步驟中完成,或者因為之後的洗 ㈣濕步驟其水位會降低而可另夕卜再提供供水。纟污劑加 強溶解步驟可進行一相對較短的時間,以便不會顯著損傷 待洗衣物織品。因此,每個以上模式的去污劑加強溶解步 驟中之一滾筒驅動運轉,可為取決於滾筒内的待洗衣物之 量的摩擦運轉。 [00102]亦即,如果決定的洗衣量係在一個預定的或更低的 水平,可執行去污劑加強溶解步驟,因為少量的待洗衣物, 34 201124587 可使用以供應強勁機械外力的滾筒驅動運轉可更有效率, 因為少量的待洗衣物可保持與洗衣水足夠的接觸。特別 地,少量的待洗衣物表示待洗衣物與洗衣水接觸的一表面 面積小,而去污劑溶解及洗務潤濕可在相對短的時間内透 過已施加的機械外力來翻轉待洗衣物而達成。因此,步進 運轉或摩擦運轉能提高清洗效率,且洗衣的時間因而相對 減少。 _31反之,如果在洗衣量決定步驟中決定的洗衣量是一 預定的或更高的水平,則可跳過去污劑加強溶解步戰。亦 即’如果待洗衣物的量相對較大,在機械外力不足以使待 洗衣物與洗衣水充分接觸,因為洗衣水不能供應給/或被— 足量的糾結的待洗衣物所吸收。 [00104】因此,如果洗衣量在一預定或更高的水平,則省略 去污劑加強溶解步驟,而立即啟動洗條潤濕步驟。如果洗 衣量在一預定或更高的水平,使用供水步驟中的循環步 驟,待洗衣物能更佳地與洗衣水接觸以加強去污劑溶解。 Α.1·2·3 洗滌潤濕(s736): [0010司在供水步驟中,可拥—士八丄丄^ 執订充刀地以洗衣水潤濕待洗衣 1 的—步帮,並一起溶解去污劑。在一滚筒式洗衣機的例 ’待洗衣物不-定完全淹沒於洗衣水’而因此可在清 洗循環的-初始階段迅速中快速進行洗務潤濕。在去污劑 35 201124587 加強溶解步驟之後,ι _ . 進行一待洗衣物潤濕加強步騾以促 進洗務H此步财在供水步驟已進行至—預定程度或 f供水步驟已完成之後,以確保待洗衣物已充分地餘和。 :替代地’在去污加強溶解步驟可在供水已完成後進 订。水位會在洗_濕步驟巾降低,且會進行額外的水的 供應Powerful vortex. Μ ' can be performed in the detergent reinforced dissolution step - a circulation step for circulating the laundry water contained in the tub and supplying the washing water to the drum. In this recycling step, the laundry water contained under the drum is supplied to the inside of the drum to further enhance the detergent dissolution and washing wetting. [00101] In some embodiments, the detergent intensifying dissolution step can be carried out, for example, for about 2 minutes or other suitable time until the water supply has been completed. The water supply can be completed in the detergent-strengthening dissolution step, or the water supply can be provided in addition to the subsequent washing (4) wet step. The smear enhancer dissolution step can be carried out for a relatively short period of time so as not to significantly damage the fabric to be washed. Thus, each of the above modes of detergent enhances one of the drum drive operations in the dissolution step, which can be a frictional operation that depends on the amount of laundry in the drum. [00102] That is, if the determined amount of laundry is at a predetermined or lower level, a detergent-enhancing dissolution step can be performed because a small amount of laundry, 34 201124587 can be used to drive a strong mechanical external force. The operation can be more efficient because a small amount of laundry can maintain sufficient contact with the laundry water. In particular, a small amount of laundry indicates that a surface area of the laundry to be in contact with the washing water is small, and the detergent dissolution and the wetting of the detergent can reverse the laundry by the applied mechanical external force in a relatively short time. And reached. Therefore, the stepping operation or the rubbing operation can improve the cleaning efficiency, and the laundry time is relatively reduced. _31 Conversely, if the amount of laundry determined in the laundry amount determining step is a predetermined or higher level, the dirt can be skipped to enhance the dissolution step. That is, if the amount of laundry is relatively large, the mechanical external force is insufficient to sufficiently contact the laundry with the washing water because the washing water cannot be supplied to/or absorbed by a sufficient amount of tangled laundry. [00104] Thus, if the amount of laundry is at a predetermined or higher level, the detergent enhancing step is omitted and the strip wetting step is initiated immediately. If the amount of laundry is at a predetermined or higher level, the circulation step in the water supply step is used, and the laundry is more preferably contacted with the washing water to enhance the dissolution of the detergent. Α.1·2·3 Washing and wetting (s736): [0010 Division in the water supply step, you can hold the 丄丄 丄丄 丄丄 执 执 执 执 执 执 执 执 执 执 执 执 执 执 执 执 执 执 执 执 执 执Dissolve the detergent. In the case of a drum type washing machine, the laundry is not completely submerged in the washing water, so that the washing and wetting can be quickly performed in the initial stage of the cleaning cycle. After the detergent 35 201124587 strengthens the dissolving step, ι _ . performs a laundry wetting step to promote the washing H. After the water supply step has been carried out until the predetermined degree or the f water supply step has been completed, Make sure that the laundry is adequately left. : Alternatively, the decontamination enhancing dissolution step can be ordered after the water supply has been completed. The water level will be lowered in the wash _ wet step towel and additional water supply will be provided

[嶋】可在上述的去污劑加強溶解步驟中,部分地進行洗 «濕步驟’且—水位可提高以使洗衣水能被足夠地收集 在滾筒内。因為如此,該促進洗務潤濕的步驟可在去污劑 加強办解步驟之後進行。洗務潤濕加強步驟中的—滾筒驅 動運轉T被控制成與去污劑加強溶解步驟中的不同。例 如’洗Μ濕加強步驟的滾筒驅動運轉可包括—滾動運轉 及/或一過滤運轉。在一此1种杳 仕二具體實施例中,過濾運轉和滾動 運轉可連續地進行。 [麵】過錢轉,係為將待洗衣物寬廣地分散以增大待洗 衣物的面積之運轉,而因為此過濾運轉可用來均句地潤 濕待洗衣物。滾動運轉’係為將待洗衣物反覆地翻轉以使 滾筒下盛裝的洗衣水均勻地接觸待洗衣物之一運轉,且該 滾動運轉可同時適用於洗滌潤濕。為了盡可能利用這些效 果’不同的滾筒驅動運轉,亦即,以—預定順序反覆的/連 續的進行過濾與滾動運轉,可最大化洗滌潤濕加強步驟的 效果。 36 201124587 [00108】如果洗衣量是一預令从二 頂疋的或更高的水平,洗滌潤濕加 強步驟的滾筒驅動運轉> 锝了包括過濾運轉。亦即,在過濾運 轉中’待洗衣物的表面面籍站以 積被增大及在過濾運轉中供應洗 衣水’並且待洗衣物均自八 刀佈而不會糾結且洗衣水係均勻 地供應至待洗衣物。可卷处 代地’或除了過濾運轉之外,滾 翻運轉亦可同時進行。 [00109]如果洗衣量是低於 視疋水千,可在洗滌潤濕加強步 驟中進行一過濾及/或滾翻運轉。 [00110】使用者可從選項 — 選項選擇區118選擇待洗衣物 π程度,而馬達的—淨作 用比會依據這一選擇而有所 同。然而,供水步财的淨 ^ ^ j旎不會依選定的髒 5程度而有所不同,因為供 > 7鄉肀的淨作用比係由 以最佳化去污劑溶解及洗滁潤濕, ° 物的非必要損壞的考量。如 无衣 里如果淨作用比下 及洗滌潤濕即會進行得不充分。 /心解 [_]在標準模式中的供水步 +锁 .了包括去污劑類型決定 步驟、去污劑加強溶解步驟 成疋 驟。^接Α 及上述的洗務潤濕加強步 驟。在替代的具體實施例中 通, 去巧劑類型決定步驟、去亏 劑加強溶解步驟、或洗膝潤去5 驟而進行。在這種情況下,去污劑獨立:供水步 溶解步驟或在洗滌潤濕步驟 :y驟“劑加強 了在水供應完成後進行。 37 201124587 A·1·3 加熱(S740 ): [00112】清洗循環包括清洗步驟。為了準備清洗,在清洗和 供水步驟之間可進行一加熱步驟。 [00113] 加熱步驟可用來加熱洗衣水,其係利用設置於桶的 下方的加熱器或藉由利用供應至滾筒内部的蒸汽增加洗衣 水或滾筒的溫度。因為如此,加熱㈣可依需求而進行或 省略。亦即’如果利用冷空氣或水來洗待洗衣物,即可不 執行加熱步驟。然@,如果在—敎的模式下的内定的洗 衣水的溫度係預設為高於冷水的溫度,或如果從選項選擇 區118選擇洗衣水的溫度是高於冷水的溫度,則可進行該 加熱步驟。 [00114] 在加熱步驟中的滾筒驅動運轉,可依據待洗衣物的 量而改變。不論洗衣量多寡,均可在加熱步驟中進行—滾 翻運轉。然而,如上所述,如果洗衣量為預定水平或更少, 可在加熱步料進行該滾動運轉。亦即,假;㈣洗衣物是 相對小量’在該滾筒的下半部反覆地翻滾待洗衣物並加熱 和清洗’會比分散待洗衣物更有效率。可替代地,在加熱 步称中以小量的待洗衣物,可使用滾翻與滚動運轉的組 合,而在有大量的待洗衣物時,可使用滾動運轉。 [00115] 加熱步驟可包括一加熱準備步驟係用以準備在供 水步驟之後的加熱。這意味在完全洗條潤濕後,供水步驟 即已完成。因A ’其可在供水步驟後更精確地決定待洗衣 38 201124587 物的量’因為從洗滌潤濕前的乾的待洗衣物,無法辨識出 濕的待洗衣物的洗衣量。例如,在洗滌潤濕前,決定出的 濕的待洗衣物的量會大於洗滌潤濕前的實際的量。因此, 在一些具體實施例中,在清洗前,可在加熱步驟中進行一 更精確的洗衣量決定步驟。若省略加熱步驟,可進行相應 於加熱準備步驟的一步驟,以決定待洗衣物的確切的量。 亦即’若省略加熱步驟,可在補充供水步驟後,於清洗步 鲁 驟前進行精確的洗衣量決定步驟》 清洗(S742): [00116] 當該供水步驟和上述的加熱步驟完成後,可進行用 以清洗該待洗衣物的清洗步驟。在清洗步驟中的一滾筒驅 動運轉可為一連續的步驟及/或烘乾及/或滾動運轉的組 合’以施加強勁機械外力並移動待洗衣物於不同的模式, _ 以增進清洗效率。 [00117] 可替代地,在清洗步驟中的滾筒驅動運轉可為一連 續的過濾運轉及滾翻運轉的組合,不停地供應洗衣水給待 洗衣物以加強去污劑所產生的清洗效率,及施予待洗衣物 的機械外力所產生的清洗效率。 [00118〗因此,在清洗步驟中的滾筒驅動運轉可依據的洗衣 量而不同,因為滾筒驅動運轉能夠根據洗衣量產生不同的 最佳的清洗效果。該洗衣量可為在供水步驟前或在加熱步 39 201124587 驟中決定出的洗衣量。在清洗步驟中,滾筒驅動運轉可依 據在供水步驟後決定的洗衣量而不同。 [00119]如果洗衣量係一預定水平或更高,滾筒驅動運轉可 包括過濾運轉及/或滾翻運轉。如果洗衣機未配置循環洗衣 水,則只可進行翻滾運動。在一大的待洗衣物的量的情況 下,洗衣水可均勻地提供給待洗衣物,且機械外力可同時 施加至待洗衣物,以增進清洗效率。 • [〇〇12〇]如果洗衣量係一預定水平或更低,滾筒驅動運轉可 包括一步進運轉及/或一滾動運轉,在待洗衣物以各種模式 移動而在機械外力施加下而提高清洗效率。在一些具體實 施例中,該滾翻運轉還可與步進運轉及/或滾動運轉一起執 行。 [00121】如上所述,在標準模式中,在供水步驟、加熱步驟 及清洗步驟中的滾筒驅動運轉’可更加多樣化,而可相應 # 提升清洗循環的效率。此外,每個步驟中的滾筒驅動運轉, 可依據滚筒内的待洗衣物的量而不同,且因而可進行最佳 化的清洗循環。 [00122】如果使用者從選項選擇區118選擇了待洗衣物的 一髒污程度,加熱步驟與清洗步驟的淨作用比會有所不 同。若在髒污程度相對低的情況下淨作用比係非不必要的 高,待洗衣物會受到不必要的損壞。 201124587 A·2沖洗循環(S750 ): 、】>".、圖7A ’在模式A中的一種沖洗循環之控制方 法將詳述如下。依據此具體實施例,沖洗循環可執行作為 連同上述的清洗循環的-單—模式的_部分,或它可獨立 的 =執行1 了簡便說明’以下將詳述在標準模式中提及 β洗循環之後的一種沖洗循環的控制方法。 镰 Α.2.Ι.第一沖洗(S751 ): 陶4】當該清洗循環已完成時,可執行用以供應水及驅動 該滚筒執行沖洗的一第一沖洗步驟。 ^125】在每—個清洗循環、沖洗循環及自旋循環中,可在 標準模式中進行-或多個自旋步驟。例如,可執行清洗循 環後的自旋和沖洗循環中的自旋。這些自旋步驟係稱為「中 級自旋以與標準模式中的最後一次循環的自旋循環作區 • 別。 [00126】-自旋等級可依據該滾筒的轉速來決定。典型地, 中級自旋可進行約每分鐘2〇〇至彻轉,且例如在一敏感 模式約每分鐘4GG #,在—個柔弱模式約每分鐘_轉, 在一中等模式約每分鐘,以及在—強勁模式約每分 鐘1000轉。供中級自旋的一滾筒轉速,係基於在由當前的 操作參數而疋的運作期間的一低共振頻率和一高共振頻率 而選定的。 41 201124587 [00127]共振頻率是洗衣機的_種物理特徵值,而洗衣機的 振動在接近共振頻率時會大幅增加。如果滾筒以接近共振 頻率旋轉而待洗衣物分佈不均勻,洗衣機的振動會突然地 增加。因此,如果自旋以高於共振頻率的一預定轉速執行, 一待洗衣物解開糾結步驟通常會執行以將滾筒内的待洗衣 物分配均勻,且會感測到振動。如果感測到的振動小於一 預定值’可執行一加速步驟以超過一共振頻率頻帶[嶋] In the detergent-strengthening-dissolving step described above, the washing "wet step" may be partially performed and the water level may be increased so that the washing water can be sufficiently collected in the drum. Because of this, the step of promoting wetting of the laundry can be carried out after the detergent intensification step. The drum drive operation T in the detergent wetting enhancement step is controlled to be different from that in the detergent reinforcement dissolution step. For example, the drum driving operation of the 'washing and moisturizing step' may include a rolling operation and/or a filtering operation. In one embodiment of the invention, the filtration operation and the rolling operation can be continuously performed. [Face] is the operation of widening the laundry to increase the area of the laundry to be washed, and because the filtering operation can be used to wet the laundry. The rolling operation is performed by repeatedly inverting the laundry to allow the washing water contained under the drum to uniformly contact one of the laundry items, and the rolling operation can be simultaneously applied to the washing and wetting. In order to utilize these effects as much as possible, different drum drive operations, i.e., repeated/continuous filtration and rolling operations in a predetermined sequence, the effect of the wet wetting enhancement step can be maximized. 36 201124587 [00108] If the amount of laundry is a predetermined level from the top of the top or the higher level, the drum drive operation of the washing and moistening step is included. That is, in the filtration operation, the surface of the laundry is increased in volume and the laundry water is supplied during the filtration operation, and the laundry is not tangled from the eight-knife cloth and the laundry water is uniformly supplied. To the laundry. Rolling can be performed simultaneously or in addition to the filtering operation. [00109] If the amount of laundry is less than the apparent amount of water, a filtration and/or rollover operation can be performed in the wash wetting enhancement step. [00110] The user can select the degree of laundry π from the option - option selection area 118, and the motor-to-net ratio will be different depending on this selection. However, the net ^^ j旎 of the water supply step will not vary depending on the selected dirty degree 5, because the net effect ratio for the nostalgia is to be wetted by the optimized detergent dissolution and washing. , ° Consideration of non-essential damage to the object. If there is no clothing, the net effect ratio and the washing and wetting will not be sufficient. / 心心解 [_] Water supply step + lock in standard mode. Includes detergent type determination step, detergent enhances dissolution step into 疋. ^ Α and the above-described washing and wetting strengthening step. In an alternate embodiment, the decontaminant type determining step, the de-supplement enhancing dissolution step, or the knee-washing process is performed. In this case, the detergent is independent: the water supply step dissolution step or the washing and wetting step: y "the agent is strengthened after the water supply is completed. 37 201124587 A·1·3 Heating (S740): [00112] The cleaning cycle includes a cleaning step. In order to prepare for cleaning, a heating step may be performed between the cleaning and water supply steps. [00113] The heating step may be used to heat the washing water by using a heater disposed below the tub or by utilizing the supply The steam to the inside of the drum increases the temperature of the washing water or the drum. Because of this, the heating (4) can be carried out or omitted as needed. That is, if the laundry is washed with cold air or water, the heating step can be omitted. The heating step can be performed if the temperature of the predetermined wash water in the mode is preset to be higher than the temperature of the cold water, or if the temperature of the wash water selected from the option selection area 118 is higher than the temperature of the cold water. [00114] The drum driving operation in the heating step may be changed depending on the amount of laundry to be washed. Regardless of the amount of laundry, the heating operation may be performed in a heating step. However, as described above, if the amount of laundry is a predetermined level or less, the rolling operation can be performed in the heating step. That is, false; (4) the laundry is relatively small amount 'reversingly tumbling in the lower half of the drum Washing and heating and washing 'will be more efficient than dispersing the laundry. Alternatively, a small amount of laundry in the heating step can be used in combination with rolling and rolling, while there is a large amount of waiting In the case of laundry, a rolling operation can be used. [00115] The heating step can include a heating preparation step for preparing the heating after the water supply step. This means that after the complete strip is wetted, the water supply step is completed. It can more accurately determine the amount of laundry to be washed after the water supply step. 'Because of the dry laundry before wetting, the amount of laundry that is wet laundry cannot be recognized. For example, before washing and wetting The amount of wet laundry to be determined will be greater than the actual amount before washing and wetting. Thus, in some embodiments, a more precise laundry determination step can be performed in the heating step prior to cleaning. If the heating step is omitted, a step corresponding to the heating preparation step can be performed to determine the exact amount of the laundry. That is, if the heating step is omitted, the precise step can be performed before the washing step. The laundry amount determining step "cleaning" (S742): [00116] After the water supplying step and the above heating step are completed, a washing step for washing the laundry to be washed may be performed. A drum driving operation in the washing step may be A continuous step and/or a combination of drying and/or rolling operation to apply a strong mechanical external force and move the laundry to a different mode, to improve cleaning efficiency. [00117] Alternatively, in the cleaning step The drum driving operation can be a combination of continuous filtering operation and rolling operation, continuously supplying washing water to the laundry to enhance the cleaning efficiency of the detergent, and cleaning by the mechanical external force applied to the laundry. effectiveness. [00118] Therefore, the drum driving operation in the washing step can be varied depending on the amount of laundry, because the drum driving operation can produce different optimum cleaning effects depending on the amount of laundry. The amount of laundry may be the amount of laundry determined prior to the water supply step or during the heating step 39 201124587. In the washing step, the drum driving operation may differ depending on the amount of laundry determined after the water supply step. [00119] If the amount of laundry is a predetermined level or higher, the drum driving operation may include a filtering operation and/or a rolling operation. If the washing machine is not equipped with circulating washing water, only the tumbling motion can be performed. In the case of a large amount of laundry, the washing water can be uniformly supplied to the laundry, and mechanical external force can be simultaneously applied to the laundry to improve the cleaning efficiency. • [〇〇12〇] If the amount of laundry is a predetermined level or lower, the drum drive operation may include a stepping operation and/or a rolling operation to increase the cleaning when the laundry is moved in various modes and applied by mechanical external force. effectiveness. In some embodiments, the rollover operation can also be performed with stepping and/or rolling operations. [00121] As described above, in the standard mode, the drum driving operation ' in the water supply step, the heating step, and the washing step can be more diverse, and the efficiency of the cleaning cycle can be increased accordingly. Further, the drum driving operation in each step can be made different depending on the amount of laundry to be washed in the drum, and thus an optimized washing cycle can be performed. [00122] If the user selects a degree of soiling of the laundry from the option selection area 118, the net effect ratio of the heating step to the cleaning step will be different. If the net effect is not unnecessarily high in the case of a relatively low degree of soiling, the laundry will be unnecessarily damaged. 201124587 A·2 flush cycle (S750): , ]>", Figure 7A' The control method of a flush cycle in mode A will be described in detail below. According to this embodiment, the flush cycle can be performed as part of the -single mode of the cleaning cycle described above, or it can be independent = execute 1 for a brief description. The following will detail the reference to the beta wash cycle in the standard mode. A subsequent control method for the flush cycle.镰 Α.2. 第一. First rinsing (S751): 陶 4] When the cleaning cycle has been completed, a first rinsing step for supplying water and driving the drum to perform rinsing may be performed. ^125] In each of the cleaning cycle, the flush cycle, and the spin cycle, one or more spin steps can be performed in the standard mode. For example, spins in the spin and rinse cycles after the purge cycle can be performed. These spin steps are referred to as "intermediate spins to distinguish from the spin cycle of the last cycle in the standard mode. [00126] - The spin level can be determined by the rotational speed of the drum. Typically, the intermediate The spin can be performed from about 2 rpm to about 3 GG # per minute in a sensitive mode, about every minute _ turn in a weak mode, about every minute in a medium mode, and in a strong mode. 1000 rpm. A drum speed for intermediate spin is selected based on a low resonance frequency and a high resonance frequency during operation during the current operating parameters. 41 201124587 [00127] Resonance frequency is a washing machine The physical characteristic value of the washing machine, and the vibration of the washing machine will increase greatly when it approaches the resonance frequency. If the drum rotates near the resonance frequency and the laundry is unevenly distributed, the vibration of the washing machine will suddenly increase. Therefore, if the spin is high Performed at a predetermined rotational speed of the resonant frequency, a laundry untangling step is typically performed to evenly distribute the laundry within the drum and to sense vibration. If the sensed vibration is less than a predetermined value, an acceleration step may be performed to exceed a resonance frequency band

(resonance frequency band)。 [00128】由於供水與沖洗在該沖洗循環中重複更多次,在沖 洗中間段執行的中級自旋所需的時間會變得更長。為了解 決凊洗το成後殘餘去污劑的疑慮,在沖洗循環中可執行至 乂 一人或更夕-人的沖洗步驟。在這次執行的中級自旋會對 沖洗循環增加大量的時間, 具體實施例,在供水和沖洗 速會有所區別。亦即,滚筒 以低於一低共振頻率的一預 導致過長的沖洗循環。依據此 的中間段執行的中級自旋的轉 可在一預定的特定申級自旋中 疋轉速旋轉’及在一其他的預 以高於一高共振頻率的一預定轉速旋 定的特定中級自旋中 轉。 【00129】#特定中級自旋以低於一低共振頻率的—轉速進 行時冑助的待洗衣物解開糾結步驟、振動量感測步驟 及加速步驟的所需時間可為非必要的,因此有可能減少沖 洗循環所需的時間。中級自旋的轉速可被設定為大約100 42 201124587 至110。反之,如果特定中級自旋以低於—低共振頻率的 一轉速進行時,可減少沖洗循環所需的_,但洗衣水包 含去污劑可能無法完全排出。 [〇_於清洗循環後,在洗衣水中可發現最辦污物和去污 劑殘留。因為如此’於清洗循環後,盡可能徹底地將該洗 衣水自待洗衣物排出。(resonance frequency band). [00128] Since the water supply and flushing are repeated more times in the flushing cycle, the time required for the intermediate spin performed in the middle section of the flushing becomes longer. In order to understand the suspicion of residual detergent after washing, a rinsing step to a person or a person-to-person can be performed in the flushing cycle. The intermediate spins performed this time add a significant amount of time to the flush cycle. In the specific example, there is a difference between the water supply and the flush rate. That is, a preheating of the drum below a low resonant frequency results in an excessively long flush cycle. The intermediate spin rotation performed in accordance with the intermediate section may be rotated in a predetermined specific spin, and at a particular intermediate level pre-determined by a predetermined speed higher than a high resonance frequency. Rotate in the middle. [00129] The specific time required for the specific intermediate spin to be deactivated and entangled, the vibration amount sensing step, and the acceleration step when the spin is lower than a low resonance frequency may be unnecessary, so It may reduce the time required for the flush cycle. The speed of the intermediate spin can be set to approximately 100 42 201124587 to 110. Conversely, if a particular intermediate spin is performed at a lower speed than the low resonant frequency, the _ required for the flush cycle can be reduced, but the detergent containing the detergent may not be completely discharged. [〇_ After the cleaning cycle, the most dirt and detergent residue can be found in the washing water. Because of this, the washing water is discharged from the laundry as thoroughly as possible after the washing cycle.

[〇_在標準模式中的清洗循環之後H沖洗步_ 初始階段可進行-高速度自旋(S752 )。在高速度自旋中, 滾筒會以比高共振頻率更高的轉速旋轉,以致使最大量的 洗衣水可從待洗衣物排出^例如,該轉速可被設定為大約 母分鐘1000轉。不管使用者的選擇,該高速度自旋步驟可 不停地以回速度旋轉滾筒,亦即,大約每分鐘丨〇〇〇轉,使 得在沖洗前能盡可能徹底地將去污劑殘留排出。 [00132】當該高速度自旋已完成,可在供水後進行一第—滾 筒驅動步驟(S753 )以驅動該滾筒以沖洗待洗衣物。一沖 洗水位可算是比較高的水位,使該水位透過門為可見的, 讓待洗衣物能淹沒於洗衣水内。因此,可提供一大量的洗 衣水於沖洗循環的一初始階段中以沖洗待洗衣物。 [00133】在第一滾筒驅動步驟的一滾筒驅動運轉可為一摩 擦及/或旋擺運轉,以移動最大待洗衣物的量浸入洗衣水 中’以增進沖洗效能。此摩擦及/或旋擺運轉係對應在待洗 衣物浸入洗衣水後的一反覆地手揉搓待洗衣物的程序。滾 43 201124587 翻及步進運轉 τ應一反覆將待洗衣物移進移出洗衣水的程 序。因此,該第__ 滚筒驅動步驟可控制該滾筒在摩擦及/或 旋擺運轉中,以__ 间水位驅動,讓使用者能直接觀看到充 分的沖洗在進杆。+ # , 在替代的具體實施例中’用以將桶内裝 洗衣水循環到涪故山,, 同中的一循環步驟可於第一滚筒驅動步驟 中執订洗衣水係噴入滾筒以沖洗待洗衣物。此程序可被 稱為喷射(spray)沖洗」。這也可對使用者展現,因其透過 鲁門即可見在進行充分的沖洗。 ’34]當該第_滾筒驅動步驟已完成,可進行一第一脫水 及中級自旋步驟(S754 )。在排水期間,滾筒可在步進及/ 或滾翻運轉時被驅動。待洗衣物被提高且拋落以增進清洗 效率且會產生泡珠來提高沖洗效率。滾筒驅動運轉可依 、矿的量而不同。在-小的待洗衣物量的情況下,驅動 滾筒進行步進運轉以產生提高及抛落的最大距離。在一大 #的待洗衣物量的情況下,可驅動滾筒進行滾翻運轉。 [00135】在第—脫水與中級自旋中中級自旋會以大約每分 鐘100至110轉來執行。然後,可省略的該待洗衣物解開 糾結步驟、該振動感測步驟及該加速步驟,且所需的時間 會明顯減少。 【嶋]在替代的具體實施例中,在一標準模式中的第一脫 水與中級自旋步驟中,中級自旋會以高於低共振頻率的大 約每分鐘轉來進行。在這種情況下,當水被排出且待 44 201124587 洗衣物是充分地分散時,可進行步進及/或滚翻運轉 如此,可省略該待洗衣物解開糾結步驟 為 於低共振頻率,該中級自& 4 P使在一轉逮高 平该中級自紅可與振動感測步驟 步驟、併進行—短暫的時間。這種中級自旋以相^ 的轉速進仃’以排出在高速度自旋步驟中未排出的去污: 殘留及髒污物。然而,在一愔、戈下., /劑 得的振動量超出了一允呼範/ 感測步驟中剛 、重超出了允許㈣,可重複該振動感測步帮,[〇_H Wash step after the cleaning cycle in the standard mode _ The initial stage can be performed - high speed spin (S752). In high speed spins, the drum rotates at a higher speed than the high resonance frequency so that the maximum amount of wash water can be discharged from the laundry. For example, the rotational speed can be set to approximately 1000 revolutions per mother. Regardless of the user's choice, the high speed spin step can continuously rotate the drum at a return speed, i.e., about every minute, so that the detergent residue can be drained as thoroughly as possible before flushing. [00132] When the high speed spin has been completed, a first-roller driving step (S753) may be performed after the water supply to drive the drum to flush the laundry. A flushing water level can be regarded as a relatively high water level, so that the water level is visible through the door, allowing the laundry to be submerged in the washing water. Therefore, a large amount of washing water can be supplied to wash the laundry in an initial stage of the flushing cycle. [00133] A drum drive operation in the first drum driving step may be a friction and/or a swing operation to immerse the maximum amount of laundry in the wash water to enhance flushing performance. This friction and/or whirl operation corresponds to a procedure for repeatedly washing the laundry after the laundry is immersed in the laundry water. Rolling 43 201124587 Turning and stepping operation τ should repeatedly move the laundry to the process of removing the washing water. Therefore, the first __ drum driving step can control the drum to be driven by the water level between __ during the friction and/or the slewing operation, so that the user can directly see the full rinsing in the ram. + # , In an alternative embodiment, 'to circulate the washing water in the bucket to the mountain, the same cycle step can be used in the first drum driving step to bind the washing water to the drum to flush the laundry. Things. This procedure can be referred to as a spray rinse. This can also be shown to the user as it is visible through the Lumen. '34] When the first drum driving step has been completed, a first dehydration and intermediate spin step (S754) can be performed. During draining, the drum can be driven during stepping and/or rollover operations. The laundry is raised and thrown to increase the cleaning efficiency and bubbles are generated to increase the rinsing efficiency. The drum drive operation can vary depending on the amount of mine. In the case of a small amount of laundry to be washed, the drum is driven to perform a stepping operation to produce a maximum distance for raising and dropping. In the case of a large amount of laundry, the drum can be driven to perform a rollover operation. [00135] Intermediate spins in the first dehydration and intermediate spins are performed at approximately 100 to 110 revolutions per minute. Then, the laundry can be omitted to untie the entanglement step, the vibration sensing step, and the acceleration step, and the time required can be significantly reduced. [嶋] In an alternative embodiment, in the first dewatering and intermediate spin steps in a standard mode, the intermediate spins will be rotated approximately every minute above the low resonant frequency. In this case, when the water is discharged and the laundry is sufficiently dispersed, the stepping and/or rolling operation may be performed as such, and the laundry untangling step may be omitted at a low resonance frequency. The intermediate level & 4 P enables the intermediate level of self-redness to be synchronized with the vibration sensing step in one turn and for a short period of time. This intermediate spin enters at the same speed to discharge the decontamination that is not discharged in the high speed spin step: residual and dirt. However, in a 愔, 戈下, / the amount of vibration of the agent exceeds the allowable range / sensing step just before the weight exceeds the allowable (four), the vibration sensing step can be repeated,

而不會進入加速步驟,而沖洗時間可能會不利地增長。因 為如此,該振動感測步驟可於大約每分鐘1〇〇至ιι〇轉的 滾筒速度下執行’且因在振動步驟執行的一預定時間内不 會啟動加速步驟,可完成該第一脫水與中級自旋步驟。 A.2.2第一沖洗(S756)和最終沖洗(S76〇): [00137】一第二沖洗步驟(S756 )可接著第一沖洗步驟。該 第二沖洗步驟可包括一第二滾筒驅動步驟(S757 )及—第 二脫水與中級自旋步驟(S758 )。該第二滾筒驅動步驟本質 上係與上述的第一滾筒驅動步驟相同。而且,該第二脫水 與中級自旋步驟本質上係與第一脫水與中級自旋步驟相 同。然而’因為去污劑殘留已在高速度自旋步驟及第—脫 水與中級自旋步驟中被排出,中級自旋可在第二脫水與中 級自旋步驟中以大約每分鐘1 00至11 〇轉進行,以減少沖 洗時間。 45 201124587 [00138] 該沖洗循環可利用去污劑類型決〜 果。 、疋步驟的決定結 [00139] 如果去污劑是液體型式,比較少 省略m水挪 去巧劑會殘留而可 嚙略第—沖洗步驟,以減少沖洗循環所需的時 污劑是粉末型式的,第一沖洗步驟和第二 如果去 定進行的。 〜洗步驟可為内 【00140]如果去污劑是液體型式,一個第三 n达丄 一洗步驟(S760) 可作為在第一沖洗步驟之後的—最終沖洗步驟。如 劑是粉末型式,一個第三沖洗步驟可作為去’可 他罘一沖洗步驟 之後的-最終沖洗步驟。然而’當料在第三沖洗步驟被 偵測到(在一粉末型式去污劑情況下),可執行一第四沖洗 步驟為最終沖洗步驟。 ㈣⑷]最終沖洗步驟(S76〇)的一水位可為一相對較低的 水位。在具有以一預定角度傾斜的滾筒的傾斜滾筒式洗衣 機情況中,一水位可為足夠供水到傾斜的滾筒的一預定尾 部的一預定水平。亦即,這樣的水位不是從洗衣機外可察 覺到’或可見的。然而,這樣的水位係預定的以便不會在 待洗衣物中產生任何更多的泡沫。即使已產生泡沫,泡沫 會產生於桶内而不會在滾筒内,防止泡沫過度的累積。因 此’使用者可直觀地確定在最後沖洗步驟中沒有泡沫產 生’而沖洗表現的滿意程度可有所改善。 46 201124587 [00142j -第二排水步帮(s%2 ) 第三滾筒驅動步驟(S761)之後執/最後冲洗步驟中的 可驅動該滾筒進行自旋循環。 第二排水步驟中的步進及/或摩擦運轉 以均勻地分散待洗衣物。 A.3自旋循環(S770): [_…圖7A,以下將詳述在標準模式中的自旋循環 :-控制方法。該自旋循環可執行如—標準模式的—部 分’再加上清洗循環與沖洗循環’或為一獨立的單一模式。 為了便於討論,在執行清洗循環及沖洗循環所組成的標準 模式之後的自旋循環的—控制方法將詳述如下。 A.3.1待洗衣物解開糾結(S77丨): 1_4]自旋循環可包括—待洗衣物解開糾結步驟,係透過 驅動滾筒以均钱分散待洗衣物以解開糾結的待洗衣物。 該自旋循環提供減少了滾筒在—高速旋轉時產生的振動。 如果在自旋循環之前的排水步驟中驅動滾筒進行步進及/ 或摩擦運轉’待洗衣物很可能在步進及/或摩擦運轉中被解 開糾結至-預定的程度,而待洗衣物解開糾結步驟所需的 時間可大大減少。 A.3.2偏心率測量(S773 ): 47 201124587 [麵】在待洗衣物解開糾結步靜之後,在—預定時間間隔 以一預定轉速低於低共振頻率旋轉滾筒的偏心詈, 置,可透過 加速滾筒並決定待洗衣物在滾筒内是否均勻分佈來衡旦 [〇明⑯據其他具體實施例的在標準模式中的_自:猶 環的一偏心率量測步驟,可在一待洗衣物解開糾結步驟前 進行。一大量的待洗衣物量的解開糾結可—直由沖洗猶環 的滚筒驅動運轉來執行。因此,該自旋循環可與偏心率量 鲁測步驟-起開始’以減少自旋循環的時間。如果測得的偏 心量相較於-參考的偏心、量是理想的’則可進行詳如後述 的加速。如果測得的偏心量相較於一參考的偏心量是不理 想的,可進行待洗衣物解開糾結步驟。驅動滾筒可進行待 洗衣物解開糾結步驟中的步進運轉,以促進待洗衣物的解 開糾結’而偏心率量測步驟可在待洗衣物解開糾結步驟之 後重新啟動》 A.3.3加速和標準自旋(S775 ): [】在偏%率量測步驟之後,可進行一對滾筒旋轉加速 至一標準自旋轉速(加速步驟)的步驟。之後,一普通自 旋步驟係用來進行以標準自旋轉速旋轉滾筒而完成該自旋 循:。標準自旋的滾筒轉速可預設為大約每分鐘卿轉。 ,、 '衣物所含有的水量可盡可能降低以減少去污劑 殘^留 〇 淮 > π,旋的轉速係依使用者的選擇而可變更,因為 48 201124587 私毕自旋的轉速係 、 媽衣已完成後的殘餘水分水 平和待洗衣物的皺折程度。因此,使用者可選定關於待洗 衣物的水分水平和皺折程度的普通自旋步驟的轉速。 B.模式B(極髒污物模式): 陶]參照圖8,嚴重的髒污將於如下詳述之一極髒污物Instead of entering the acceleration step, the flushing time may increase unfavorably. Because of this, the vibration sensing step can be performed at a drum speed of about 1 〇〇 to ι rpm, and the first step of dehydration can be completed because the acceleration step is not initiated for a predetermined time during the vibration step. Intermediate spin step. A.2.2 First Flush (S756) and Final Flush (S76〇): [00137] A second flushing step (S756) may follow the first flushing step. The second rinsing step may include a second drum driving step (S757) and a second dehydration and intermediate spin step (S758). This second roller driving step is essentially the same as the first roller driving step described above. Moreover, the second dehydration and intermediate spin steps are essentially the same as the first dehydration and intermediate spin steps. However, because the detergent residue has been discharged in the high-speed spin step and the first-dehydration and intermediate spin steps, the intermediate spin can be in the second dehydration and intermediate spin steps at about 100 to 11 rpm. Turn to reduce the rinse time. 45 201124587 [00138] This flush cycle can utilize the type of detergent. Decision of the step [ [00139] If the detergent is in the liquid type, the o-water removal agent will be left less and the first-rinsing step can be indented to reduce the time required for the flushing cycle to be a powder type. , the first rinsing step and the second if it is determined to proceed. The ~washing step can be internal [00140] If the detergent is in a liquid form, a third n 丄 丄 one wash step (S760) can be used as the final rinsing step after the first rinsing step. If the agent is in powder form, a third rinsing step can be used as a final rinse step after the rinsing step. However, when a third rinse step is detected (in the case of a powder type detergent), a fourth rinse step can be performed as the final rinse step. (4) (4)] The water level of the final rinsing step (S76〇) may be a relatively low water level. In the case of a tilt drum type washing machine having a drum inclined at a predetermined angle, a water level may be a predetermined level sufficient to supply water to a predetermined tail of the inclined drum. That is, such a water level is not detectable or visible from outside the washing machine. However, such water levels are predetermined so as not to create any more foam in the laundry. Even if foam has been generated, the foam will be produced in the tub and not in the drum, preventing excessive accumulation of foam. Therefore, the user can intuitively determine that there is no foam generation in the final rinsing step, and the satisfaction level of the rinsing performance can be improved. 46 201124587 [00142j - Second Drain Step (s%2) The third drum drive step (S761) can be driven in the subsequent/final rinse step to drive the spin cycle. The stepping and/or rubbing operation in the second draining step to evenly disperse the laundry. A.3 Spin Cycle (S770): [_... Figure 7A, the spin cycle in the standard mode will be detailed below: - Control method. The spin cycle can be performed as part of a standard mode plus a wash cycle and a rinse cycle or as a separate single mode. For ease of discussion, the spin cycle control method after performing the standard mode consisting of the cleaning cycle and the flush cycle will be described in detail below. A.3.1 Unpacking and tangling (S77丨): 1_4] The spin cycle may include the step of unwinding the tangling of the laundry, by dispersing the laundry to spread the tangled laundry by the drive roller. This spin cycle provides reduced vibration generated by the drum during high speed rotation. If the drum is driven to perform stepping and/or rubbing operation during the draining step before the spin cycle, the laundry is likely to be untangled to a predetermined level in the stepping and/or rubbing operation, while the laundry solution The time required to open the entanglement step can be greatly reduced. A.3.2 Measurement of eccentricity (S773): 47 201124587 [Face] After the tangling step of the laundry is released, the eccentricity of the drum is rotated at a predetermined speed lower than the low resonance frequency at a predetermined time interval. Accelerating the drum and determining whether the laundry is evenly distributed in the drum to balance the weight of the eccentricity measuring step in the standard mode according to other specific embodiments, which can be used in a laundry Perform before untangling the entanglement step. A large amount of unwinding and tangling of the amount of laundry can be performed directly by the drum drive operation of the flushing loop. Therefore, the spin cycle can start with the eccentricity amount test step to reduce the time of the spin cycle. If the measured eccentricity is ideal compared to the eccentricity of the reference, the acceleration as described later can be performed. If the measured amount of eccentricity is undesirable compared to the amount of eccentricity of a reference, the step of untangling the laundry can be performed. The driving roller can perform the stepping operation in the laundry untangling step to promote the untangling of the laundry, and the eccentricity measuring step can be restarted after the laundry is untied and tangled. A.3.3 Acceleration And standard spin (S775): [] After the partial % rate measurement step, a pair of drum rotation acceleration steps to a standard spin speed (acceleration step) can be performed. Thereafter, a normal spin step is used to complete the spin cycle by rotating the drum at a standard spin speed: The standard spin drum speed can be preset to approximately every minute. ,, 'The amount of water contained in the clothes can be reduced as much as possible to reduce the amount of detergent residue. π, π, the rotation speed can be changed according to the user's choice, because 48 201124587 private spin speed system, Ma Yi The residual moisture level after completion and the degree of wrinkles of the laundry. Therefore, the user can select the rotational speed of the ordinary spin step with respect to the water level and the degree of wrinkles of the laundry to be washed. B. Mode B (very dirty mode): Pottery] Referring to Figure 8, severe soiling will be described as one of the extremely dirty

模式B中從待洗衣物被移除。此外,極髒污物模式可在選 擇區117中被選定(S810)。 B·1清洗循環(S830 ): B.1」確定洗衣量(S831 ): [00149]當選定該極髒污物模式時,可執行洗衣量決定步驟 以決疋裝入滾疴内的待洗衣物的量。該方法確定的洗衣量 會近似於上述對應於該標準模式的方法,故重複說明將因 此而省略。該洗衣量決定步驟可在模式選擇步驟之前執行。 [00150】控制部會將洗衣量決定步驟中所決定的洗衣量與 一參考值進行比較,並根據其比較的結果,控制將詳述如 下的一供水步驟和一清洗步驟的滾筒驅動運轉。實際上, 一個大於一參考值的決定的洗衣量可被視為一個大的負 荷’而一個低於一參考值的決定的洗衣量可被視為一個小 的負荷。依據決定的洗衣量的每一個步驟的滾筒驅動運轉In mode B, the laundry is removed. Further, an extremely dirty mode can be selected in the selection area 117 (S810). B·1 cleaning cycle (S830): B.1” determining the amount of laundry (S831): [00149] When the extremely dirty mode is selected, the laundry amount determining step may be performed to determine the laundry to be loaded into the roll. The amount of matter. The amount of laundry determined by this method will approximate the above-described method corresponding to the standard mode, so the repeated description will be omitted. The laundry amount determining step can be performed prior to the mode selection step. [00150] The control unit compares the laundry amount determined in the laundry amount determining step with a reference value, and according to the result of the comparison, controls the drum driving operation which will be described in detail below as a water supply step and a cleaning step. In fact, a determined amount of laundry greater than a reference value can be considered as a large load' and a determined amount of laundry below a reference value can be considered a small load. Roller drive operation for each step of the determined amount of laundry

將詳述如下D 49 201124587 B.1·2 供水(S833 ): [00151] 在一供水步驟中,控制部控制連接供水來源和桶的 水供應設備(例如,水供應管道與供水閥)以供應洗衣水 至桶内。如果洗衣量決定步驟所測得的洗衣量小於一參考 值時,控制部會控制滾筒驅動以進行滾翻運轉及/或步進運 轉及/或摩擦運轉及/或該過濾運轉及/或該滾動運轉。 [00152] 首先,若放入該滾筒的待洗衣物糾結在一起,滾筒 的偏心的旋轉會被啟動’且控制部會控制滾筒驅動以進行 在供水步驟中的滾翻運轉來解開待洗衣物的糾結。在滾翻 運轉中’滾筒沿著一預定方向旋轉且待洗衣物從—個對應 於該滾筒的旋轉方向大、約9〇。或更多的位置被抛落到該滾 筒的最低點,以致使纠社的佐.土 M、,Q的待洗衣物可被解開糾結且均勻 地分散。Details will be made as follows D 49 201124587 B.1·2 Water supply (S833): [00151] In a water supply step, the control unit controls a water supply device (for example, a water supply pipe and a water supply valve) that connects the water supply source and the tub to supply Wash the water into the bucket. If the laundry amount measured by the laundry amount determining step is less than a reference value, the control unit controls the drum driving to perform the rolling operation and/or the stepping operation and/or the friction operation and/or the filtering operation and/or the rolling operation. . [00152] First, if the laundry to be placed in the drum is entangled together, the eccentric rotation of the drum is activated and the control unit controls the drum drive to perform the roll-over operation in the water supply step to unwind the laundry. Tangled. In the roll-over operation, the drum rotates in a predetermined direction and the laundry is large, about 9 inches, corresponding to the direction of rotation of the drum. Or more positions are dropped to the lowest point of the drum, so that the laundry of the correction body can be untangled and evenly dispersed.

[00153】控制部控制滾筒進衧+.富姑 门運仃步進運轉及/或摩擦運轉的旋 轉’這樣會對裝於滾筒的待、味 传洗衣物施加一拋落衝擊。該步 進運轉和摩擦可用來順利地 J地移除不溶性髒污物。因此,冬 該滾筒以步進運轉及/或摩捧 田 傺運轉驅動,不溶性髒污物可在 供水步驟中移除’而減少渣 月洗時間並可提高清洗效率。 [00154]如上所述,供水步驟磁也 '、應洗衣水至桶内並浸渴裝入 滾筒的待洗衣物。因為如 ’控制部可驅動該滾筒進行在[00153] The control unit controls the drum feed 衧 +. Fu Gu Men 仃 step operation and/or the rotation of the rubbing operation ′ such that a throwing impact is applied to the to-be-washed, scented laundry loaded on the drum. This stepping operation and friction can be used to smoothly remove insoluble dirt. Therefore, in winter, the drum is driven by stepping operation and/or driving, and insoluble dirt can be removed in the water supply step to reduce the slag monthly washing time and improve the cleaning efficiency. [00154] As described above, the water supply step is also magnetic, and the laundry water should be poured into the tub and dampened into the drum to be washed. Because the control unit can drive the roller to

50 C 201124587 以進行洗滌潤 步進運轉及/或摩擦運轉之後的過濾運轉 濕。 以在供水 以在供水 [00155】此外’控制部可驅動該滾筒進行滾動運轉 步驟★解去污劑於洗衣水中,且除了滾動運轉, 步驟已完成前將待洗衣物浸濕於洗衣水中。50 C 201124587 For washing, the filtration operation after stepping operation and/or friction operation is wet. The water supply is in the water supply [00155] In addition, the control unit can drive the drum to perform the rolling operation step. ★ Decontaminant in the washing water, and the laundry is soaked in the washing water before the step is completed except for the rolling operation.

[00156】如果洗衣量係大於一參考值時,在供水步驟中,控 制部可控制滾筒進行滾翻運轉及,或該過濾運轉。如果洗衣 θ疋相對較大的’特別A ’超過了參考值’用以對滚筒突 然煞車的職筒運轉如步進運轉及/或摩擦運轉,會施加太 大的馬達上的負载。推而廣之,步進及/或摩擦運轉的原始 作用即拋落衝擊的應用將無法實現。因此,如果滾筒係裝 載一大的待洗衣物的量,則不進行該步進及/或摩擦運轉。 而且’如果滾筒係裝載一大的待洗衣物的量,肖由具有相 對較低的轉速的滾動運轉所產生的洗務潤濕效果無法有效 地實現’且亦不執行滾翻運轉以達到洗Μ濕。最終,如 果洗衣量超過參考值,可驅動該滾筒進行滾翻及/或該過濾 運轉使其達到上述之待洗衣物的分散、不溶性髒污物的 移除、洗滌潤濕及去污劑溶解的效果。 B.1.3 清洗(S835): [00157】在供水步驟已完成後,可啟動極髒污物模式的一清 洗步驟。極髒污物模式的該清洗步驟可包括一浸泡步驟、 51 201124587 同的溫度的洗衣水,而每個步 、,及剩餘髒污物移除步驟。在這種情況下, 可在每個步驟中供應具有不 驟可相應地執行。 B·1.3·1 浸泡(S836 ): |〇〇15m步驟是—個將待洗衣物浸泡在冷水中以鬆脫 '、r物中包3的嚴重髒污物的程度。具有溫度,例如大 約饥的相對冷的水係、用於浸泡步驟,以鬆脫長時間附著 在待洗衣物的極髒污物中所含的蛋白質成份。如果這些蛋 白質成分接觸熱水’這些髒污物趨向於固定地凝固在待洗 衣物上而很難將它們從待洗衣物上分開。因為如此,浸泡 步驟可利用冷水,以防止極髒污物的蛋白質成份被固著在 待洗衣物上。 陶9]如果洗衣量小於—預定量時,馬達可驅動該滾筒進 行步進運轉。可在步料轉後增加㈣尋及/或在滾動運 轉。由於步進運轉具有極佳的清洗能力並能減少清洗時 間,可對附著在待洗衣物的嚴重的髒污物進行浸泡,並施 加一衝擊於待洗衣物。因此,該步進運轉具有誘導極髒污 物從待洗衣物上分離的作用。 【00160]如果洗衣量超過了參考值時,可在㈣步驟中驅動 滾筒進行滾翻運轉及/或滾動運轉。亦即,如果測得的洗衣 量是多於預定參考值時,由於沒有對馬達施加過載,故可 52 201124587 能不會執行步進運轉。如上所述’步進運轉對滚筒裡面的 待洗衣物施加一拋落衝擊,並以增進清洗效率。然而,如 果洗衣量較大時,可能不會進行步進運轉。當洗衣量超過 了參考值,步進運轉亦不會執行將詳述如下的髒污物移除 及剩餘髒污物移除的步驟。 B.1.3.2髒污物移除(S837):[00156] If the amount of laundry is greater than a reference value, the control unit may control the drum to perform the rollover operation and/or the filtration operation in the water supply step. If the laundry θ 疋 relatively large 'special A ' exceeds the reference value' for the barrel of the drum suddenly running, such as stepping operation and/or friction operation, a load on the motor is applied too much. By extension, the original effect of stepping and/or frictional operation, ie, the application of a drop impact, will not be achieved. Therefore, if the drum is loaded with a large amount of laundry, the stepping and/or rubbing operation is not performed. Moreover, 'if the drum is loaded with a large amount of laundry, the washing and wetting effect produced by the rolling operation with a relatively low rotational speed cannot be effectively achieved' and the rolling operation is not performed to achieve the washing and drying. . Finally, if the amount of laundry exceeds the reference value, the drum can be driven to roll and/or the filtering operation to achieve the above-mentioned dispersion of the laundry, the removal of insoluble dirt, the washing and wetting, and the dissolution of the detergent. . B.1.3 Cleaning (S835): [00157] After the water supply step has been completed, a cleaning step of the extremely dirty mode can be initiated. The cleaning step of the extremely dirty mode may include a soaking step, laundry water of the same temperature as 51 201124587, and each step, and the remaining dirt removal step. In this case, the supply can be performed in each step without a corresponding execution. B·1.3·1 Soaking (S836): |〇〇15m Step is the degree to which the laundry is soaked in cold water to loosen the serious dirt of the package. A relatively cold water system having a temperature, for example, about hunger, is used in the soaking step to release the protein component contained in the extremely dirty matter of the laundry for a long time. If these protein components are in contact with hot water, the dirt tends to solidify on the laundry to be washed and it is difficult to separate them from the laundry. Because of this, the soaking step utilizes cold water to prevent the protein components of extremely dirty materials from sticking to the laundry. Tao 9] If the amount of laundry is less than - a predetermined amount, the motor can drive the drum to perform a stepping operation. It can be added (4) after the turn of the step to find and / or run in the rolling. Since the stepping operation has excellent cleaning ability and can reduce the cleaning time, it can soak the severe dirt attached to the laundry and apply an impact to the laundry. Therefore, this stepping operation has the effect of inducing the separation of extremely dirty dirt from the laundry. [00160] If the amount of laundry exceeds the reference value, the drum can be driven to perform a rollover operation and/or a rolling operation in the (IV) step. That is, if the measured laundry amount is more than a predetermined reference value, since no overload is applied to the motor, it is possible to perform stepping operation in 201124587. As described above, the stepping operation exerts a throwing impact on the laundry to be washed in the drum to improve the cleaning efficiency. However, if the amount of laundry is large, stepping may not be performed. When the amount of laundry exceeds the reference value, the stepping operation does not perform the steps of removing the dirt and removing the remaining dirt as detailed below. B.1.3.2 Dirty removal (S837):

[00161]在浸泡步驟後,可啟動—髒污物移除步驟係用以加 熱洗衣水於35°C至40°C的一定的溫度範圍内,移除嚴重的 髒3物。該洗衣水的溫度在髒污物移除步驟係設置於 至40 C之間’因為包含在極髒污物中的皮脂成分在溫度近 似於人體溫度下係易於移除。桶的底部表面提供的加熱器 或用來供應加熱水的供水設備如提供蒸汽至桶内的設備, 可用來提高洗衣水的溫度達預定範圍内。 [咖】㈣污物移除步驟中,如果洗衣量為參考值或更 少,該控制部可控制的馬達以驅動該滾筒進行滾翻運轉及/ 或滾動運轉。該滾翻運轉及/式 锝及/或該滾動運轉可施加低負荷於 馬達,而減少清洗時間,具右古 '有河清洗效率。因為如此,可 達到清洗時間的縮減。 可控制滾筒驅動 的量,在髒汚物 [00163J如果洗衣量比參考值吝 巧m夕時,控制部 以進行滾翻運轉。如果-個大的待洗衣物 S3 201124587 移除步驟中可能不舍勃;^, 言轨仃用來以相對較低的速度旋轉滾筒 的滾動運轉,而因此會進行滾翻運轉。 B.1.3.3剩餘辦污物移除(S838):[00161] After the soaking step, the startable-dirt removal step is used to heat the wash water within a range of temperatures from 35 ° C to 40 ° C to remove severe soil 3 . The temperature of the washing water is set to between 40 C in the dirt removal step' because the sebum component contained in extremely dirty matter is easily removed at a temperature similar to human body temperature. A heater provided on the bottom surface of the tub or a water supply device for supplying heated water, such as a device that supplies steam to the tub, can be used to raise the temperature of the wash water to within a predetermined range. [Caf] (4) In the dirt removing step, if the amount of laundry is a reference value or less, the motor controllable by the control unit drives the drum to perform a rollover operation and/or a rolling operation. The roll-over operation and/or the type 锝 and/or the rolling operation can apply a low load to the motor, and the cleaning time is reduced, and the right-handed river has a river cleaning efficiency. Because of this, the reduction in cleaning time can be achieved. The amount of drum drive can be controlled, and the control unit performs the rollover operation when the amount of laundry is more than the reference value. If - a large laundry S3 201124587 may not be in the removal step; ^, 仃 仃 is used to rotate the drum at a relatively low speed, and therefore will roll over. B.1.3.3 Residual Stain Removal (S838):

陶4】控制部可實現剩餘辦污物移除步驟,係在辦污物移 除步驟之後用來加熱洗衣水至大約6吖的溫度,並消毒、 漂白待洗衣物。在義料物料步财,該洗衣水的溫 度可為大約60。。或更高以進行消毒、漂白待洗衣物。 [咖】在剩餘髒污物移除步驟中,該控制部可控制滾筒驅 動進行步進運轉,或在洗衣量小於參考值㈣了進行步進 運轉及/或滾翻運轉及/或滾動運轉。 [〇〇⑽】如果洗衣量超過了參考值時’在剩餘辦污物移除步 驟中’控制部可控制滾筒驅動進行過滤運轉及/或滾 轉。 硬The pottery 4] control unit can implement the remaining dirt removing step, which is used to heat the washing water to a temperature of about 6 Torr after the dirt removing step, and sterilize and bleach the laundry. In the case of a raw material, the temperature of the washing water can be about 60. . Or higher to disinfect and bleach the laundry. [Caf] In the remaining dirt removal step, the control unit may control the drum drive to perform the stepping operation, or perform the stepping operation and/or the rollover operation and/or the rolling operation when the amount of laundry is less than the reference value (4). [〇〇 (10)] If the amount of laundry exceeds the reference value, the control unit can control the drum drive to perform the filtering operation and/or the roll in the remaining dirt removal step. hard

B.2沖洗循環(S850 ): 近似於上述標準模式 的沖洗猶環。因此, [00167]極辭污物模式的沖洗循環會 的沖洗循環及將詳述如下的其他模式 將省略沖洗循環的重複說明。 B.3自旋循環(S870 ): 54 201124587 [00168】極髒污物模式的自旋 傾環會近似於上述標準模式 的自旋循環及將詳述如下的其他 、他模式的自旋循環。因此, 將省略自旋循環的重複說明。 C·模式C (快速煮沸模式): [00169】參照圖9,將詳述模式Γ。 保% C。模式c可被稱為「快速 煮游模式」,係用以在相對輕招& Ba & T敉短的時間内加熱洗衣水到預定 溫度’以達到待洗衣物的衛生沸勝沾祕里 和王那朥的效果,亦如在一衛生 處理循環。 [〇〇17叫在-般情況下,當殺菌和漂白待洗衣物時,會加熱 裝在桶内的洗衣水到-預設的「設定溫纟」,然、後進行清 洗。由於清洗時間相對較長,洗衣水加熱也消耗了不少電 力,其需要相當長的時間和較多的電力來加熱裝在桶内的 洗衣水到-預設溫度。在快速煮沸模式中,待洗衣物可進 • 行消毒及漂白,同時也能降低整體清洗時間和電力消耗。 無論洗衣水的溫度是多少,快速煮沸模式會於一預設時間 内加熱供應至桶内的洗衣水,而非加熱洗衣水直到洗衣水 到達預設m·度。若考量清洗能力,在這個清洗模式中,可 包括在快速煮沸模式中提供的一清洗步驟的一個依據洗衣 水的溫度的補償時間步驟’參照圖9詳述如下。 [00171】首先’使用者可從模式選擇區117選擇快速煮濟模 式(S 910 )。然後,該控制部執行一快速煮讳模式的清洗步 55 201124587 驟的時間的設定步驟。 來決定快速煮沸模式的 儲存裝置,如一記憶體 供水步驟同時進行。 运清洗時間設定步驟 清洗步驟所需的時間 中。此步驟可與模式 ,允許控制部 ’其儲存在一 選擇步驟或一 C·1清洗循環(S930 ): c.hi決定洗衣量及設定清洗時間(s93i).B.2 Flushing Cycle (S850): A flushing loop similar to the above standard mode. Therefore, [00167] the flushing cycle of the flushing cycle of the extreme dirt mode and the other modes which will be described in detail below will omit the repeated description of the flushing cycle. B.3 Spin Cycle (S870): 54 201124587 [00168] The spin tilt ring of the extremely dirty mode approximates the spin cycle of the above standard mode and the spin cycle of other modes, which will be detailed below. Therefore, the repeated description of the spin cycle will be omitted. C·Mode C (Rapid Boiling Mode): [00169] Referring to Figure 9, the mode Γ will be described in detail. Guaranteed % C. Mode c can be referred to as "quick cooking mode", which is used to heat the washing water to a predetermined temperature in a short period of time relative to & Ba & T敉 to achieve a hygienic boil in the laundry. And Wang Nai's effect is also like a hygienic treatment cycle. [〇〇17] In the general case, when sterilizing and bleaching the laundry, the washing water contained in the tub is heated to the preset "set temperature", and then washed. Since the washing time is relatively long, the washing water heating also consumes a lot of power, which requires a relatively long time and more power to heat the washing water contained in the tub to a preset temperature. In the fast boil mode, the laundry can be sterilized and bleached, while also reducing overall cleaning time and power consumption. Regardless of the temperature of the washing water, the rapid boiling mode heats the washing water supplied to the tubing for a predetermined period of time instead of heating the washing water until the washing water reaches a preset m·degree. In consideration of the cleaning ability, in this cleaning mode, a compensating time step based on the temperature of the washing water which can be included in the washing step provided in the rapid boiling mode will be described in detail with reference to Fig. 9 as follows. [00171] First, the user can select the quick cooking mode from the mode selection area 117 (S 910). Then, the control unit executes a setting step of the cleaning step of the quick cooking mode 55 201124587. To determine the storage device for the fast boiling mode, such as a memory water supply step. The cleaning time setting step is the time required for the cleaning step. This step can be combined with the mode to allow the control unit to store it in a selection step or a C·1 cleaning cycle (S930): c.hi determines the amount of laundry and sets the cleaning time (s93i).

[〇0172】當使用者選擇該快速煮彿模式,該控制部可執行一 洗衣量決定步驟用以衡量待洗衣物的量, 主 置步驟用以設定依據決定的洗衣量的快速煮二:Π 洗步驟所需的_。該㈣料則如切㈣ 汽 到預定位置的時間來歧洗衣量,或在滾筒旋轉_預;^ 間之後的剩餘旋轉的時間。 ^ [00173]在清洗時間設定步驟,該控制部可選擇—、青 間,係相對於存在記憶體㈣以適#次數測量的洗2時 快速煮彿模式的清洗步㈣需的^同料間相存錢存 設備’如記憶體中,因A,當選擇了快速㈣模式,該^ 制部可選擇儲存在記憶體中的一適當時間。 C.1.2 供水(S933 ): [00174] 1¾快速煮沸模式的清洗循環可包括_個供水步驟 用以供應洗衣水至桶内。在供水步驟中 ' T控制部控制連接 56 201124587 於供水源及桶的供水設備(如供水路徑和供水閥)以供應 水至桶。而且,該控制部控制在類似滾筒驅動運轉十的滾 筒進行例如上述的極髒污物模式的供水步驟的滚筒驅動運 轉,而因此將省略其進一步的詳細說明。 C.1.3水溫量測步驟/補償(S935): [00175]當該水係供應至桶,該控制部利用設於洗衣機的— # 溫度感測器測量洗衣水的溫度,並比較測量的溫度與一參 考溫度來調整清洗步驟的時間。 [00176】例如,控制部可將測量的洗衣水的溫度與一參考溫 度進行比較,例如,高於大約5(rc。如果測得的溫度高於 參考溫度,例如,如果加熱的水係供應至桶,該控制部會 立即執行清洗步驟。然而,如果測量溫度低於參考溫度時, 控制部可執行用以調整清洗步驟的時間的一補償步驟。 籲 [00177]如上所述,於此模式中,無論水溫為何在預定時間 間隔加熱洗衣水後,可執行清洗步驟。因為如此,裝在桶 内的洗衣水的溫度可有所不同,這取決於在一加熱步驟已 元成後供應至桶的水的溫度,且由於水溫的不同而清洗能 力會有差異。因此,該補償步驟是提供減少因在加熱步驟 後洗衣水的不同溫度所造成的清洗能力的差異。如果洗衣 水的溫度低於參考温度時,可增加清洗步驟的時間,以彌 補在較低的溫度的清洗能力。 57 201124587 溫度範圍的參考溫度的數量可適當地 調整。例如,在—且縣检ι “ 八體實施例中,可提供一單一參考溫度, ,八丁》、1 λ茂 洗 且在替代的具體實施例中,可提供複數個參考溫度。若 衣水的溫度高於一第—表 π 。 参考’瓜度(例如5 0 °C ),而其有三個 參考溫度,亦即,营春,—你 盲先’在第二與第三參考溫度有提供時, 控制部會可立即執杆、生、土止咖 π洗步驟。當洗衣水的測量的溫度是 低於第-參考溫度而高於第二參考溫度,第二參考溫度(如[〇0172] When the user selects the quick boil mode, the control unit may perform a laundry amount determining step for measuring the amount of laundry, and the main step is to set a quick boil according to the determined amount of laundry: The _ required for the washing step. The (four) material is such as cutting (4) the time when the steam reaches the predetermined position to dissipate the amount of laundry, or the time of remaining rotation after the rotation of the drum _ pre-; ^ [00173] In the cleaning time setting step, the control unit can select -, the green room, relative to the presence of the memory (four) to measure the number of times of washing 2, the cleaning step of the fast cooking mode (four) required The phase-and-storage device is in memory, because A, when the fast (four) mode is selected, the control unit can select an appropriate time to store in the memory. C.1.2 Water Supply (S933): [00174] The 13⁄4 fast boiling mode cleaning cycle may include a water supply step to supply the wash water into the tub. In the water supply step, the 'T control unit controls the connection to the water supply source of the water supply source and the barrel (such as the water supply path and the water supply valve) to supply water to the barrel. Further, the control unit controls the drum drive operation in the water supply step of the above-described extremely dirty mode, for example, in the drum-like operation of the drum drive operation, and thus a further detailed description thereof will be omitted. C.1.3 Water temperature measurement step/compensation (S935): [00175] When the water system is supplied to the tub, the control unit measures the temperature of the wash water using a ## temperature sensor provided in the washing machine, and compares the measured temperature Adjust the time of the cleaning step with a reference temperature. [00176] For example, the control portion may compare the measured temperature of the wash water with a reference temperature, for example, above about 5 (rc. If the measured temperature is higher than the reference temperature, for example, if the heated water system is supplied to In the barrel, the control unit immediately performs the washing step. However, if the measured temperature is lower than the reference temperature, the control unit may perform a compensation step for adjusting the time of the washing step. [00177] As described above, in this mode The washing step may be performed after the washing water is heated at predetermined intervals regardless of the water temperature. Because of this, the temperature of the washing water contained in the tub may vary, depending on the supply to the tub after a heating step has been completed. The temperature of the water, and the cleaning ability may vary due to the difference in water temperature. Therefore, the compensation step is to provide a difference in the cleaning ability caused by the different temperatures of the washing water after the heating step. If the temperature of the washing water is low At the reference temperature, the cleaning step can be increased to compensate for the cleaning ability at lower temperatures. 57 201124587 Number of reference temperatures in the temperature range It can be adjusted as appropriate. For example, in a county-level embodiment, a single reference temperature can be provided, octagonal, 1 λ, and in an alternative embodiment, a plurality of reference temperatures can be provided. If the temperature of the clothing water is higher than a π-table π. Refer to 'gutness (for example, 50 °C), and it has three reference temperatures, that is, camp spring, - you blind first 'in the second and third When the reference temperature is provided, the control unit may immediately perform the step of arranging, raw, and soil π. When the measured temperature of the washing water is lower than the first reference temperature and higher than the second reference temperature, the second reference temperature ( Such as

4〇°C)係低於第一參考溫度(例如50。〇,以及當測量的溫 度低於第二參考溫度而高於筮_ α ;第二參考溫度’第三參考溫度 (如30°C)係低於第二參考 爹可’皿度(如4 0 C ),以及當測量 的溫度低於第三參者溫;^性 . 亏度時,會執行用以補償在清洗時間 設置步驟所預置的清洗步驄沾吐时 血 耳尤’驟的時間的該補償步驟。 [00179]當已補償清洗步驟的 娜们砰間,控制部可取決於洗衣水 的溫度而控制不同的補儅拄„ ^ 叼祠慣時間。清洗能力係大大的比例取 決於洗衣水的溫度。因為如此,、土 +卜从…田 ~斯此,洗衣水的測量溫度越低, 則補償的時間越長。參者、;W择二u 号1度和補償步驟中增加的時間範 圍係依據洗衣機的容量及装Λ 久再他因素而可預先設定。 C.1.4 加熱(S937): 陣0]當在補償步驟中已補償該清洗步驟所預設的時 間’可執行-加熱步驟-衫時間間,用以藉由滾筒運轉 的方式移除待洗衣物中包含的^物㈣,Μ 58 201124587 衣水。該加熱步驟可為一獨立的步驟執行,《為如後述的 一清洗步驟的—部分。只是為了便於討論,在此模式的描 述中,該加熱步驟將以該清洗步驟的一部分而詳述如下。 C. 1.5 清洗(§939 ): [00181】肖速煮;弗模式中的清洗步驟的-滾筒驅動運轉可 匕括的該步進運轉及/或該滾翻運轉及/或該滾動運轉。 φ [00182】步進運轉具有良好的清洗能力,並對待洗衣物施加 衝擊,以使附著於待洗衣物的辦污物可分開,且可減少清 、]因此,在清洗步驟的初始階段,控制部可旋轉滾 筒進仃步進運轉。在這種情況下,加熱步驟可在清洗步驟 的步進運轉後執行。 】在步進運轉中,滾筒以一預定速度旋轉使得待洗衣 物因離心力而不會從滾筒的内圓周表面被拋落。當待洗衣 _物位於接近滾筒的最高點,可對滾筒施加一反轉扭矩。由 /步進運轉的淨作用比係經調整在步進運轉中施加至馬 達的負載比在其他運轉大。因為如此,如果用以加熱洗衣 加、…、步驟係是繼續在步進運轉中,電力耗費量將增 ,且由於電流的增加可能會出現一安全問題。因此,在 '進運轉已完成後’加熱步驟可進行—預定時間。 進〜】#熱步驟係在加#器未在一預設加熱時間驅動時 、 而並非必要直至洗衣水的溫度達到一預定值。這使 59 201124587 知青洗步驟所需的時間和電力是可準確預測的且使用者可 付知預剛數據。此外,不管在清洗步雜中供應的洗衣水的 ㈣·度,清洗步驟可大致進行相同的預設時間,使得可減少 電力消耗*和清洗時間。 [00185] ϋ Λ ’控制部可控制滾翻運轉及/或待進行的滚動 運轉。在這種情況下,在加熱步驟啟動的同時會進行滾翻 運轉及/或滾動運轉。滾翻運轉和滾動運轉施予馬達低負荷 ♦ 而具有良好的清洗能力,與減少清洗時間。因此,滾翻運 轉和滾動運轉可達到減少清洗步驟所需的清洗時間的效 果’以及即使在使用不同溫度的洗衣水的清洗步驟進行中 適當的清洗能力的效果。 C.2沖洗循環(S950 ): [00186】快速煮沸模式的一沖洗循環會近似於上述模式的 • 沖洗循環及其他後面描述的模式的沖洗循環β因此,將省 略其進一步的詳細說明。 C.3自旋循環(S970 ): [00187】快速煮濟模式的一自旋循環會近似於上述模式的 自旋循環及其他後面描述的模式的自旋循環。因此,將省 略其進一步的詳細說明。 201124587 D·模式D (冷洗模式): [00188]參照圖10,將詳述一冷洗模式D。冷洗模式D係 用來不需加熱洗衣水而清洗待洗衣物,提供節約能源而不 會降低一所需的清洗能力。因此,此模式測量供應至桶的 洗衣水的溫度,將測量溫度與預設溫度進行比較,並相應 的調整操作參數,使能保持清洗能力。例如,如果依據比 較的結果,洗衣水的溫度沒有達到參考溫度,能足夠地補 # 償清洗時間以在冷洗模式中提供一目標清洗能力。 []首先,使用者可從模式選擇區117選擇該冷洗模式 〇 ) §使用者選擇該冷洗模式,該控制部可順序地 或選擇陡地進行一清洗循環、一沖洗循環及/或自旋循環。 D·1 '青洗循環(第一具體實施例)(S1030): D·1.1決定洗衣量/清洗時間設定(S丨〇3丨)·· 、】曰使用者選擇該冷洗模式,該控制部可進行一洗衣 置決定步驟係用以衡量待洗衣物的量,及—清洗時間設定 步驟係用以驾· $ > 依據該量測的待洗衣物的量的冷洗模式的 4* /先步驟所需的 。 + 町]在’光衣量決疋步驟中,該控制部 可利用旋韓、、食# μ /筒到預定位置的所花的時間或在滾筒的殘餘 旋轉所花的時門 時間,如上所述,以衡量待洗衣物的量。在清 洗時間設定井_聰 艾驟,該控制部可從儲存在記憶體中的依據洗 61 201124587 衣量的合適的時間中,選擇對應於測量的洗衣量的一清洗 時間。 D·1·2 供水(S 1033 ): [綱91] 4洗模式的清洗循環可包括_供水步驟用以供應 洗衣水至桶。在供水步驟中,該控制部控制供水設備(如 供水路徑和供水閥)連接的供水來源與桶以供應水至桶。 ♦❿且’該控制部控制在類似滾筒驅動運轉的滾筒,以進行 極髒污物模式或上述的煮沸模式的供水步驟的滚筒驅動運 轉。因此,將省略其進一步的詳細說明。 D.1.3水溫測量/清洗時間補償(Si〇35): [00192】t該洗衣水係供應至桶,該控㈣可㈣設於洗衣 機的-溫度測量裝置來測量洗衣水的溫度。該控制部可將 測量的溫度與參考溫度進行比較(如i5t)。如果測量的 洗衣水溫度是參考溫度或以上,控制部可依據該洗衣量執 行清洗步驟而不補償清洗時間。如果測得的溫度低於參考 :度時,控制部可執行清洗時間補償步驟。在這個例子中, :二Μ」是作為一臨界溫度的-個例子,能夠保證― >月洗成力在冷洗和利料水的—清洗能力料的— 。因此’如果測量洗衣水的溫度低於參考溫度時,: 制柯調節在清洗時間設定步驟中所設定的清洗步驟的時 62 201124587 -預定時間至清洗步驟的時間 :估,控制部可增加 低的溫度的冷洗衣水而使清洗能力變差。有比參考值 洗衣水的溫度小於大約奶 $如’如果測量 在清洗時間補借 加10分鐘至清洗步驟的時間。如 , 可增 1 rrr曰I於1 sv ,例如’所測溫度超過 10 C且小於15 C,可增加5分 主肴洗步驟的時間。4〇°C) is lower than the first reference temperature (eg 50.〇, and when the measured temperature is lower than the second reference temperature and higher than 筮_α; the second reference temperature is the third reference temperature (eg 30°C) ) is lower than the second reference ''s degree (such as 4 0 C), and when the measured temperature is lower than the third reference temperature; ^ sex. Deficit, will be performed to compensate for the cleaning time setting step The compensation step of the preset cleaning step when the blood ear is particularly swollen. [00179] When the cleaning step has been compensated, the control unit may control different compensation depending on the temperature of the washing water.拄 „ ^ 叼祠 叼祠 time. The cleaning ratio is greatly dependent on the temperature of the washing water. Because of this, the soil + Bu from ... Tian ~, this, the lower the measured temperature of the washing water, the longer the compensation time. The time range added by the participant and the compensation step is set according to the capacity of the washing machine and the length of the washing machine. C.1.4 Heating (S937): Array 0] When compensating The preset time of the cleaning step has been compensated in the step 'executable-heating step-shirt time For removing the material (4) contained in the laundry by the operation of the drum, Μ 58 201124587 clothing water. The heating step can be performed in a separate step, "for a cleaning step as described later." For ease of discussion, in the description of this mode, the heating step will be detailed below as part of the cleaning step. C. 1.5 Cleaning (§939): [00181] Xiao-speed cooking; cleaning step in the mode - The drum driving operation may include the stepping operation and/or the rolling operation and/or the rolling operation. φ [00182] The stepping operation has a good cleaning ability and applies an impact to the laundry to adhere to the laundry. The dirt of the object can be separated and can be reduced, so that, in the initial stage of the washing step, the control unit can rotate the drum into the stepping operation. In this case, the heating step can be stepped in the washing step. After the stepping operation, the drum rotates at a predetermined speed so that the laundry is not thrown off from the inner circumferential surface of the drum due to the centrifugal force. When the laundry is located near the highest point of the drum, A reverse torque can be applied to the drum. The net effect ratio of the /step operation is adjusted to be greater than the other load applied to the motor during the step operation. Because of this, if it is used to heat the laundry, ..., steps The system continues to increase the power consumption during the stepping operation, and a safety problem may occur due to the increase of the current. Therefore, the heating step can be performed after the 'incoming operation is completed—the predetermined time. The step is when the heater is not driven for a predetermined heating time, and it is not necessary until the temperature of the washing water reaches a predetermined value. This makes the time and power required for the 59 201124587 educated washing step to be accurately predicted and the user In addition, regardless of the (four) degree of the washing water supplied in the washing step, the washing step can be substantially performed for the same preset time, so that the power consumption* and the washing time can be reduced. [00185] The ϋ 控制 ' control unit can control the rollover operation and/or the rolling operation to be performed. In this case, the rollover operation and/or the rolling operation are performed while the heating step is started. Rolling operation and rolling operation give the motor a low load ♦ It has good cleaning ability and reduces cleaning time. Therefore, the roll-over operation and the rolling operation can achieve the effect of reducing the cleaning time required for the washing step and the effect of proper cleaning ability even in the washing step using washing water of different temperatures. C.2 Flush Cycle (S950): [00186] A flush cycle of the fast boil mode will approximate the flush cycle of the above mode and other modes of flushing cycle described later. Therefore, further detailed description thereof will be omitted. C.3 Spin Cycle (S970): [00187] A spin cycle of the fast burn mode will approximate the spin cycle of the above mode and other spin cycles of the modes described later. Therefore, further detailed explanations will be omitted. 201124587 D·Mode D (cold wash mode): [00188] Referring to FIG. 10, a cold wash mode D will be described in detail. The cold wash mode D is used to clean the laundry without heating the washing water, providing energy saving without reducing a required cleaning power. Therefore, this mode measures the temperature of the wash water supplied to the tub, compares the measured temperature with the preset temperature, and adjusts the operating parameters accordingly to maintain the cleaning capability. For example, if the temperature of the wash water does not reach the reference temperature based on the result of the comparison, the wash time can be sufficiently compensated to provide a target cleaning capability in the cold wash mode. [First], the user can select the cold wash mode from the mode selection area 117) § The user selects the cold wash mode, and the control unit can sequentially or selectively perform a wash cycle, a flush cycle, and/or Cyclonic cycle. D·1 'green washing cycle (first embodiment) (S1030): D·1.1 determines the amount of washing/cleaning time setting (S丨〇3丨)··, 曰 user selects the cold washing mode, the control The department may perform a laundry setting determining step for measuring the amount of laundry to be washed, and - the cleaning time setting step is for driving the vehicle. * > 4* based on the measured cold washing mode of the amount of laundry to be washed First steps are required. + 町] In the 'light-clothing quantity determination step, the control unit can use the time spent rotating the Korean, the #μ / barrel to the predetermined position or the time of the door when the drum is rotated. Said to measure the amount of laundry. In the cleaning time setting well _ 聪, the control unit can select a cleaning time corresponding to the measured laundry amount from an appropriate time stored in the memory according to the washing amount. D·1·2 Water supply (S 1033 ): [Outline 91] The wash cycle of the 4 wash mode may include a water supply step to supply the wash water to the tub. In the water supply step, the control unit controls a water supply source and a tub connected to a water supply device (e.g., a water supply path and a water supply valve) to supply water to the tub. ♦ and the control unit controls the drum that is operated like a drum drive to perform the drum drive operation in the extremely dirty mode or the water supply step of the above-described boiling mode. Therefore, further detailed description thereof will be omitted. D.1.3 Water temperature measurement/cleaning time compensation (Si〇35): [00192] t The washing water is supplied to the tub, and the control (4) can be used to measure the temperature of the washing water by a temperature measuring device provided in the washing machine. The control compares the measured temperature to the reference temperature (eg i5t). If the measured washing water temperature is the reference temperature or above, the control unit may perform the washing step according to the washing amount without compensating for the washing time. If the measured temperature is lower than the reference: degree, the control section may perform a cleaning time compensation step. In this example, the "second Μ" is an example of a critical temperature, which guarantees that the "> gt; month wash power is in the cold wash and the water-cleaning ability of the material. Therefore, 'If the temperature of the washing water is lower than the reference temperature, the time of the cleaning step set in the cleaning time setting step is 62 201124587 - the time from the predetermined time to the cleaning step: the control section can be increased low. The cold washing water at the temperature deteriorates the cleaning ability. There is a reference value than the laundry water temperature is less than about the milk $such as 'if the measurement is taken at the cleaning time plus 10 minutes to the cleaning step time. For example, 1 rrr曰I can be increased by 1 sv. For example, if the measured temperature exceeds 10 C and is less than 15 C, the time for the main cooking step can be increased by 5 points.

D· 1.4 清洗(S 1 037 ): [00193】當已補償清洗步驟的時 呀間上述的洗衣量決定步 中測得的洗衣量是與洗衣量參考值進行比較,並可執行 括依據洗衣量的不同的滾筒驅動運轉的一清洗步驟。該 衣量參考值可依據允許步進運轉執行,同時考慮到該滾 的大小及馬達的輸出的一待洗衣物的量而預先設定。 如,洗衣量參考值可是一洗衣機的清洗容量的—半(大 5〜6公斤於一具有u公斤容量的洗衣機)。首先描述洗 量的測量值小於洗衣量參考值的一實例,然後再描述測 值即為參考值或更多的一實例。 [00194]當洗衣量的測量值小於洗衣量參考值,控制部控制 要在清洗步驟中進行的步進運轉及/或滾翻運轉及/或滾動 運轉。該步進運轉對於裝入滾筒内的待洗衣物施加拋落衝 擊,而即使是用冷水亦可易於移除待洗衣物中所含的髒污 物。如果在清洗步驟中待洗衣物糾結在一起,會產生該滾 63 201124587 筒的偏心旋轉。因此’該控制部會驅動滚筒進行滾翻運轉 及/或滾動運轉以解開糾結,並分散糾結的待洗衣物。 [麵】當洗衣量的測量值是參考值或以上,控制部控制要 在清洗步驟中進行的過濾運轉及/或滾翻運轉。如果洗衣量 為參考值或以上,大的負荷量會使其難以達到在步進運轉 中的對待洗衣物的衝擊效果,及在滾動運轉中的沿著滾筒 的内圓周表面滾動待洗衣物的效果。因為如此,該過遽運 鲁轉和滾翻運轉可單獨地或依序地進#,以達到㈣清洗能 力的效果及分散待洗衣物的效果。 D-1清洗循環(第二具體實施例)(sii3〇): [00196]圖11疋如此處所詳述的依據一第二具體實施例的 一冷洗模式的示意圖。 [00197】與依據第一具體實施例的冷洗模式相較,依據第二 _ 具體實施例的冷洗模式省略了 一清洗時間設置步驟與一補 償步驟’反而是在該洗衣水的溫度低於15它時利用加熱器 加熱洗衣水。亦即,在依據第二具體實施例的一冷洗模式 中,能決定洗衣量(S 113 1 )且不設置清洗時間而立即進行 一供水步驟(S 11 3 3 )。之後’測量該洗衣水的溫度(s 11 3 5 ) 以進行清洗步驟(S1137 )。該滾筒的一滚筒驅動運轉可因 在依據的第二具體實施例的清洗步驟中的洗衣量而不同, 其係近似於上述的第一具體實施例。該依據的第二具體實 64 201124587 施例的清洗步驟玎進一步包括依據測量洗衣水的溫度的一 加熱步驟。 [00198]以下將詳述一個在清洗步驟中測得的洗衣量低於 參考值的案例,在其中該滚筒的滾筒驅動運轉包括步進運 轉及/或滾翻運轉及/或滚動運轉》 [謝99】當測㈣洗衣水溫度小於參考值,在清洗步驟開始 後進行步進運轉。在該步進運轉後,可執行一加熱步驟利 用一加熱器或設於桶内的一水分供應設備以加熱洗衣水。 在步進運轉後開始加熱步驟,如上所述,因為步進運轉會 增加馬達的負m ’如果加熱步驟及步進運轉同時進 行時會發生-安全問題並使清洗能力惡化。而丨,如果加 熱步驟是在步進運轉前執行以避免上述問題,清洗時間將 不利地增加。因此’在這個具體實施例中,加熱步驟係在 步進運轉已完成後開始進行。 [00200]在加熱步驟開始那一刻,控制部可順序地執行滾翻 運轉和滾動運轉。滾㈣轉和㈣運轉與清洗能力和安全 的惡化及減少清洗時間無關,即使他們與加熱步驟—起同 時進行。D· 1.4 Cleaning (S 1 037 ): [00193] When the washing step has been compensated, the laundry amount measured in the above laundry amount determining step is compared with the laundry amount reference value, and can be executed according to the laundry amount. A different washing step of the different drum drive operation. The volume reference value can be pre-set according to the allowable step operation, taking into account the size of the roll and the amount of laundry to be output from the motor. For example, the reference value of the laundry amount may be - half of the washing capacity of a washing machine (large 5 to 6 kg in a washing machine having a capacity of u kg). First, an example in which the measured value of the washing amount is smaller than the reference value of the laundry amount will be described, and then an example in which the measured value is the reference value or more will be described. [00194] When the measured value of the laundry amount is smaller than the laundry amount reference value, the control unit controls the stepping operation and/or the rollover operation and/or the rolling operation to be performed in the washing step. This stepping operation applies a throwing impact to the laundry to be loaded into the drum, and the dirt contained in the laundry can be easily removed even with cold water. If the laundry is tangled together during the cleaning step, an eccentric rotation of the roller 63 201124587 can occur. Therefore, the control unit drives the drum to perform a rollover operation and/or a rolling operation to untang the tangles and disperse the tangled laundry. [Face] When the measured value of the laundry amount is the reference value or more, the control unit controls the filtering operation and/or the rolling operation to be performed in the washing step. If the amount of laundry is a reference value or more, a large load amount makes it difficult to achieve the impact effect on the laundry in the stepping operation, and the effect of rolling the laundry along the inner circumferential surface of the drum during the rolling operation. . Because of this, the overrun and rollover operations can be performed individually or sequentially to achieve (4) the cleaning ability and the effect of dispersing the laundry. D-1 Wash Cycle (Second Specific Embodiment) (sii3〇): [00196] Fig. 11 is a schematic view of a cold wash mode according to a second embodiment as detailed herein. [00197] Compared with the cold wash mode according to the first embodiment, the cold wash mode according to the second embodiment is omitted from a cleaning time setting step and a compensation step 'instead, the temperature of the washing water is lower than 15 It then uses a heater to heat the washing water. That is, in a cold washing mode according to the second embodiment, the amount of laundry (S 113 1 ) can be determined and a water supply step (S 11 3 3 ) is immediately performed without setting the washing time. Thereafter, the temperature of the washing water (s 11 3 5 ) was measured to carry out a washing step (S1137). A drum driving operation of the drum may differ depending on the amount of laundry in the washing step according to the second embodiment, which is similar to the first embodiment described above. The cleaning step of the second embodiment of the present invention further includes a heating step based on measuring the temperature of the wash water. [00198] Hereinafter, a case in which the laundry amount measured in the washing step is lower than the reference value, in which the drum driving operation of the drum includes a stepping operation and/or a rolling operation and/or a rolling operation, will be described in detail. 99] When the measured (4) washing water temperature is less than the reference value, the stepping operation is performed after the washing step starts. After the stepping operation, a heating step can be performed using a heater or a moisture supply device provided in the tub to heat the washing water. The heating step is started after the stepping operation, as described above, because the stepping operation increases the negative m' of the motor. If the heating step and the stepping operation are simultaneously performed, safety problems occur and the cleaning ability is deteriorated. And, if the heating step is performed before the stepping operation to avoid the above problem, the cleaning time will be disadvantageously increased. Thus, in this particular embodiment, the heating step begins after the stepping operation has been completed. [00200] At the beginning of the heating step, the control portion may sequentially perform the rollover operation and the scrolling operation. Rolling (4) and (4) operation are independent of cleaning ability and safety deterioration and reducing cleaning time, even if they are performed simultaneously with the heating step.

[00201]加熱步驟後番叙· h A 坏俊S新測定洗衣水的溫度,這會決定重新 測量的溫度是否達到參考、w , Λ.Λ J少可/皿度。當洗衣水的溫度到達參考 溫度時’加熱步驟即 J凡成。然而,如果洗衣水的溫度去 達到參考溫度時,知&此 加熱步驟可在清洗步驟中繼續進行。亦 65 201124587 即’即使在加熱步驟中加熱的洗衣水的溫度未達到參考溫 度,如果清洗步驟完成則加熱步驟亦完成。 [〇〇2〇2】如果測量溫度是參考溫度或以上,控制部驅動滚筒 進行步進運轉及/或滾㈣轉及/或與依據第—具體實施例 描述的該滾筒驅動運轉大致相同的滾動運轉,巾因此將省 略相應的進一步說明。 _)3]如果在清洗步驟中洗衣量為參考值或更多,控制部 可驅動該滾筒進行㈣運轉及/或滾翻運轉。在此時,可提 供加熱步驟以免測得的洗衣水溫度低於參考溫度。如上所 述,在加熱步驟期間,不會驅動滾筒進行步進運轉。 滑洗循環( 穴胜貝她例)C S1230 ).[00201] After the heating step, Fan Xu·H A Bad Jun S newly measures the temperature of the washing water, which determines whether the re-measured temperature reaches the reference, w, Λ.Λ J is less than /. When the temperature of the washing water reaches the reference temperature, the heating step is J. However, if the temperature of the washing water reaches the reference temperature, the heating step can be continued in the washing step. Also 65 201124587 That is, even if the temperature of the washing water heated in the heating step does not reach the reference temperature, the heating step is completed if the washing step is completed. [〇〇2〇2] If the measured temperature is the reference temperature or above, the control unit drives the drum to perform stepping operation and/or roll (four) rotation and/or scrolling substantially the same as the drum driving operation described in the first embodiment. The operation, the towel will therefore omit the corresponding further explanation. _) 3] If the amount of laundry in the washing step is a reference value or more, the control unit may drive the drum to perform (d) operation and/or rollover operation. At this point, a heating step can be provided to prevent the measured wash water temperature from being below the reference temperature. As described above, the drum is not driven to perform the stepping operation during the heating step. Slip cycle (Han Sheng Bei her case) C S1230 ).

[00204] 圖12是如此處所詳述的依據一第三具體實施例的 一冷洗模式的示意圖。 [00205] 與依據第-具體實施例的冷洗模式相較,依據第二 具體實施例的冷洗模式係提供溫水至桶,如果一供水步驟 供應的洗衣水溫度低於大約15t。亦即,在決^待洗衣物 的量(S123D後,控制部可執行一供水步驟⑴用 置以依據決定的洗衣量供應洗衣水至桶,省略一清洗時 間、設置時間及一補償步驟。 [00206] 在進行供水步驟那一刻’控制部供應冷水至桶 (1234)及可進行-水溫量測步驟(S1235 )與冷供水同時 66 201124587 進行。在這種情況下,當測量的洗衣水溫度是l5〇c或更高, 可執行依據裝入滾筒的待洗衣物的量的一清洗步驟 (S1240)。如果測得的溫度低於15°C ,可進行一溫供水步 驟(S1236)。 [00207】供水步驟可繼續進行直到供水步驟中供應的冷水 的量和溫水的量到達依據洗衣量決定的洗衣水的量。當該 供水步驟已完成,依據洗衣量而執行的一清洗步驟可啟 φ 動。滾筒驅動運轉可依照清洗步驟的洗衣量而有所區別, 如上述的第一具體實施例的描述,並因此將省略其其進一 步的詳細說明。 D.2 沖洗循環(S1050,S1150,S1250 ): [00208】冷洗模式的一沖洗循環’可近似於上述模式的沖洗 循環及其他後面介紹的模式的沖洗循環。因此,將省略其 φ 進一步的詳細說明。 D. 3 自旋循環(S1070 ’ S1170,S1270 ): [00209]冷洗模式的一自旋循環,可近似於上述模式的自旋 循環及其他後面介紹的模式的自旋循環。因此,將省略其 進一步的詳細說明。 E. 模式E (彩色衣物模式): 67 201124587 [〇_參照圖13,以下將詳述模式E。模式E可被稱為— 「彩色衣物模式」’係用以更有效地清洗彩色的待洗衣物。 當清洗有顏色的待洗衣物時,顏色遷移問題,其會產生彩 色衣物之間顏色的移動、趟色,且會發生稅線問題及起毛 球問題。上述的顏色遷移可能因滾筒和待洗衣物之間的較 大靜摩擦而產生。;古括措4 ^ &種模式可包括透過控制洗衣水的溫产 用以防止顏色遷移的一溫度控 " 制步驟,用以驅動該滾筒以 防止脫線與起毛球的一 切α,光步驟,及一沖洗步 驟°以下將詳述其步驟如下。 Ε·1 β洗循環(第—具體實施例)(S1330 ): E.1.1 供水(S1331 ): 在—供水步驟中,控制部控制提供至桶的冷水。顏 ;遷移更可能發生在較高溫度的洗衣水。在供水步财, 控制部可控制馬達驅動該滾筒 A 仃旋擺運轉或過濾運轉或 兩者的組合。可提供供 轉义 的洗衣水5 Μ 供應需要清洗該待洗衣物 桶及浸濕裝在絲水巾的滾冑 因此,嗜爷饵及B 2 J竹,无衣物。 …袞筒係驅動進行供水步驟中 潤濕可有钕沾拈v 德運轉’使洗滌 有效地執行。此外,該 的旋擺運榦A 供水步驟中 擺運轉#不是過滤運轉 運轉可減少於其他的運轉,旋擺 待洗衣物之門… 的運動,以減少因受到 間的摩擦力而產生脫線與起毛球的可能。 68 201124587 E.1.2水溫量測步驟/加熱(S 1333 ): [00212]田該供水步驟已完成,該控制部可測量供應至桶的 洗衣水的溫度。當測量的溫度是參考溫度或以i (如30。。 或40°C)肖’控制部會立即開始清洗步驟。當測量的溫度 低於參考溫度(如冷水,因為供水步驟中供應的洗衣水是 冷的水),控制部可啟動加熱步驟用以加熱洗衣水。在一些 具體實施例中,洗衣水的溫度(參考溫度)使清洗步驟開 始時設定為机或机,由於洗衣水的溫度能夠最大化清 洗Sb力#色先遷移最小化係在3〇至的範圍内。 卿】加熱步驟加熱供應至桶的洗衣水,利用設於桶的底 部表面的;^熱器或用以供應蒸汽至桶的一蒸汽供應設 備。[00204] Figure 12 is a schematic illustration of a cold wash mode in accordance with a third embodiment as detailed herein. [00205] In contrast to the cold wash mode according to the first embodiment, the cold wash mode according to the second embodiment provides warm water to the tub if the temperature of the wash water supplied by a water supply step is less than about 15t. That is, after determining the amount of laundry (S123D, the control unit may perform a water supply step (1) to supply the washing water to the tub according to the determined amount of laundry, omitting a cleaning time, setting time, and a compensation step. 00206] At the moment of the water supply step, the control unit supplies cold water to the barrel (1234) and the - water temperature measurement step (S1235) is performed simultaneously with the cold water supply 66 201124587. In this case, when the measured washing water temperature If it is l5〇c or higher, a washing step (S1240) may be performed depending on the amount of the laundry to be loaded into the drum. If the measured temperature is lower than 15 °C, a warm water supply step (S1236) may be performed. 00207] The water supply step may continue until the amount of cold water and the amount of warm water supplied in the water supply step reaches the amount of the laundry water determined according to the amount of laundry. When the water supply step is completed, a washing step performed according to the amount of laundry may be started. The drum drive operation may be different according to the amount of laundry in the washing step, as described in the first embodiment above, and thus its further detailed description will be omitted. D.2 Flush cycle (S 1050, S1150, S1250): [00208] A flush cycle of the cold wash mode can be approximated to the flush cycle of the above mode and the flush cycle of other modes described later. Therefore, a further detailed description of φ will be omitted. D. 3 Spin cycle (S1070 'S1170, S1270): [00209] A spin cycle of the cold wash mode can be approximated to the spin cycle of the above mode and the spin cycle of other modes described later. Therefore, further steps will be omitted. E. Mode E (Colored Clothing Mode): 67 201124587 [〇_Refer to Figure 13, the mode E will be described in detail below. Mode E can be called - "Colored Clothing Mode"" is used to more effectively clean color The problem of color migration when cleaning colored clothes to be washed, which will result in color movement and coloration between colored clothes, and tax line problems and hair raising problems may occur. The above color migration may be caused by a large static friction between the drum and the laundry; the ancient method 4 ^ & mode can include a temperature control to prevent color migration by controlling the temperature of the washing water The step of driving the drum to prevent the off-line and the fluffing ball, the light step, and a rinsing step. The steps are as follows. Ε·1 β-wash cycle (first embodiment) (S1330) : E.1.1 Water supply (S1331): In the water supply step, the control unit controls the cold water supplied to the bucket. The migration is more likely to occur at a higher temperature of the wash water. In the water supply step, the control unit can control the motor to drive the Roller A swaying or filtering operation or a combination of the two. Sweepable water for escaping can be provided. 5 需要 Supply the bucket to be washed and soaked in the silk towel. Therefore, the squid and B 2 J bamboo, no clothing. ...the cylinder system is driven to perform the water supply step. The wetting can be carried out by the operation of the dehumidification. In addition, the swinging operation A swinging operation in the water supply step is not a filtering operation, which can be reduced to other operations, and the movement of the door to be washed is reduced to reduce the friction caused by the friction between the two. The possibility of raising a ball. 68 201124587 E.1.2 Water temperature measurement step/heating (S 1333): [00212] The water supply step has been completed, and the control unit can measure the temperature of the washing water supplied to the tub. When the measured temperature is the reference temperature or i (such as 30 ° or 40 ° C), the control unit will immediately start the cleaning step. When the measured temperature is lower than the reference temperature (e.g., cold water because the washing water supplied in the water supply step is cold water), the control unit may initiate a heating step for heating the washing water. In some embodiments, the temperature of the wash water (reference temperature) is set to the machine or machine at the beginning of the washing step, and the Sb force can be maximized due to the temperature of the wash water. Inside. The heating step heats the washing water supplied to the tub, using a heat supply device provided on the bottom surface of the tub or a steam supply device for supplying steam to the tub.

E.1.3 清洗(S1335 ): 田加…、步驟使洗衣水的溫度可達到參考溫度( [00214] 或4〇 C )_ ’控制部可開始清洗步驟。在清洗步驟中,控 制部可控制的滾筒進行一滾筒驅動運轉,以減少機械摩擦 力防止脫線、起毛球,並達到理想的清洗能力。例如, 控制部可控制滾筒在此— 及/或步進運轉。這樣的步 其順序可重複。 模式的清洗步驟中進行旋擺運轉 進運轉和旋擺運轉可依序進行且 69 201124587 【藝】旋擺運轉旋轉滾筒於兩個相反的方向,並從對應於 該滚筒的旋轉方向大約90。或以下的一位置拋落待洗衣 物。旋擺運轉對馬達施加電阻制動,因為保持—預定水平^ 的清洗效率時,施於待洗衣物的物理摩擦可以盡量減少。 因此,透過待洗衣物之間的或待洗衣物與滾筒之間的摩擦 所產生的脫線與起毛球的可能可減至最低。E.1.3 Cleaning (S1335): Tian Jia..., step to make the temperature of the washing water reach the reference temperature ([00214] or 4〇 C)_' The control unit can start the washing step. In the cleaning step, the drum controlled by the control unit performs a drum driving operation to reduce the mechanical friction to prevent the off-line and the fluffing ball, and achieve the desired cleaning ability. For example, the control unit can control the drum to operate here and/or in steps. The order of such steps can be repeated. The swirling operation is performed in the cleaning step of the mode. The running and the swinging operation can be performed in sequence. 69 201124587 [Art] The rotary rotating drum rotates in two opposite directions and is approximately 90 in the direction of rotation corresponding to the drum. Or drop the laundry in one of the following locations. The swing operation applies a resistance brake to the motor, and the physical friction applied to the laundry can be minimized because the cleaning efficiency of the predetermined level is maintained. Therefore, the possibility of the off-line and the fluffing ball generated by the friction between the laundry or between the laundry and the drum can be minimized.

[画】如上所述,步進運轉以—預定速度旋轉滾筒使待洗 衣物因離心力而不會從滾筒的内圓周表面掉落,然後其對 滚筒突然進行煞車來最大化對待洗衣物的衝擊。因為如 此’步進運轉具有良好的清洗能力,以及對旋擺運轉的清 洗能力作足夠的補償。步進運轉執行的時間的量可少於旋 擺運轉執行的時間的量,以減少脫線與起毛球的可能。' E.1’清洗循環(第二具體實施例)(Sl43〇): [002171圖14係依據__第二具體實施例的—彩色衣物模式 的-示意圖。不同於上述依據第一具體實施例的模式,依 據第二具體執行的彩色衣物模式允許在供水步驟(S1431) 之後的清洗步驟(S1433 )中進行一水溫量測步驟及一加熱 步驟。如果在清洗步驟前進行該水溫量測步驟及該加熱步 驟,該清洗時間將會不利地增加。因此’這個具體實施例, 相對於上述具體實施例,提出了能減少清洗時間的一彩色 衣物模式。 201124587 ’18】在供水步驟(S1431)之後’控制部可控制滚筒在 清洗步驟中進行步進運轉狀钱㈣轉,且它可同時地決 定洗衣水的溫度是否為一參考溫度(如听或4〇。㈡或以 上。當基於測量的結果洗衣水的溫度是參考溫度或以上 時’控制部會而控制滾筒依據清洗步驟不停地驅動。當洗 衣水的溫度低於參考溫度時,控制部可啟動用以加熱洗衣 水的加熱步驟。 [麵]控制部可控制滾筒不在加熱步驟中進行步進運 轉。亦即,在加熱步驟中,控制部驅動滾筒進行旋擺運轉, 而不是步進運轉。沒有同時與步進運轉一起進行加熱步驟 的原因係、如前述的模式,因此將省略其進—步的詳細說明。 E·2沖洗循環(S1450 ): [00220]在m洗循環已完成後’控制部可啟動一沖洗循環。 控制部可控制該滾筒在沖洗循環期間進行過渡運轉。該過 濾運轉以-預定速度旋轉㈣使待洗衣物目離心、力而不會 從滾筒的内圓周表面落下,然後噴入洗衣水至滾筒,使過 、:轉可用來汉濕或沖洗待洗衣物。而且,該過遽運轉較 生待洗衣物之間及待洗衣物和滾筒之間的摩擦。因 = 該過濾運轉允許待洗衣物在相對較短的時間内進 卜先該控制部可執行沖洗循環中的滾翻運轉,以補足 過渡運轉的沖洗能力。 71 201124587[Drawing] As described above, the stepping operation rotates the drum at a predetermined speed so that the laundry to be washed does not fall from the inner circumferential surface of the drum due to the centrifugal force, and then it suddenly brakes the drum to maximize the impact on the laundry. Because of this, the stepping operation has a good cleaning ability and sufficient compensation for the cleaning ability of the swinging operation. The amount of time that the stepper can be performed can be less than the amount of time the spin run is performed to reduce the likelihood of off-line and fluffing. 'E.1' cleaning cycle (second embodiment) (S13): [002171 Figure 14 is a schematic view of a color clothing mode in accordance with the second embodiment. Unlike the above-described mode according to the first embodiment, the color laundry mode according to the second specific execution allows a water temperature measurement step and a heating step in the cleaning step (S1433) after the water supply step (S1431). If the water temperature measuring step and the heating step are performed before the washing step, the washing time will be disadvantageously increased. Thus, in this embodiment, a color laundry mode capable of reducing the cleaning time is proposed with respect to the above specific embodiment. 201124587 '18】After the water supply step (S1431), the control unit can control the drum to perform the stepping operation (four) rotation in the washing step, and it can simultaneously determine whether the temperature of the washing water is a reference temperature (such as listening or 4)二 (2) or above. When the temperature of the washing water is based on the measured temperature or above, the control unit controls the drum to drive continuously according to the washing step. When the temperature of the washing water is lower than the reference temperature, the control unit may The heating step for heating the washing water is started. The [surface] control unit controls the drum to perform the stepping operation in the heating step. That is, in the heating step, the control unit drives the drum to perform the swinging operation instead of the stepping operation. The reason why the heating step is not performed simultaneously with the stepping operation is the mode as described above, and thus the detailed description of the further step will be omitted. E·2 flushing cycle (S1450): [00220] after the m washing cycle has been completed' The control unit can initiate a flush cycle. The control unit can control the drum to perform a transient operation during the flush cycle. The filter operation rotates at a predetermined speed (4) to make the laundry Centrifugal, force does not fall from the inner circumferential surface of the drum, and then spray the washing water to the drum, so that the transfer can be used to wet or flush the laundry. Moreover, the over-running operation is between the laundry and the laundry. And the friction between the laundry and the drum. Because the filtering operation allows the laundry to be discharged in a relatively short period of time, the control unit can perform the rolling operation in the flushing cycle to make up the flushing ability of the transient operation. 71 201124587

元成後,可啟動一自旋循環用來將洗 °彩色衣物模式的自旋循環會近似於 ’及稍後描述的其他模式的自旋循 _ F.模式F (功能性衣物模式) 模式F可被稱為一 [00222】參照圖15將詳述模式ρ如下。 功能性衣物模式」,係用以有效地清洗功能性服裝,包括 戶外服裝如登山服裝和其他運動服裝’而不會損傷織物。 ’如登山、游泳、 功能性衣物係製造以利適當的戶外活動 騎自行車等等。功能性衣物能迅速吸收汗液和排出吸枚的 水分,並能幫助維持體溫。然而,這些功能性衣物是由薄 ·#人造纖維織品,且是係比其他種類的布料脆弱。供功能 性衣物使用的一清洗模式可被最佳化以適於功能性衣物。 [00223]首先,使用者可從模式選擇區117選擇—該功能性 衣物模式(S1 51〇)。當使用者選擇該功能性衣物模式時, 控制部可依序地或選擇性地啟動一清洗循環、一沖洗循環 及/或一自旋循環。 F.1清洗循環(S1530 ): 72 201124587 F·1.1 供水(S1531 ): [00224]控制部執行—清洗循環的—供水步驟。該供水步驟 供應需要清洗該待洗衣物的洗衣水。而且,該供水步驟溶 解去劑於供應的洗衣水中,並浸濕裝入滾筒内的待洗衣 物。 F· 1.1.1 第一水供應(S1533 ): [嶋]肖供水步驟包括執行一預定時間間隔的一第—供 水步驟。在第—供水步驟中,可驅動滾筒進行旋擺運轉。 如上所述’旋擺運轉沿著—預定方向和相反方向交替地旋 轉滾筒。從該滾筒的最低點沿著一預定方向和一相反方向 旋轉至9G或以下時,待洗衣物可被拋落。因此,順時針/ 逆時針方向的交替旋轉會產生洗衣水中的旋渦,而可加強 去巧劑的溶解。在同一時間,旋轉至90。或以下的待洗衣物 會被拋落,而不會施加一大衝擊至待洗衣物。因為如此, 在第一供水步驟中的旋擺運轉使去污劑能溶解於洗衣水 中,而一個大的衝擊是不會施加至功能性衣物。該旋擺運 轉可在一預定時間間隔内重複多次。 F.1.1.2 第二供水(S1 535 ): 【00226]當該第-供水已完成,可進行—第二供水一預定時 間間隔。在第二供水中’洗衣水是不停地供應且過濾運轉 和旋擺運轉是依序執行。第一和第二供水步驟可依據一預 73 201124587 定的時間劃分。依據待洗衣物的量和其他合適的參數,每 個步驟的時間係可調整。為此,可於供水步驟之前提供用 以決定待洗衣物的量的一洗衣量決定步驟。 [00227]如上所述,過濾運轉以高速旋轉滚筒以產生離心力 且待洗衣物會因離心力而緊密接觸滾筒的内圓周表面。而 且,洗衣水藉由離心力穿過待洗衣物和該滾筒的通孔並排 放到桶。因此,待洗衣物在過濾運轉會被洗衣水浸濕以進 _ 行清洗。此外,該洗衣水能簡單地通過待洗衣物,且功能 性衣物被浸濕於洗衣水中而不會受到損壞。在過濾運轉進 行了一預定時間間隔後’可進行旋擺運轉。如上所述,該 去污劑會不停地溶解而不會損壞功能性衣物。藉由產生的 旋渦,可有效地將待洗衣物浸濕於洗衣水中,及藉由延伸, 旋擺運轉在順時針/逆時針方向上產生重複的滾筒旋轉。因 為如此’在糾結的待洗衣物可在清洗前被解開糾結。此外, • 該旋擺運轉從一個相對低的位置拋落待洗衣物,且當解開 待洗衣物的糾結時,待洗衣物的織物損傷可減至最低。因 此’過濾和旋擺運轉的組合可減少功能性衣物的損害,並 能有效地達成洗滌潤濕、去污劑溶解及待洗衣物解開糾 結。這種有順序的過濾和旋擺運轉的組合可在—預定時間 間隔内重複多次。 F·1.〗清洗(S1540 ): 201124587 [00228]當該洗衣水係供應至一預定水位,該供水步驟已完 成’然後可啟動一清洗步驟。由於功能性衣物都比較輕較 薄,無論待滾筒内的洗衣物的量多少,可執行基本上相同 的清洗步驟。 F.1.2.1 第一清洗(S1541): [00229】該清洗步驟可包括進行一預定時間間隔的一第— φ 清洗步驟,且滾筒驅動進行步進運轉。如上所述,步進運 轉從最高位置處拋落待洗衣物。因此,在第一清洗步驟中 的步進運轉能初步地均勻混合待洗衣物與洗衣水。而且, 步進運轉浸泡待洗衣物的髒污物,並藉由利用待洗衣物的 大幅旋轉/拋落對待洗衣物施加衝擊以將髒污物從待洗衣 物分離。 # F.1.2.2 第二洗衣滌(S1543 ): [00230]在第一清洗步驟後,一第二清洗步驟可進行一預定 時間間隔。在第二清洗步驟,可加熱洗衣水以供更有效的 清洗和髒污物的去除。首先,該洗衣水可透過設於桶的一 底部表面的加熱器來加熱,或用以供應蒸汽的蒸汽生成裝 置大致上,洗衣水在第二清洗步驟可被加熱到大約2 5。匚 至30C,較佳疋大約27C。功能性衣物是由薄人造纖維織 組織製成,如果加熱洗衣水的溫度過高則其會被破壞。 75 201124587 因此’在第二清洗步驟中使用具有一適當的溫度洗衣水, 可增進清洗效率並可避免織物損傷。 [〇〇231]隨著洗衣水加熱的同時,在第二清洗步驟中滚筒可 驅動進行旋擺運轉。該旋擺運轉利用從相對低的位置拋落 待洗衣物及滾筒的交替旋轉。因為如此,待洗衣物可於洗 衣水中輕輕地旋動並充分地移動。在旋擺運轉中,洗衣水 可被均勻加熱一相對較短的時間,且熱量可被充分地傳遞 • 到待洗衣物。而且,該旋擺運轉可藉由洗衣水和待洗衣物 之間的摩擦產生的衝擊及拋落衝擊,且它可有效地移除髒 污物而不會損傷織物。 F.1.2.3 第三清洗(S1545 ): [00232】第—清洗步驟後’—第三清洗步驟可進行—預定時 間間隔。在第三清洗步驟中,任何剩餘的髒污物可被移除, 且可執行旋擺與步進運轉的組合。雖然旋擺運轉可移除髒 污物而如上所述不會損傷織物,相較於其他運轉其清洗能 力是較差的。因此,增加能施加最強的衝擊的步進運轉, 而提供功能性衣物的主要為旋擺運轉的清洗步驟的清洗能 力可得以改[此外’步進運轉的強勁衝擊可避免待洗: 物因附著而脫線。因此’第三清洗步驟可減少對功能性^ 物的損害,並有效地及完全地從待洗衣物分離出髒污/ 76 201124587 F·2沖洗循環(S1550 ): [00233] χ力*b性衣物模式的一沖洗循環可近似於包括上述 ' 弋的模式的沖洗循環,與其他後述的模式的沖洗 循壤因此’將省略其進一步的詳細說明。 【〇〇234】為加強整料洗能力,該沖洗循環可比標準模式的 冲洗循環更頻繁地重複。例如,該沖洗循環可進行至少三 一人或更多。這是因為滾筒係以比標準模式更低的轉速旋轉After the element is formed, a spin cycle can be activated to approximate the spin cycle of the wash color clothing mode to the spin mode of the other modes described later and the F mode F (functional clothing mode) mode F It can be called a [00222] The mode ρ will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. Functional clothing mode is used to effectively clean functional clothing, including outdoor clothing such as mountaineering clothing and other sportswear, without damaging the fabric. 'Climbing, swimming, functional clothing is made for proper outdoor activities, cycling, etc. Functional clothing quickly absorbs sweat and drains moisture, and helps maintain body temperature. However, these functional garments are made of thin rayon fabric and are more fragile than other types of fabrics. A cleaning mode for functional clothing can be optimized for functional clothing. [00223] First, the user can select from the mode selection area 117 - the functional clothing mode (S1 51〇). When the user selects the functional laundry mode, the control unit may sequentially or selectively activate a cleaning cycle, a flush cycle, and/or a spin cycle. F.1 Cleaning Cycle (S1530): 72 201124587 F·1.1 Water Supply (S1531): [00224] The control unit performs a - water supply step of the cleaning cycle. The water supply step supplies washing water that needs to be washed. Moreover, the water supply step dissolves the agent in the supplied washing water and wets the laundry to be loaded into the drum. F· 1.1.1 First Water Supply (S1533): [嶋] The Xiao water supply step includes performing a first water supply step for a predetermined time interval. In the first water supply step, the drum can be driven to perform a swing operation. As described above, the 'swing operation alternately rotates the drum along the predetermined direction and the opposite direction. When the lowest point of the drum is rotated to a predetermined direction and an opposite direction to 9 G or less, the laundry can be thrown off. Therefore, the alternating rotation in the clockwise/counterclockwise direction produces vortices in the wash water, which enhances the dissolution of the detaminating agent. At the same time, rotate to 90. Or the following laundry will be thrown away without applying a big impact to the laundry. Because of this, the swirling operation in the first water supply step enables the detergent to be dissolved in the washing water, and a large impact is not applied to the functional laundry. The swivel operation can be repeated multiple times within a predetermined time interval. F.1.1.2 Second water supply (S1 535): [00226] When the first water supply has been completed, the second water supply may be performed for a predetermined time interval. In the second water supply, the laundry water is continuously supplied and the filtration operation and the swing operation are sequentially performed. The first and second water supply steps can be divided according to the time determined by a pre- 73 201124587. The timing of each step can be adjusted depending on the amount of laundry and other suitable parameters. To this end, a laundry amount determining step for determining the amount of laundry to be laundry may be provided prior to the water supply step. [00227] As described above, the filtering operation rotates the drum at a high speed to generate centrifugal force and the laundry is in close contact with the inner circumferential surface of the drum due to centrifugal force. Moreover, the washing water passes through the through-hole of the laundry and the drum by centrifugal force and is discharged to the tub. Therefore, the laundry to be washed in the filtration operation is wetted by the washing water to be cleaned. Further, the washing water can simply pass through the laundry, and the functional laundry is wetted in the washing water without being damaged. After the filtration operation has been performed for a predetermined time interval, the swing operation can be performed. As mentioned above, the detergent will continue to dissolve without damaging the functional clothing. By the generated vortex, the laundry can be effectively wetted in the washing water, and by the extension, the swinging operation produces repeated drum rotation in the clockwise/counterclockwise direction. Because of this, the tangled laundry can be untangled before cleaning. In addition, the swaying operation drops the laundry from a relatively low position, and when the tangling of the laundry is released, the fabric damage of the laundry can be minimized. Therefore, the combination of filtration and swirling operation can reduce the damage of functional clothes, and can effectively achieve washing and wetting, detergent dissolution, and laundry unwinding and entanglement. This combination of sequential filtration and swirling operations can be repeated multiple times within a predetermined time interval. F·1. Washing (S1540): 201124587 [00228] When the washing water is supplied to a predetermined water level, the water supply step has been completed' and then a washing step can be initiated. Since the functional garments are relatively light and thin, substantially the same cleaning step can be performed regardless of the amount of laundry in the drum. F.1.2.1 First Cleaning (S1541): [00229] The cleaning step may include performing a first - φ cleaning step for a predetermined time interval, and the drum drive is stepped. As described above, the stepping operation drops the laundry from the highest position. Therefore, the stepping operation in the first washing step can initially uniformly mix the laundry and the washing water. Moreover, the stepping operation soaks the dirt of the laundry to be washed, and the laundry is separated from the laundry by applying an impact by the large rotation/slipping of the laundry to be washed. # F.1.2.2 Second laundry detergent (S1543): [00230] After the first cleaning step, a second cleaning step can be performed for a predetermined time interval. In the second cleaning step, the wash water can be heated for more efficient cleaning and removal of dirt. First, the washing water can be heated by a heater provided on a bottom surface of the tub, or a steam generating device for supplying steam, and the washing water can be heated to about 25 in the second washing step.匚 to 30C, preferably 27 about 27C. Functional clothing is made of thin rayon woven tissue that can be destroyed if the temperature of the heated washing water is too high. 75 201124587 Therefore, the use of a suitable temperature of washing water in the second washing step improves cleaning efficiency and avoids fabric damage. [〇〇231] While the washing water is being heated, the drum can be driven to perform the swirling operation in the second washing step. This swing operation utilizes alternating rotation of the laundry and the drum from a relatively low position. Because of this, the laundry can be gently rotated and fully moved in the washing water. In the swinging operation, the washing water can be uniformly heated for a relatively short period of time, and the heat can be sufficiently transferred to the laundry. Moreover, the swing operation can be impacted by the friction between the washing water and the laundry and the impact of the drop, and it can effectively remove the dirt without damaging the fabric. F.1.2.3 Third cleaning (S1545): [00232] After the first cleaning step - the third cleaning step can be carried out - a predetermined time interval. In the third washing step, any remaining dirt can be removed and a combination of the swing and the stepping operation can be performed. Although the swaying operation removes dirt and does not damage the fabric as described above, its cleaning ability is inferior compared to other operations. Therefore, the stepping operation capable of applying the strongest impact is increased, and the cleaning ability of the cleaning step which mainly provides the swinging operation of the functional laundry can be changed [In addition, the strong impact of the stepping operation can avoid the washing: the attachment of the object And off the line. Therefore, the 'third cleaning step can reduce the damage to the functional substance and effectively and completely separate the dirt from the laundry/76 201124587 F·2 flushing cycle (S1550): [00233] χ力*b性A flush cycle of the laundry mode can be approximated to a flush cycle including the above-described mode of "弋", and flushing with other modes described later so that a further detailed description thereof will be omitted. [〇〇234] To enhance the overall washability, this rinse cycle can be repeated more frequently than the standard mode rinse cycle. For example, the flush cycle can be performed for at least three or more people. This is because the drum rotates at a lower speed than the standard mode.

進订功sMi衣物模式的自旋循環,因此提供的沖洗能力較 弱亦即,在自旋循環中,利用該滾筒的高速度旋轉產生 的離^力從待洗衣物分離洗衣水,並可提供—沖洗功能用 來從待洗衣物與洗衣水—起同時分離去污劑與髒污物。功 月匕陡衣物模式的自旋循環的__普通自旋步驟採用了相對較 低的滾筒轉速旋轉’且最終沖洗能力會被減弱。因此,功 能性衣物以的沖洗循環的該彳洗步驟可進行三次或更 多0 F.3自旋循環(S1570): [00235] #能性衣物模式的—自旋循環可近似於包括上述 標準模式的模式的自旋循環,和後述的其他模式的自旋循 環。自旋循環的—普通自旋步驟可比標準模式的普通自旋 步驟以較低的轉速旋轉滾筒,以防止損壞待洗衣物。 77The spin cycle of the sMi clothing mode is set, so that the flushing capability provided is weak, that is, in the spin cycle, the washing water is separated from the laundry by the force generated by the high speed rotation of the drum, and can be provided. - The flushing function is used to separate the detergent and the dirt from the laundry and the washing water. The __ ordinary spin step of the spin cycle of the power of the steep clothing mode uses a relatively low drum rotation and the final flushing ability is weakened. Therefore, the washing step of the flushing cycle of the functional laundry can be performed three or more times. The F.3 spin cycle (S1570): [00235] The energy cycle mode can be approximated to include the above criteria. The spin cycle of the mode of the mode, and the spin cycle of other modes described later. The spin-normal spin step can rotate the drum at a lower speed than the normal spin of the standard mode to prevent damage to the laundry. 77

S 201124587 [00236] G.模式g (快速清洗模式): 陣7]-快速清洗模式G,稱為「快速清洗模式」,與其 他模式相比,能在相對較短的時間内清洗待洗衣物,對應 於圖7B將詳述如下。一小的待洗衣物的量,相較於一大的 待洗衣物的量’通常需要大致上較短的時間。在小的待洗 衣物的量之實例中,可利用—非v # , Τ』扪用非必要的長的時間來進行全 面清洗。因為如此’可量提供—模式用來在很短的時間内S 201124587 [00236] G. Mode g (Quick Cleaning Mode): Array 7] - Quick Cleaning Mode G, called "Quick Cleaning Mode", which can wash laundry in a relatively short period of time compared to other modes. , which will be described in detail below corresponding to FIG. 7B. The amount of a small laundry to be compared to the amount of a large laundry typically requires a substantially shorter period of time. In the case of a small amount of laundry to be washed, it is possible to use a non-v # , Τ 扪 全 to perform a full cleaning with a non-essentially long time. Because of this, the "deliverable" mode is used in a very short time.

洗小待洗衣物的量。該快速清洗模式是基於對應於圖7A 的上述的標準模式,在標準模式巾的每個㈣的每個循環 或操作條件可進行最佳化,或可適當地省略—預定數目的 步驟。 [002381首先’該使用者可從模式選擇區η?選擇該快速清 洗模式(S710B),而控制部可進行一清洗循環(⑺叫、 一沖洗循環(S750B)及一自旋猶環(S77〇)所組成的快 速清洗模式。 G. 1清洗循環·· G· 1.1洗衣量決定: [00239]控制部可啟動洗衣量決定步驟來決定待洗衣物的 量(S73 1B )。在使用者選擇該快速清洗模式之後,會在一 供水步驟開始前進行該洗衣量決定步驟。如上所述的標準 模式的洗衣量決定步驟中所測得的洗衣量可分為兩大類, 78 201124587 ' P 大量及—小量,以決定接續的循環或每個步驟的 滚筒運轉及t 、他細作的條件。在快速清洗模式,測得的洗 θ π用來決疋整體清洗的總時間,亦即,完成清洗、沖 洗及自旋循環所耗費的總時間。在這種情況下,洗衣量可 、 為多個類別,例如,快速清洗模式中的三個或多個 類別。如果、、秦六 此衣量分為多個類別,一不同的整體清洗時間 亦即’完成清洗、沖洗及自旋循環所耗費的總時間),可 —、供每個類別的洗衣量。因此,可控制該整體清洗時 •應於待洗衣物的量。因為如此’ 一相對短的時間可適 用到】、的待洗衣物的量,而不會使實際清洗能力變差。 卿0]例如,測得的洗衣量可分為三類,包括第一,第二 和第三類,或可分么_* , 為二類以上。例如,第一類型對應於負 載小於大約1 s八匕 . 、.&斤,且第一類型的一適當的清洗時間可 被設定為大約25至3〇分鐘,尤其是29分鐘。第二類型可 '應於負載大約1.5至4·〇公斤,且第二類型的一適當的清 洗時間可被設定為大約35至4〇分鐘,尤其是39分鐘。最 後第二類型可對應負載大於大約4.0公斤,且第三類型 的-適當的清洗時間可有45至5Q分鐘,而尤其是49分 鐘。這些類別和時間將儲存成表單資料於控制部的記恃體 中。 ^ [411备洗衣量決定步驟決定出該洗衣量,該控制部決定 該些测得的洗衣量相對應的類型,參照儲存的類型表單。 79 201124587 之後’該控制部可設置清洗時間給予相應的測量類型洗衣 量為一個實際的清洗時間。 G. 12供水/加熱/清洗: 剛2】在經過上述―系列步驟之後,㈣部可依序執行一 供水步驟(S733B)、-加熱步驟(S74〇B)及清洗循環 (S730B)的—清洗步帮(S742B)。該供水步驟、該加熱 步驟、快速清洗模式的清洗循環的該清洗步驟,係近似於 如圖7A所示的那些標準模式的清洗循環,而因此將省略其 進一步的詳細說明。 [00243】&上所述,在圖7A所示的標準模式中,用以促進 洗衣水加熱的一加熱準備步驟可執行於一加熱步驟之前。 然而,該加熱準備步驟可為一預備步驟,且—預定時間間Wash the amount of laundry. The quick cleaning mode is based on the above-described standard mode corresponding to Fig. 7A, and each cycle or operating condition of each (4) of the standard pattern towel can be optimized, or can be omitted as appropriate - a predetermined number of steps. [002381 Firstly, the user can select the quick cleaning mode from the mode selection area η? (S710B), and the control unit can perform a cleaning cycle ((7) call, a flush cycle (S750B), and a spin loop (S77〇). The quick cleaning mode consists of: G. 1 cleaning cycle · · G · 1.1 laundry amount decision: [00239] The control unit may initiate a laundry amount determining step to determine the amount of laundry (S73 1B ). After the quick cleaning mode, the laundry amount determining step is performed before the start of the water supply step. The laundry amount measured in the standard mode laundry amount determining step as described above can be divided into two categories, 78 201124587 'P mass and - A small amount to determine the continuous cycle or the drum operation of each step and t, the conditions of his fine work. In the rapid cleaning mode, the measured wash θ π is used to determine the total time of the overall cleaning, that is, to complete the cleaning, The total time spent on the flushing and spin cycles. In this case, the amount of laundry can be in multiple categories, for example, three or more categories in the quick cleaning mode. If, Multiple Category, a different overall cleaning time, which is the total time taken to complete the cleaning, rinsing and spin cycles, can be - for each category of laundry. Therefore, it is possible to control the amount of laundry to be washed during the overall cleaning. Because of this, a relatively short period of time can be applied to the amount of laundry, without deteriorating the actual cleaning ability. Qing 0] For example, the measured amount of laundry can be divided into three categories, including the first, second and third categories, or can be divided into _*, which is more than two categories. For example, the first type corresponds to a load of less than about 1 s octagonal, . & kg, and a suitable cleaning time of the first type can be set to about 25 to 3 minutes, especially 29 minutes. The second type can be > should be about 1.5 to 4 kilograms of load, and a suitable cleaning time of the second type can be set to about 35 to 4 minutes, especially 39 minutes. The last second type can correspond to a load greater than about 4.0 kg, and the third type of - suitable cleaning time can have 45 to 5 Q minutes, and especially 49 minutes. These categories and times will be stored as form data in the body of the control department. ^ [411 The amount of laundry determination step determines the amount of laundry, and the control unit determines the type of the measured laundry amount, referring to the stored type form. 79 201124587 After the 'the control unit can set the cleaning time to give the corresponding measurement type laundry amount to an actual cleaning time. G. 12 Water Supply/Heating/Cleaning: Just 2] After the above-mentioned series of steps, the (4) part can perform a water supply step (S733B), a heating step (S74〇B), and a cleaning cycle (S730B). Step help (S742B). The cleaning step of the water supply step, the heating step, and the cleaning cycle of the rapid cleaning mode is similar to those of the standard mode as shown in Fig. 7A, and thus a further detailed description thereof will be omitted. [00243] As described above, in the standard mode shown in Fig. 7A, a heating preparation step for promoting the heating of the washing water can be performed before a heating step. However, the heating preparation step can be a preliminary step, and - predetermined time

隔的一滾筒運轉會增加整體清洗時間,因此,在快速清洗 模式中不會執行預備步驟, 例如加熱步驟之前 的加熱準備 步驟。該加熱步驟可啟動於該供水模式之後。 G.2沖洗循環: [00244】當該清洗循環已完成,可執行用以移哈本、_ 炒咏去 >可劑殘留 及待洗衣物剩餘的髒污物的一沖洗循環(S75〇Β ·、 J。該沖洗 循環(S750B)係近似於圖7A所示的標進爐斗以 们稞早模式的沖洗循環 (S750 ),而因此將省略沖洗循環其進一步 J汁細說明。 201124587 [00245] &標準模式中的沖洗循環的初始階段執行的第一 中先步驟可包括利用需要長時間的過濾'運轉的第一滾筒 驅動步驟。反之’在沖洗步驟(S751B,S756B,S760B ) 中執行的滾筒運轉需要—相對短的時間,同時還能提供待 &衣物充分的沖洗β因& ’可省略在快速清洗模式的沖洗 循環中提供的第一沖洗步驟的該過滤運轉,以〉咸少整體清 洗時間》 G-3自旋循環: [00246] 當該沖洗循環已完成,該控制部可啟動一個自旋循 環(S770B )。快速清洗模式的自旋循環係近似於如圖7α 所的標準模式的自旋循環,而因此將省略其進一步的詳 細說明。 [00247] 在標準模式的自旋循環的初始階段中執行的待洗 • 衣物解開糾結步驟,執行一滾筒運轉而能夠解開待洗衣物 的糾結。然而’這樣的滾筒運轉大致上不會影響自旋能力。 因為如此,在快速清洗模式的自旋循環中不會執行待洗衣 物解開糾結步驟,以減少整體清洗時間。 [00248] 滾筒在標準模式的普通自旋步驟中會以大約每分 鐘1000轉作旋轉,而滾筒在快速清洗模式的普通自旋步驟 會以大約每分鐘800轉作旋轉。當該滾筒的轉速增加,談 滾筒的振動與噪音會更加嚴重’且供滾筒達到目標轉速而 201124587 執行的準備步驟,如偏心率量 要一較長的操作時間。因此, 清洗模式的目標轉速係降低, 加。 測步驟,會儘量地重複而需 相較於該標準模式,該快速 且可避免加速度的時間被增 [喔】如上所述,快料洗模切將洗衣量分類的成具體 的類別’且其可對每-類型設定合適的整體清洗時間,如A separate drum operation increases the overall cleaning time, so no preliminary steps are performed in the fast cleaning mode, such as the heating preparation step prior to the heating step. This heating step can be initiated after the water supply mode. G.2 Flushing Cycle: [00244] When the cleaning cycle has been completed, a flush cycle (S75〇Β) can be performed to remove the waste, the residue of the agent, and the remaining dirt of the laundry. · J. The flushing cycle (S750B) is similar to the flushing cycle of the indexing furnace shown in Fig. 7A in the early mode (S750), and thus the flushing cycle will be omitted and its further description will be omitted. 201124587 [00245] The first first step performed in the initial stage of the flush cycle in the standard mode may include the use of a first drum drive step that requires long-term filtration 'operation. Conversely' is performed in the rinse step (S751B, S756B, S760B) The drum operation requires - a relatively short period of time, while still providing sufficient flushing of the laundry &clothing;<> can omit the filtering operation of the first rinsing step provided in the flush cycle of the fast cleaning mode to > salty Less overall cleaning time" G-3 Spin Cycle: [00246] When the flush cycle is completed, the control section can initiate a spin cycle (S770B). The spin cycle of the fast wash mode is similar to that shown in Figure 7α. The quasi-mode spin cycle, and thus its further detailed description will be omitted. [00247] The to-be-washed laundry in the initial stage of the standard mode spin cycle • the laundry untangling step, performing a drum operation and being able to unravel The entanglement of the laundry. However, such a drum operation does not substantially affect the spinning ability. Because of this, the laundry unwinding and tangling step is not performed in the spin cycle of the quick cleaning mode to reduce the overall cleaning time. [00248] The drum will rotate at approximately 1000 revolutions per minute in the normal spin step of the standard mode, while the drum will rotate at approximately 800 revolutions per minute in the normal spin step of the fast cleaning mode. The vibration and noise of the drum will be more serious' and the preparation step for the drum to reach the target speed and 201124587, such as the eccentricity rate, requires a longer operation time. Therefore, the target speed of the cleaning mode is reduced, and the measurement step is added. , will repeat as much as possible and need to be compared to the standard mode, the time of fast and avoidable acceleration is increased [喔] as above , The quick die-wash laundry amount expected classified into specific categories' and which may each - to set the appropriate type integral purge time, such as

此使得大f的待洗衣物及少4的待洗衣物的整料洗時間 可適當地降低。此外,相較於標準模式,可從循環省略不 必要的步㈣降低整㈣洗時間。*過,制於標準模式 的循環的大部分的滾筒運轉切快速清洗模式中採用,而 可達到所需的清洗能力。m速清洗模式可在-短時 間内清洗-少量的待洗衣物,同時保持清洗能力。 模式Η (靜音模式): TO】參照圖16,模式Η將詳述如下。模式Η可稱為「靜 音模式」能在清洗過程中降低噪音。 [嶋】在某些情況下,使用者希望洗衣機具有少量噪音。 例如果是在夜間進行清洗及/或嬰兒或孩子睡著了,較 、、衣機此以更小的運轉嗔音而運轉。降低運轉嗓音可 =方式達成…洗衣機控制方法的最佳化可有效地降 ㊉不增加生產成本。用以減少這種噪音的清洗控 制方法式執行,稱為—靜音模式,係透過操 82 201124587 乍條件的最佳化而提出。 並 模式錢據標準模式, 最佳化或省略標準模式的某必 作的條件來勃, 《為或步驟的某些運 不式之步驟中的靜音模式的 不问步驟的流程圖。首先,使用 摆齧立使用者了從模式選擇區117選 曰模式(S1610),且控制部可執 n J執灯一下列系列的操作。 Η·1清洗循環(S1630 ): % Η·1·1決定洗衣量(S1631): 陶2】控制部可啟動一洗衣量決定步驟以決定待洗衣物 的!。該洗衣量決定步驟已如上述,而因此將省略進一步 洋細說明。靜音模式的一個目標是減少噪音及/或振動,同 時還保持清洗能力。每個步驟的一滾筒驅動運轉可依據該 洗衣量而不同。 Η·1.1 供水(S1633 ): [麵】當使用者選擇該靜音模式,會啟動—供水步帮。該 供水步帮供應洗衣水至桶。而且,該供水步驟溶解去污劑 夹混合著洗衣水’並浸濕裝於滾筒内的待洗衣物。在靜音 模式的供水步驟中,相較於辦進抬 狀標準模式的供水步冑,控制部 可提供更大量的洗衣水至桶。提供更多洗衣水的原因將詳 述於下面的清洗步驟。 83 201124587 H.l.l.l 第一供水(Sl635 ): 一供水步驟,一 ’控制部控制滾 [00254】在供水步驟中,控制部可執行—第 併加上洗衣水的供應。在第一供水步驟中 筒進行滾動運轉。 預定方向不停地旋轉 低點被旋轉至對應於 [00255]如上所述,該滾動運轉沿著一 滾筒,而待洗衣物在其從該滾筒的最 90或以下的位置之處時會與滾筒分 該滾筒的旋轉方向This allows the washing time of the large laundry and the laundry washing time of the laundry to be appropriately reduced. In addition, compared to the standard mode, the unnecessary (four) wash time can be reduced by omitting unnecessary steps (4) from the cycle. *Over, the majority of the cycle in the standard mode cycle is used in the fast-cut mode to achieve the required cleaning capacity. The m-speed cleaning mode can be cleaned in a short period of time - a small amount of laundry to be washed while maintaining the cleaning ability. Mode Η (Silent mode): TO] Referring to Figure 16, the mode Η will be described in detail below. The mode Η can be called “quiet mode” to reduce noise during the cleaning process. [嶋] In some cases, the user wants the washing machine to have a small amount of noise. For example, if the baby is cleaned at night and/or the baby or the child is asleep, the machine is operated with a smaller operating voice. Reduce the operation of the voice can be achieved = the way to achieve ... the optimization of the washing machine control method can effectively reduce the cost of production. The cleaning control method to reduce this noise, called the “silent mode”, is proposed by optimizing the conditions of 2011, 2011, 587. And the mode money according to the standard mode, the optimization or omitting of a certain condition of the standard mode, the flow chart of the silent mode in the step of some steps of the step or step. First, the user selects the mode from the mode selection area 117 (S1610), and the control unit can perform the following series of operations. Η·1 cleaning cycle (S1630): % Η·1·1 determines the amount of laundry (S1631): Pottery 2] The control unit can initiate a laundry determination step to determine the laundry! . The laundry amount determining step has been as described above, and thus further detailed description will be omitted. One goal of the silent mode is to reduce noise and/or vibration while maintaining cleaning power. A drum drive operation for each step may vary depending on the amount of laundry. Η·1.1 Water Supply (S1633): [Face] When the user selects the silent mode, it will start-water supply step. The water supply step supplies laundry water to the bucket. Moreover, the water supply step dissolves the detergent cartridge and mixes the laundry water' and wets the laundry to be contained in the drum. In the silent water supply step, the control unit can provide a larger amount of washing water to the tub than the water supply step in the standard mode. The reason for providing more washing water will be detailed in the cleaning steps below. 83 201124587 H.l.l.l First water supply (Sl635): A water supply step, a 'control unit control roll' [00254] In the water supply step, the control unit may perform - plus the supply of washing water. In the first water supply step, the cylinder performs a rolling operation. The predetermined direction is continuously rotated and the low point is rotated to correspond to [00255] as described above, the rolling operation is along a drum, and the laundry is with the drum at its position from the 90 or less of the drum. Dividing the direction of rotation of the drum

離。在滾動運轉中,滾筒係以—個相對較低的速度旋轉, 且分離的待洗衣物係、在該滾筒的内表面上滾動移動至該滾 筒的最低點,而非落下至最低點。 轉與待洗衣物的滾動運動可產生一 因為如此,該滾筒的旋 預定旋渦於洗衣水中, 且可提升n溶解於洗衣水中。同時,該滾動運轉誘導 2洗衣物沿著該滾筒的内表面滾動運動,其不會有任何因 突然落下的待洗衣物所產生的衝擊噪音。因此,第一供水 ㈣Μ㈣動運轉’可使去污劑充分地溶解於洗衣水 中’並同時降低噪音。在第一供水步驟中,滾動運轉可於 一預定時間間隔重複多次。 Η·1.1.2 第二供水(Sl637): [00256] 田該第供水步驟已完成,該控制部可啟動一第二 -夂步驟’在第二供水步驟,該控制部可控制滾筒驅動以 仃過渡運轉及滾動運轉’並連續地供應洗衣水至 84 201124587 桶。該第一與第二供水步驟可依據其個別的預定時間,及 依據待洗衣物的量而可調整的每個步驟的時間而不同。 [002S7]如上所述,該過濾運轉以—高速旋轉滾筒以產生一 離心力,且該產生的離心力會保持待洗衣物與滚筒的内圓 周的表面緊密接觸。而且,藉由離心力,洗衣水會穿越過 待洗衣物及滾筒的通孔以流出至桶。因此,在過濾運轉中, 待洗衣物會被洗衣水潤濕。此外,洗衣水易於穿越過待洗 鲁 衣物且當被潤〉燕於洗衣水中時,待洗衣物不會受損傷。在 過濾運轉執行一預定的時間間隔之後,可執行該滾動運 轉。如上所述,在第一供水步驟中的該滾動運轉可允許去 污劑充分地溶解於洗衣水中’且同時減低嗓音。而且,以 一較寬的待洗衣物的表面面積接觸洗衣水,沿著滾筒的内 表面滾移’而因此待洗衣物可更有效地且均勻地潤濕於洗 衣水中。因此,該過濾與滾動運轉的組合可減小噪音且能 鲁 有效地達到洗滌潤濕、去污劑溶解及待洗衣物解開糾結。 此有順序的過濾與滾動運轉的組合可於一預定的時間間隔 内重複數次。 Η·1:清洗(S1635): [00258】當該洗衣水係供應至一預定的水位,該供水步驟已 元成’而接著會啟動一清洗步驟。 85 201124587 H.1.2.1加熱步騍/第—清洗(si64〇): 陶59】t該供水步驟已完成,該控制部啟動一第_ 驟。該第-清洗步驟可包括一加熱步雜,係用來加熱洗衣 水至-預定的溫度。不同於標準模式的加熱步驟及清洗步 驟靜θ模式的第—清洗步驟可僅包括該滾動運轉。款宁 動運轉使待洗衣物能沿著滚筒的内表面滾移而不會突= 落待洗衣物。因此,此-滾動運訪最大化待洗衣物與洗 衣水之間及待洗衣與滾筒之間的摩擦,且該清洗步驟可有 效地從待洗衣物移除髒污物,並同時減低噪音到最小。 [00260]如上所述,相較於該標準模式的供水㈣,在供水 步羯中該控制部可供應一大量的洗衣水。例如,該控制部 可控制在靜音模式的清洗步驟中供應的洗衣水的量,比相 同的待洗衣物的量所供應的洗衣水的量❹12倍。洗衣 水的量的增加使得該滾筒内的水位的提高。當料衣物藉 由該滾動運轉以提高的水位於滾筒中滾移,會更增加洗衣 水與待洗衣物之間的摩擦,且會更增加清洗能力。最終, 在清洗步驟中所用的該滾動運轉可提供適宜的清洗能力, 而同時抑制噪音的產生。 ’η當一預定的量或以上的待洗衣物承裝於滾筒内慢 速的滾筒的旋轉不能輕易地一併旋轉待洗衣物與滚筒。即 使與滾筒-併旋轉’大的待洗衣物的量因為體積關係亦難 以在滾筒的内表面上滾移。因此’由於該滚動運轉以一相 86 201124587 對低速度旋轉該滾筒,大的 移,而因此盔达^ ,待洗衣物的量無法如預期地滾 -大的待/ 需的清洗能力。因為如⑵,若清洗 大的待洗衣物的量,清 田由 Tm '步帮可從上述的該滾動運轉採 用中一不同的滾筒運轉。 =亦即,當在洗衣量決定步驟測得的洗衣量係大於一 认值,可在清洗步驟中執行滚翻運轉 ,而非滾動運 轉。滾翻運轉沿签^ & 預疋的方向不停地旋轉滾筒,近似於該from. In the rolling operation, the drum is rotated at a relatively low speed, and the separated laundry system rolls on the inner surface of the drum to the lowest point of the drum instead of falling to the lowest point. The rolling motion of the transfer to the laundry can produce a rotation of the drum predetermined swirl in the wash water, and the n can be dissolved in the wash water. At the same time, the rolling operation induces 2 laundry to roll along the inner surface of the drum without any impact noise generated by the suddenly falling laundry. Therefore, the first water supply (4) Μ (4) dynamic operation 'so that the detergent can be sufficiently dissolved in the washing water' while reducing noise. In the first water supply step, the rolling operation may be repeated a plurality of times at a predetermined time interval. Η·1.1.2 Second water supply (Sl637): [00256] The first water supply step has been completed, and the control unit can initiate a second-夂 step 'in the second water supply step, the control unit can control the drum drive to 仃Transitional operation and rolling operation' and continuous supply of washing water to 84 201124587 barrels. The first and second water supply steps may differ depending on their individual predetermined time and the time of each step that is adjustable depending on the amount of laundry. [002S7] As described above, the filtering operation rotates the drum at a high speed to generate a centrifugal force, and the generated centrifugal force keeps the laundry in close contact with the inner circumferential surface of the drum. Moreover, by centrifugal force, the washing water will pass through the through holes of the laundry and the drum to flow out to the tub. Therefore, in the filtration operation, the laundry is wetted by the washing water. In addition, the washing water is easy to pass through the laundry to be washed and when the laundry is in the washing water, the laundry is not damaged. The rolling operation can be performed after the filtering operation is performed for a predetermined time interval. As described above, the rolling operation in the first water supply step allows the detergent to be sufficiently dissolved in the laundry water' while reducing the arpeggio. Moreover, the surface area of the wider laundry is contacted with the washing water and rolls along the inner surface of the drum' so that the laundry can be more effectively and uniformly wetted in the washing water. Thus, the combination of filtration and rolling operation reduces noise and can effectively achieve wash wetting, detergent dissolution, and laundry untangling. This combination of sequential filtering and rolling operations can be repeated several times within a predetermined time interval. Η·1: Cleaning (S1635): [00258] When the washing water is supplied to a predetermined water level, the water supply step has been completed and then a washing step is initiated. 85 201124587 H.1.2.1 Heating step / No. - cleaning (si64〇): Pottery 59] t The water supply step has been completed, and the control unit starts a first step. The first cleaning step can include a heating step for heating the wash water to a predetermined temperature. The heating step different from the standard mode and the cleaning step of the cleaning step θ mode may include only the rolling operation. The operation of the movement allows the laundry to roll along the inner surface of the drum without slamming = falling into the laundry. Therefore, this-rolling operation maximizes the friction between the laundry and the washing water and between the laundry and the drum, and the washing step can effectively remove the dirt from the laundry, and at the same time reduce the noise to a minimum. . [00260] As described above, the control portion can supply a large amount of washing water in the water supply step as compared with the water supply (4) of the standard mode. For example, the control unit can control the amount of the washing water supplied in the washing step of the silent mode by 12 times the amount of the washing water supplied by the same amount of the laundry. An increase in the amount of washing water causes an increase in the water level in the drum. When the laundry is moved by the rolling operation to increase the water in the drum, the friction between the washing water and the laundry is further increased, and the cleaning ability is further increased. Finally, the rolling operation used in the cleaning step provides suitable cleaning capabilities while suppressing noise generation. When a predetermined amount or more of the laundry to be loaded into the drum is rotated by the slow speed of the drum, the laundry and the drum cannot be easily rotated together. Even the amount of the laundry to be large with the drum - and rotated ' is difficult to roll on the inner surface of the drum because of the volume relationship. Therefore, since the rolling operation rotates the drum at a low speed with one phase 86 201124587, the movement is large, and thus the amount of the laundry is not as expected - the large cleaning capacity is required. Because, as in (2), if the amount of large laundry is washed, the clearing can be operated by the Tm' step from the above-mentioned rolling operation using a different drum. That is, when the laundry amount measured in the laundry amount determining step is greater than a predetermined value, the roll-over operation can be performed in the washing step instead of the rolling operation. Rolling over the drum in the direction of the sign & pre-twisting, similar to this

滾動運轉,且在滾翻運 轉中的滚筒的旋轉速度係高於滾動 運轉中的滾筒的旋轉速度。因此,待洗衣物從滚筒的最低 點被旋轉至對應於滾筒的旋轉方肖Μ。或以上的位置處之 後’會脫㈣M °由於’滾筒係以一相對高速度進行滾翻 運轉,分散的待洗衣物被抛落至滾筒的最低點,且此與滾 動運轉不同。因此’藉由待洗衣物與洗衣水之間的摩擦及 拋落所產生的衝擊’來清洗待洗衣物。雖然滾翻運轉比滾 動運轉產生更多的噪音,所產生㈣音會比其他滾筒運 轉,如具有強的清洗能力的步進運轉與摩擦運轉,所產生 的噪音還小。因為如此,滾翻運轉可有效地清洗大量的待 洗衣物,而盡可能地抑制產生噪音。當測量的洗衣量小於 該參考值,可如上述執行該滾動運轉。 [00263】為增進洗衣水的加熱,在一加熱步驟前可執行一加 熱準備步驟。然而,該加熱準備步驟可包括一滾筒運轉, 且該滾筒運轉會產生噪音。因此,在此模式的清洗步驟中 87 201124587 不會執行預備的步騍,如第— ^ 清洗步驟之前的該加熱準備 步靜’且洗衣水會在第— ^ /青/先步驟中被加熱至一預定的溫 度。可藉由設於桶内的加埶 …器或蒸汽生成裝置來加熱洗衣 水 H·1.2.2 第二清洗(S1642): 隣4】在第—清洗步驟之後,控制部可啟動—第二清洗步 驟在第…月洗步驟中,可更完全地移除薪污物。如第一 清洗步驟,靜音模式的第二清洗步驟可僅包括該滾動運 轉。在該滾動運轉可將噪音產生減至最低,且如上所述, 在該滾動運轉中待洗衣物㈣污物可被有效地移除。而 且,相較於在標準模4中供應的洗衣水的#,於該滾動運 轉會供應一大量的洗衣水。因為如此,採用該滾動運轉可 保持足夠的清洗能力,並同時抑制噪音產生。 [00265】若洗衣量係大的,滾筒係驅動以進行滾翻運轉。若 洗衣量係小的,滾筒係驅動以進行滾動運轉,近似於上述 的第一清洗步驟。 H.2沖洗循環(1650): [00266】當該清洗循環已完成’可啟動用來從待洗衣物移除 去污劑殘留與髒污物的一沖洗循環。沖洗循環係似於上述 標準模式的沖洗循環,而因此將省略其進一步的詳細說明。 88 201124587 的初始階段中執行的第一 一滾筒驅動步驟,其會產 [00267】在標準模式的沖洗循環 沖洗步驟包括使用過濾運轉的第 ’過據運轉不會在靜音帛式的沖洗循環 生許多噪音。因此 中執行。當標準模式的沖洗循環的步驟採用各種的滾筒運 轉’靜音料可對沖洗#環的步驟僅制㈣輯以減少 噪音,如在清洗步驟中—般。The rolling operation is performed, and the rotation speed of the drum in the rolling operation is higher than the rotation speed of the drum in the rolling operation. Therefore, the laundry is rotated from the lowest point of the drum to the rotation of the drum. After the position above or above, it will take off (four) M ° because the drum system is rolled at a relatively high speed, and the dispersed laundry is thrown to the lowest point of the drum, and this is different from the rolling operation. Therefore, the laundry is washed by the friction caused by the friction between the laundry and the washing water and the impact caused by the dropping. Although the rollover operation produces more noise than the roll operation, the resulting (four) sound will be operated better than other rollers, such as stepping and friction running with strong cleaning ability, and the noise generated is small. Because of this, the roll-over operation can effectively wash a large amount of laundry to suppress noise generation as much as possible. When the measured laundry amount is less than the reference value, the rolling operation can be performed as described above. In order to increase the heating of the washing water, a heating preparation step may be performed before a heating step. However, the heating preparation step may include a drum operation, and the drum operation may generate noise. Therefore, in the cleaning step of this mode, 87 201124587 will not perform the preparatory steps, such as the - ^ cleaning step before the cleaning step, and the washing water will be heated in the - ^ / c / first step a predetermined temperature. The washing water can be heated by a twisting device or a steam generating device provided in the tub. H. 1.2.2 Second washing (S1642): o. 4] After the first washing step, the control portion can be activated - the second cleaning Steps In the ... month wash step, the payroll can be removed more completely. As with the first cleaning step, the second cleaning step of the silent mode may include only the rolling operation. The rolling operation can minimize noise generation, and as described above, the laundry (four) dirt can be effectively removed during the rolling operation. Moreover, compared to the # of the washing water supplied in the standard mold 4, a large amount of washing water is supplied in the rolling operation. Because of this, the rolling operation maintains sufficient cleaning ability while suppressing noise generation. [00265] If the amount of laundry is large, the drum is driven to perform a rollover operation. If the amount of laundry is small, the drum is driven to perform a rolling operation, which is similar to the first washing step described above. H.2 Flush Cycle (1650): [00266] When the purge cycle has been completed, a flush cycle for removing detergent residue and dirt from the laundry can be initiated. The flush cycle is similar to the above-described standard mode flush cycle, and thus its further detailed description will be omitted. 88 The first roller drive step performed in the initial phase of 201124587, which will produce [00267] in the standard mode of the flush cycle rinse step including the use of the filter run the first pass operation will not be a lot in the silent rinse cycle noise. So executed in . When the standard mode of the flush cycle step uses a variety of drum runs, the "silent material" step can be used to reduce the noise, as in the cleaning step.

[麵]為了加強整體沖洗能力’於靜音模式中的沖洗步驟 係較在標準模式中重複多次。例如,沖洗循環可執行四次 或以上。&是因為滾筒在靜音模式的自旋係以—較低轉速 旋轉,相較於標準模式的自旋循環,因此減低沖洗能力。 亦即’在自旋循環中,洗衣水一般係藉由因高速的滾筒的 旋轉所產生的離心力而從待洗衣物分離,且去污劑與髒污 物係同時與洗衣水-起從待洗衣物分離。然:而,在靜音模 式的自旋循環的普通自旋步驟中,滾筒係以—較低轉速旋 轉而因此最終沖洗能力會被減低。因&,該沖洗步驟可在 靜音模式的沖洗循環中執行四次或以上。 H.3自旋循環(S1670): [00269]當該沖洗循環已完成,該控制部可啟動—自旋循 環。該自旋循環係近似於標準模式的自旋循環,而因此將 省略其進一步的詳細說明。 89 201124587 [〇]在靜音模式的一普通自旋步驟中,滾筒可以—較低 轉速旋轉,相較於在普通標準模式中的自旋步驟,以減少 噪曰例如,為了減少噪音,該滾筒可以一預定轉速旋轉, 其係為標準模式的普通自旋循環的轉速的5G%。亦即,該 滾筒可以大約每分鐘4〇〇轉作旋轉。 L模式1 (棉的、人造的、混合模式) [00271]如上述的功能性衣物模式,可提供對應於待洗衣物 的種類及對應於待洗衣物的織物類型的模式。例如,可提 供一棉織品模式用來清洗棉織品,如毛巾、桌布、τ恤等, 一人造纖維模式或簡單護衣(easy eare)模式用來清洗人造 纖維織品,以及一混合模式用來清洗一混合織物類型,如 棉與人造纖維織品。人造布料可包括,例如,聚醜胺、丙 烯酸的纖維、聚酯纖維以及其他此類織物。 [00272】棉織品與人造纖維織品具有不同的特性。亦即,棉 織品係較能抵抗摩擦與衝擊,比人造纖維織品較不會有變 形的疑慮。此外,棉織品可較人造纖維織品吸收更多洗衣 水且比人造纖維織品較不會有皺褶的疑慮。然而,從人造 纖維織品待洗衣物分開棉織品待洗衣物並執行相對應的清 洗模式以始終對於其分開清洗並非易事。這是因為使用者 常穿著由棉與人造纖維織品一起織成的衣物,且不希望洗 個別部分的棉的與人造的衣物。因此,可提供組合棉織品 201124587 模式與人造纖維模式優點的一清洗模式,介 外即,一混合模 式。 [00273】混合模式因許多原因而為有益的。例如,若使用者 將棉織品待洗衣物與人造纖維織品待洗衣物分開以分離清 洗,清洗勢必不利地延後直到累積到一預定的待洗衣物的 量’而因此髒污的待洗衣物會被忽略一段相對長的時門。 當然,若將一小的待洗衣物的量係分開來清洗,會浪費電 • 力。因為如此,能一起清洗傳統種類織物的待洗衣物的混 合模式可避免待洗衣物被忽略的問題及電力浪費。 [00274】如圖17,在供對應於混合的織物的類型的如清洗 模式中’一清洗循環、一沖洗循環及一自旋循環可依據織 物的特定類型的特性來作區分。參照上述的標準模式的循 環及步驟,如下將詳述棉織品模式、人造纖維模式及混合 模式之具有基於織物類型而調整的每個步驟的操作的條 件。相較於標準模式,將適當地省略重複的詳細敘述,而 將詳細描述其不同之處。 [00275]當使用者依據待洗衣物的織物類型,選擇該棉織品 模式、該人造纖維模式或該混合模式(S1710),該控制部可 依據該選擇的模式執行一清洗循環(S1730)、一沖洗循環 (S1750)與一自旋循環(S1770)以及步驟。 1.1清洗循環: 201124587 洗衣量決定步驟(S1734): [00276] & _清洗循環中,控制部可決定待洗衣物的量,且 於該模式之-洗衣量決定方法係近似於上述方法而將省略 重複的4¾述。該測量的洗衣量可適當地使用於—以下的步 驟’其將詳細描述。 LU.供水步驟(S 1733): [00277]控制部可執行—供水步驟,用來供應洗衣水與去污 劑至桶或滾筒’並溶解去污劑於洗衣水中。亦即,洗衣水 係與去巧劑係一起從一外部供水來源提供應。$ 了先供應 洗衣水與去巧劑至待洗衣物,洗衣水與去污劑係、直接供應 至滾筒内的待洗衣物。亦即,洗衣水的—水供應管線可位 於滾筒的一前上部朝向滾筒内部,而不是在桶的一下部。 當該去污劑為—粉末型式,將無法充分地溶料污劑,而 供水步驟的—滾筒驅動運轉,將詳述如後,可充分地溶解 去污劑。因此’洗衣水與去污㈣在清洗循環的初始階段 供應至待洗衣物’並可減少清洗循環所需相以增進清洗 效率。 Ι.1.2.1加強去污劑溶解(S1735): 可依 [00278】在-去污劑加強溶解步驟中,—滾筒驅動運轉 據待洗衣物織物的類型而作區分。例如,可執行摩擦運轉 92 201124587 進運轉供人造纖維織品待 ’可執行摩擦運轉及/或步 供棉織品待洗衣物,且可執行步 洗衣物。在替代的具體實施例中 進運轉。 [節9]摩擦運轉藉由拋落待洗衣物以產生摩擦來彎曲/拉 伸及擦洗待洗衣物 <=因為如此,在清洗循㈣Μ㈣$ 預期-類似人Μ擦洗效果。然』,對於能些許抵抗摩捧 的織物可執行此摩擦運轉,而該滾筒驅動運轉可為在棉織 品模式的去污劑加強溶解步驟中的該摩擦運轉。 卿】依據人造纖維織品的特性,人造的待洗衣物係較棉 的待洗衣物輕’且人造的待洗衣物具有較棉的待洗衣物一 低百分比的水分。而且’人造的待洗衣物較棉的待洗衣物 具有因摩擦造成損傷的疑慮。因為如A,步進運轉可在去 污劑加強溶解步驟中執行以加強去污劑溶解並避免織物損 傷。亦即,於—去污劑加強溶解步驟中的供人造纖維織品 的一滾筒驅動運轉可為該步進運轉。㈣進運轉對輕的人 造纖維織品施加最大值的拋落衝擊以加強去污劑溶解,且 在清洗循環的初始階段可預期類似人為拍打效果的清洗效 [00281】在混合模式中的一去污劑加強溶解步驟的滾筒驅 動運轉可為步進運轉與摩擦運轉的組合。亦即,分別最適 於棉織品與人造纖維織品的步進運轉與摩擦運轉,可組人 使能加強去污劑溶解而在清洗循環的初始階 J頂期清 93 201124587 洗效果。在此例中,係組合不同的滾筒驅動運轉且因為如 此’待洗衣物運動型式與洗衣水運動型式可充分地不 增進清洗循環的效率。 L1.2.2 洗滌潤濕(S1736):[Face] In order to enhance the overall flushing ability, the flushing step in the silent mode is repeated multiple times in the standard mode. For example, the flush cycle can be performed four times or more. & because the drum rotates in the silent mode with a lower speed, which is lower than the standard mode spin cycle. That is, in the spin cycle, the washing water is generally separated from the laundry by the centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the high-speed drum, and the detergent and the dirty matter are simultaneously washed with the washing water. Separation of matter. However, in the normal spin step of the spin cycle of the silent mode, the drum is rotated at a lower speed and thus the final flushing capacity is reduced. Due to &, the rinsing step can be performed four times or more in the flush cycle of the silent mode. H.3 Spin Cycle (S1670): [00269] When the flush cycle has been completed, the control section can initiate a spin cycle. This spin cycle is similar to the spin cycle of the standard mode, and thus its detailed description will be omitted. 89 201124587 [〇] In a normal spin step of silent mode, the drum can be rotated at a lower speed than the spin step in the normal standard mode to reduce noise. For example, to reduce noise, the drum can A predetermined rotational speed is 5 G% of the rotational speed of the normal spin cycle of the standard mode. That is, the drum can be rotated about 4 turns per minute. L mode 1 (cotton, artificial, mixed mode) [00271] As in the above-described functional laundry mode, a mode corresponding to the kind of the laundry and the type of the fabric corresponding to the laundry can be provided. For example, a cotton fabric pattern can be provided for cleaning cotton fabrics such as towels, tablecloths, t-shirts, etc., a man-made fiber pattern or an easy eare mode for cleaning man-made fabrics, and a mixing mode for cleaning a mix. Fabric types such as cotton and man-made fabrics. Artificial fabrics may include, for example, poly- ugly amine, acrylic fibers, polyester fibers, and other such fabrics. [00272] Cotton fabrics have different properties from rayon fabrics. That is, the cotton fabric is more resistant to friction and impact, and has less distortion than the rayon fabric. In addition, cotton fabrics absorb more washing water than rayon fabrics and are less wrinkled than rayon fabrics. However, it is not easy to separate the cotton laundry from the rayon laundry and perform the corresponding cleaning mode to always clean it separately. This is because the user often wears clothes woven together with cotton and rayon fabric, and does not wish to wash individual portions of cotton and artificial clothing. Therefore, it is possible to provide a cleaning mode combining the advantages of the cotton fabric 201124587 mode with the man-made fiber mode, that is, a hybrid mode. [00273] The hybrid mode is beneficial for a number of reasons. For example, if the user separates the cotton laundry from the rayon laundry to separate cleaning, the cleaning will be disadvantageously delayed until the amount of a predetermined laundry is accumulated, and thus the dirty laundry will be Ignore a relatively long time gate. Of course, if a small amount of laundry is washed separately, power is wasted. Because of this, the mixing mode of the laundry to be washed together with the conventional type of fabric can avoid the problem of neglect of laundry and waste of electricity. [00274] As shown in Fig. 17, in a cleaning mode corresponding to the type of fabric to be mixed, a washing cycle, a flushing cycle, and a spin cycle can be distinguished according to the specific type of characteristics of the fabric. Referring to the above-described standard mode cycle and steps, the conditions of the operation of each step of the cotton fabric mode, the rayon mode, and the blend mode with adjustment based on the fabric type will be detailed as follows. The repeated detailed description will be appropriately omitted as compared with the standard mode, and the differences will be described in detail. [00275] When the user selects the cotton pattern, the rayon mode or the mixing mode according to the type of the fabric to be washed, the control unit may perform a cleaning cycle (S1730), a flush according to the selected mode. Cycle (S1750) with a spin cycle (S1770) and steps. 1.1 Washing cycle: 201124587 Laundry amount determining step (S1734): [00276] In the cleaning cycle, the control unit can determine the amount of laundry to be washed, and the mode of determining the amount of laundry in the mode is similar to the above method. Omit the repeated description. The measured amount of laundry can be suitably used in the following steps, which will be described in detail. LU. Water Supply Step (S 1733): [00277] The control unit may perform a water supply step for supplying the wash water and the detergent to the tub or drum and dissolving the detergent in the wash water. That is, the laundry water is supplied with an excipient from an external source of water. $ First supply of laundry water and decontaminants to laundry, detergent water and detergent, direct supply to the laundry in the drum. That is, the wash water-water supply line may be located in a front upper portion of the drum toward the inside of the drum rather than at the lower portion of the tub. When the detergent is in the form of a powder, the detergent will not be sufficiently dissolved, and the drum drive operation of the water supply step will be described later, and the detergent can be sufficiently dissolved. Therefore, 'washing water and decontamination (4) are supplied to the laundry at the initial stage of the cleaning cycle' and the phase required for the cleaning cycle can be reduced to improve the cleaning efficiency. 1.1.2.1 Strengthening the Dissolution of Detergent (S1735): In the step of strengthening the dissolution of the detergent, the drum drive operation is differentiated according to the type of the fabric to be washed. For example, a frictional operation 92 201124587 can be run into a man-made fiber fabric to be subjected to a rubbing operation and/or a step to supply a laundry to the laundry, and a step laundry can be performed. In the alternative embodiment, the operation is carried out. [Section 9] Friction operation bends/stretches and scrubs the laundry by throwing off the laundry to generate friction <= Because of this, in the cleaning cycle (4) Μ (4) $ expected - similar to the human Μ scrub effect. However, this rubbing operation can be performed for a fabric that can withstand a little resistance, and the drum driving operation can be the rubbing operation in the detergent reinforcing step of the cotton-woven mode. According to the characteristics of rayon fabrics, artificial laundry is lighter than cotton laundry and artificial laundry has a lower percentage of moisture than cotton laundry. Moreover, the artificial laundry to be washed has a concern that the laundry is damaged by friction. Because, as in A, the stepping operation can be performed in the detergent reinforced dissolution step to enhance detergent dissolution and avoid fabric damage. That is, a drum driving operation for the rayon fabric in the detergent-reinforcing dissolution step can be performed in this stepping operation. (4) Infeed to apply a maximum throwing impact on the light rayon fabric to enhance the detergent dissolution, and a cleaning effect similar to the artificial flapping effect can be expected in the initial stage of the cleaning cycle [00281] A decontamination in the mixing mode The drum driving operation of the agent enhancing dissolution step may be a combination of a stepping operation and a frictional operation. That is, the stepping operation and the rubbing operation, which are most suitable for cotton fabrics and man-made fiber fabrics, respectively, can be used to enhance the dissolution of the detergent and to wash the effect in the initial stage of the cleaning cycle. In this case, different drum drive operations are combined and because the laundry movement pattern and the laundry water motion pattern are thus sufficiently insufficient to increase the efficiency of the cleaning cycle. L1.2.2 Washing and wetting (S1736):

[00282]在該標準模式的洗滌潤濕步驟,可旋轉滾筒進行衷 動運轉。相較於上述執行於洗滌潤濕進行的一期間的摩擦 運轉與滾動運轉,該滾動運轉對待洗衣物產生較少的摩 擦。因此,雖然溼的待洗衣物之間會有摩擦,卻沒有待洗 衣物損壞的疑慮,而不管待洗衣物的織物種類,可同樣地 執行該滾動運轉中進行的洗滌潤濕步驟。 卿3]纟論織物是㈣或人造的,可在洗㈣濕步驟中執 行該滾動運轉。即使當使用者選擇該棉織品模式、該混合 模式或該人造I㈣式隸__者,該滾動運轉可執行於在 去污劑加強溶解步驟之後的洗務潤濕步驟。 [〇’洗滌潤濕步驟可包括兩個步驟,係包括分開執行的 第一與第二洗務调済步趣。在丨l ,、、步驟例如,當洗滌潤濕步驟係進行 2鐘’該第濕步驟可㈣5分鐘且該第二洗滌 =步驟可執行5分鐘。特別地,可在該第—洗滌潤濕步 =額外的水供應,且當該額外的水供應已完成,可執 I第一洗務潤濕步驟。 94 201124587 [_】可區分第一與第二洗務潤濕 „ s 获靖驅動運Μ 以更有效地潤濕待洗衣物,並均勾地 動運轉 冰广榀4 去β劑與供給待 洗衣物的洗衣水。例如,該第一 .重絲1 先滌潤濕步驟的滾筒驅動 運轉可為該滾動運轉,且該第二 運轉了為-該滾動運轉與過濾運轉的組合。㈣ 洗條潤濕步驟中,可以一預定 執仃該滾動運[00282] In this standard mode of washing and wetting step, the rotatable drum is operated in a positive manner. The rolling operation produces less friction for the laundry than the above-described frictional and rolling operations performed during a period in which the washing is wetted. Therefore, although there is friction between the wet laundry items, there is no doubt that the laundry is damaged, and regardless of the type of the laundry to be washed, the washing and wetting step performed in the rolling operation can be similarly performed. Qing 3] The fabric is (4) or artificial, and the rolling operation can be performed in the washing (four) wet step. Even when the user selects the cotton mode, the blending mode, or the artificial I (four) formula, the rolling operation can be performed in the washing wetting step after the detergent reinforcing dissolution step. The [〇' washing and wetting step can include two steps, including first and second washing steps that are performed separately. In the step ,1,, for example, when the washing and wetting step is carried out for 2 hours, the wet step can be (4) for 5 minutes and the second washing step can be performed for 5 minutes. In particular, an additional water supply may be provided at the first wash step, and when the additional water supply has been completed, a first wash wetting step may be performed. 94 201124587 [_] can distinguish between the first and second washings „ s win the driving machine to more effectively moisturize the laundry, and both move the ice 榀 4 to the β agent and supply the laundry For example, the drum drive operation of the first weight 1 wet cleaning step may be the rolling operation, and the second operation is a combination of the rolling operation and the filtration operation. (4) Washing the strip In the step, the rolling operation can be scheduled

第二_潤濕步驟中’在㈣運轉執行過_次後, 可執行四次該滾動運轉,而這樣組成一單次循環。該循環 可重複進行。 【醜】該滾動運Μ停地在滾筒的τ部翻動待洗衣物以 增加洗衣水與去污劑之間的接觸時間。過瀘、運轉將待洗衣 物寬廣地展開並允許洗衣水與去污劑均句地供應至待洗衣 物,使能達到有效的洗滌潤濕一般耗費約13分鐘以完成 滾翻運轉中的洗㈣濕,而依據此具體實施例洗蘇潤濕會 耗費大約1 0分鐘。 【00287】㈣—絲賴步驟的滾筒驅㈣轉會依據待洗 衣物的量而作區分。該第—洗滌潤濕步驟的滾筒驅動運轉 會依據在洗衣量決定步驟中決定的洗衣量而作區分。例 如右該決定的洗衣量為一預定的等級或以上,滾筒係如 上述地驅動進行該滾動運轉》若該決定的洗衣量係少於該 預足的等級,滾筒可驅動進行一步進與滾動運轉的組合。 95 201124587 [00288]步進運轉在舉起待洗衣物後突然拋落。若是大的洗 衣S ’待洗衣物落下的距離可能會減少。因此,步進運轉 係適於—小的待洗衣物的量。此-步進運轉會損傷待洗衣 物。因此’在棉織品模式中,當洗衣量少於該預定的等級, 可在該第-洗_濕㈣巾執行步進運轉與滾動運轉的組 α «洗衣量為該預定的等級或以上,可在該第一洗滌潤 濕步锁中執行該滾動運轉。在該人造纖維模式及呈有一待 洗衣物損壞疑慮的該混合模式中,不管洗衣量多少而可在 該第一洗滌潤濕步驟執行該滾動運轉。 [00289】在替代的具體實施例中, J在供水步驟中執行與滾 筒驅動有關的一循環步驟。亦 、 力即循環步驟可與用來驅動 滾筒的馬達驅動同步。_>jU Λ- ... 田待冼衣物因滾筒的驅動而移動 時’循環的洗衣水可供應至往、、土 待洗衣物,而供水步驟的目標 可更有效地達成。 Μ [0〇290】依據此具體實施例,該 这去5劑加強溶解步驟及該 滌潤濕步驟係包含於供水步驟申。 ^ 然而’該去污劑加強溶 解步驟與該洗滌潤濕步驟可從供 從供水步驟中獨立地提供。 此例中’在水供應之後,可執 ^ 執仃該去3劑加強溶解步驟與 該洗滌潤濕步驟。 % 1.1.3.加熱(S1741): 96 201124587 [00291] 在此模式中’一加熱步驟可依據該選擇的運作模式 而作區分。例如,加熱步驟中使用的洗衣水的溫度可依照 待洗衣物的織物類型而設定成不同的。 [00292] 棉織品能相當地受熱。當洗衣水的溫度上升,更多 的去污劑會溶解在洗衣水且進一步加強去污劑的活化。因 此’當選擇棉織品模式’洗衣水的溫度在加熱步驟中可能 會被設定為大約60°C。可透過選項選擇區118選擇從冷水 _ 延伸到大約95 C的一範圍内的此一洗衣水的溫度。當洗衣 水的溫度升高時,適當地可進一步加強去污劑活化且可進 一步提升清洗能力,進一步提高消毒/漂白的效果。 [00293] 人造纖維織品可能會受到/承受更少的熱,因此人 造纖維模式或混合模式主要是避免熱量損壞待洗衣物。當 選擇人造纖維模式或混合模式時,洗衣水的溫度於加熱步 驟中可被設定為大約40。。。在人造纖維模式或混合模式 •巾,使用者可避免選擇洗衣水的溫度要高於,以避免 待洗衣物損壞。例如,當選擇人造纖維模式或混合模式時, 洗衣水的溫度在加熱步驟中可能有最高限制為6(TC。 [00294] 不’該選擇的模式,加熱步驟的—滾筒驅動運轉< 為滾翻運轉^疋因為滾翻運轉可以對待洗衣物解開糾 結,同時減低待洗衣物損壞。因此’該滾翻運轉會允許蒸 汽或加熱的洗衣水充分地傳遞至待洗衣物。 97 201124587 在初始的滾筒 【瞧]在替代的具體實施例中’可在加熱步驟中執行一循 .環步驟。該循環步驟可與滾筒的驅動同步。由於在初始加 熱執行—預定的程度後才進行循環步驟,循環步驟,可與 驅動開始之後驅動-預定時間的滾筒同步。 L1·4 清洗(S1742): [00296】-清洗步驟的一滾筒 ^ ^ n ; 為一連續的該滾 >動運轉及/或滾翻運轉及/或 am J、、且合。該清洗步驟的 滾请驅動運轉可依據該選擇的 所Q別,因為織物 的保遵的作用和提高清洗能力的效果均能實現。 [_】亦即,在清洗棉織品待洗衣物的案例中,可執行用 強勁機械外力清洗待洗衣物的_滾筒驅動運轉。 ntr維織品待洗衣物的案例中’可執行用來採用 機械外力清洗待洗衣物的-滚筒驅動運轉。清洗 步驟可包料洗㈣的步驟之―,轉清洗 ^ % 其係需要時間最長。因 此,可控制清洗步釋來最有效地執行 所需時間的是漫長的,在 7 於清洗步驟 損壞。 ^洗步驟中最可能產生待洗衣物 f0觀J考量的是,當 杳味牛織口口模式時,滚筒可驅動進行 清洗步驟中的滾動運轉和滚翻仃 ^ ΛΑ έ0 ^ m 得的組口。在兩個不同動 作的組合適用於對待洗衣物的 動 並可提高清洗效率。亦即,依據:機械外力的模式, 據棉織品的特性,較無織物 98 201124587 損傷的疑慮。因為如此,強勁機械外力係應用於清洗待洗 衣物,並可更改善清洗效果。當選擇棉織品模式,可在一 凊洗步驟中執行一過慮運轉和滚翻運轉的組合,隨著循環 步驟同步於滾筒的驅動。由於棉織品較無待洗衣物損壞的 疑慮,過濾運轉可不斷地且有效地供應洗衣水與去污劑至 待洗衣物。 _99]反之’當選擇人造纖維模式時,滾筒可能會在清洗 步驟中旋轉進行-旋擺運轉和滾翻運轉的組合。該兩個不 同運動的組合可提高清洗效果。該旋擺運轉輕輕地旋擺待 洗衣物於洗衣水中因此摩擦產生的待洗衣會減少。此外, 在其中待洗衣物與洗衣水接觸的時間可以充分地增加足以 改善清洗效果。 [〇刪】#提供混合模式以有效地―料洗棉的待洗衣物 與人造的待洗衣物時,無論待洗衣物的織物類型,需改善 清洗效果且需要盡量減少待洗衣物損壞。為了滿足此目 的,當選擇混合模式時,清洗步驟的滾筒驅動運轉可能是 一滚翻運轉及/或旋《轉及/或滾動運轉的組合。亦即,可 提供旋擺運轉用來避免對織物損傷,並可提供滾動運轉用 來提高清洗能力。 [麵】在人造纖維模式與混合模式中’_循環步料與滚 筒驅動同步,以使洗衣水料污劑不斷地供應至待洗衣物。 99 201124587 [00302】如上所述’雖然已選擇棉織品模式、人造纖維模式 或混合模式的其中一者,清洗步驟的滾筒驅動運轉可被控 制以作一組合的兩個不同的運轉。這樣可產生機械外力的 不同模式及待洗衣物的移動,而可在視覺上改進使用者的 滿意度。 [麵]t從選項選擇區118選擇待洗衣物的—髒污物等 級,馬達的淨作用比可依據該選擇的髒污物等級而調整。 然而,增加淨作用比同時會增加機械外力施加至待洗衣物 的時間考量此因素,清洗循環的淨作用比可依據使用者 所選擇的模式而不同。亦即,棉織品模式的淨作用比會大 於人造纖维模式與混合模式的淨作用比。 L1.2沖洗循環(S1750): [00304】當該清洗循環已完成,可啟動—沖洗循環。在沖洗 循環中,可重複沖诜步驟,用來在利用供應的洗衣水沖洗 待洗衣物之後排出洗衣水。在此模式中的沖洗循環的沖洗 步驟可重複三次或以上。 [00305】’先衣水提供至沖洗循環的一水位會高於清洗循環 的一水位。亦即,該洗衣水可供應至從外部是可見的一預 定水位,以利用足夠的洗衣水改善沖洗效果。 [00306】沖洗循環的一滾筒驅動運轉可為滾翻運轉。滾翻運 轉淹沒待洗衣物於洗衣水,並從洗衣水中移出待洗衣物, 100 201124587 且其可為重複的。以高水位的滾翻運轉視覺上告知使用者 具有充刀的冲洗。冲洗循環的滾翻運轉可避免馬達的過 熱,並提高沖洗效率。亦即,沖洗循環的水位會高於清洗 猶環的水位’且施加至滾筒的負載會因洗衣水而相應地增 加。步進運轉、摩擦運轉及旋擺運轉反覆進行馬達的旋轉 和煞車。因此,這樣一 而 刹車會對馬達產生過大的負載In the second_wetting step, after the (four) operation has been performed _ times, the rolling operation can be performed four times, and thus constitutes a single cycle. This cycle can be repeated. [Ugly] The rolling machine stops the laundry in the τ portion of the drum to increase the contact time between the washing water and the detergent. After the smashing and running, the laundry is broadly unfolded and the washing water and the detergent are allowed to be uniformly supplied to the laundry, so that effective washing and wetting generally takes about 13 minutes to complete the washing during the rolling operation. According to this embodiment, it takes about 10 minutes to wet the wash. [00287] (d) - The drum drive (four) transfer of the silk-laid step is differentiated according to the amount of laundry to be washed. The drum driving operation of the first-washing wetting step is distinguished based on the amount of laundry determined in the laundry amount determining step. For example, if the laundry amount determined by the right is a predetermined level or more, the drum is driven to perform the rolling operation as described above. If the determined laundry amount is less than the predetermined level, the drum can be driven to perform a stepping and rolling operation. The combination. 95 201124587 [00288] The stepping operation suddenly drops after lifting the laundry. If it is a large laundry S ’ the distance the laundry is dropped may be reduced. Therefore, the stepping operation is suitable for the amount of small laundry to be washed. This - stepping operation will damage the laundry. Therefore, in the cotton fabric mode, when the laundry amount is less than the predetermined level, the group α «the amount of laundry of the stepping operation and the rolling operation can be performed on the first wash-wet (four) towel, and the laundry amount is the predetermined level or more. The rolling operation is performed in the first wash wetness step lock. In the rayon mode and in the mixing mode in which there is a concern that the laundry is damaged, the rolling operation can be performed in the first washing and wetting step regardless of the amount of laundry. [00289] In an alternate embodiment, J performs a cycle of steps associated with drum drive in the water supply step. Also, the force, cycle step can be synchronized with the motor drive used to drive the drum. _>jU Λ- ... When the clothes are moved by the driving of the drum, the circulating laundry water can be supplied to the laundry, and the purpose of the water supply step can be more effectively achieved. Μ [0〇290] According to this embodiment, the 5 dose-enhancing dissolution step and the polyester wetting step are included in the water supply step. ^ However, the detergent enhancing dissolution step and the washing wetting step can be independently provided from the supply water supply step. In this example, after the water supply, the three-solution strengthening step and the washing and wetting step can be performed. % 1.1.3. Heating (S1741): 96 201124587 [00291] In this mode, a heating step can be distinguished according to the selected mode of operation. For example, the temperature of the washing water used in the heating step can be set to be different depending on the type of the fabric to be washed. [00292] Cotton fabric can be quite heated. As the temperature of the wash water rises, more detergent will dissolve in the wash water and further enhance the activation of the detergent. Therefore, when the cotton fabric mode is selected, the temperature of the washing water may be set to about 60 ° C in the heating step. The temperature of the wash water extending from the cold water _ to a range of about 95 C can be selected through the option selection area 118. When the temperature of the washing water is raised, the detergent activation can be further enhanced as appropriate and the cleaning ability can be further improved to further enhance the disinfecting/bleaching effect. [00293] Rayon fabrics may be subject to/understand less heat, so the artificial fiber mode or blend mode is primarily to avoid heat damage to the laundry. When the rayon mode or the blend mode is selected, the temperature of the washing water can be set to about 40 in the heating step. . . In man-made fiber mode or mixed mode • towel, the user can avoid the temperature of the washing water to be higher than to avoid damage to the laundry. For example, when the rayon mode or the hybrid mode is selected, the temperature of the washing water may have a maximum limit of 6 (TC) in the heating step. [00294] No. The mode of the selection, the heating operation of the drum drive operation < Operation ^疋 Because the rollover operation can untie the laundry and reduce the damage to the laundry. Therefore, the rollover operation will allow steam or heated wash water to be fully delivered to the laundry. 97 201124587 In the initial drum [瞧In an alternative embodiment, a loop step can be performed in the heating step. The loop step can be synchronized with the drive of the drum. The loop step can be performed after the initial heating is performed - a predetermined degree. Synchronized with the drive after the start of the drive - the predetermined time. L1·4 Cleaning (S1742): [00296] - A roller of the cleaning step ^ ^ n; for a continuous roll > dynamic operation and / or rollover operation and / Or am J, and the combination. The driving operation of the cleaning step can be based on the selected one, because the effect of the fabric and the effect of improving the cleaning ability are both [_] That is, in the case of cleaning the cotton fabric to be washed, the drum driving operation of washing the laundry with a strong mechanical external force can be performed. In the case of ntr-dimensional fabric laundry, it can be used to adopt the machine. The external force cleans the washing-drum-driven operation of the laundry. The cleaning step can be carried out in the step of washing (4), and the cleaning process requires the longest time. Therefore, it is possible to control the cleaning step to most efficiently perform the required time. The long one is damaged in the cleaning step. The most likely result of the washing step is that when the scented beef shovel mode is used, the drum can drive the rolling operation and rollover during the washing step. ^ ΛΑ έ 0 ^ m The group mouth. The combination of two different actions is suitable for the movement of laundry and can improve the cleaning efficiency. That is, according to the mode of mechanical external force, according to the characteristics of cotton fabric, less fabric 98 201124587 The doubt of the damage. Because of this, the strong mechanical external force is used to clean the laundry and can improve the cleaning effect. When the cotton mode is selected, it can be washed in one step. The combination of a running operation and a rolling operation is performed, and the cycle step is synchronized with the driving of the drum. Since the cotton fabric has no doubt that the laundry is damaged, the filtering operation can continuously and efficiently supply the washing water and the detergent to the laundry. _99] Conversely, when the rayon mode is selected, the drum may be rotated during the washing step - a combination of the swaying operation and the tumbling operation. The combination of the two different movements can improve the cleaning effect. The laundry is suspended in the washing water so that the laundry to be produced by the friction is reduced. Further, the time during which the laundry is in contact with the washing water can be sufficiently increased to improve the cleaning effect. [〇除]# Provide a mixed mode to be effective When washing clothes and artificial laundry to be washed, regardless of the type of fabric to be washed, it is necessary to improve the cleaning effect and to minimize damage to the laundry. In order to meet this purpose, when the mixing mode is selected, the drum driving operation of the washing step may be a combination of a rollover operation and/or a rotary "and/or a rolling operation." That is, a swing operation can be provided to avoid damage to the fabric, and a rolling operation can be provided to improve the cleaning ability. [Face] In the rayon mode and the hybrid mode, the '_cycle step material is synchronized with the drum drive so that the laundry water stain is continuously supplied to the laundry. 99 201124587 [00302] As described above, although one of the cotton mode, the rayon mode, or the blending mode has been selected, the drum driving operation of the washing step can be controlled to perform two different operations in a combination. This produces different modes of mechanical external force and movement of the laundry, which can visually improve user satisfaction. [Face] t selects the dirty level of the laundry from the option selection area 118, and the net effect ratio of the motor can be adjusted according to the selected dirt level. However, increasing the net effect ratio also increases the time required for the mechanical external force to be applied to the laundry, and the net effect ratio of the cleaning cycle may differ depending on the mode selected by the user. That is, the net effect ratio of the cotton pattern is greater than the net effect ratio of the rayon mode to the blend mode. L1.2 Flush Cycle (S1750): [00304] When the purge cycle has been completed, a flush-flush cycle can be initiated. In the flushing cycle, the flushing step can be repeated to drain the washing water after flushing the laundry with the supplied washing water. The rinsing step of the rinsing cycle in this mode can be repeated three times or more. [00305] The water level supplied by the first garment water to the flushing cycle will be higher than the water level of the cleaning cycle. That is, the washing water can be supplied to a predetermined water level which is visible from the outside to use the sufficient washing water to improve the flushing effect. [00306] A drum drive operation of the flush cycle may be a rollover operation. Rolling over the laundry, drowning the laundry, and removing the laundry from the laundry water, 100 201124587 and it can be repeated. The user is visually informed of the flushing operation with a high water level. The roll-over operation of the flush cycle avoids overheating of the motor and increases flushing efficiency. That is, the water level of the flushing cycle will be higher than the water level of the cleaning loop and the load applied to the drum will increase accordingly due to the washing water. The stepping operation, the friction operation, and the swing operation repeatedly rotate and brake the motor. Therefore, the brakes will generate excessive load on the motor.

且’如果水位高’洗衣水所產生的負載可能會增加。在具 有-高水位的沖洗循環中,;袞筒驅動運轉不會有什麼突然 的刹車,而避免馬達的過熱。因&,用來沿著預定的方向 旋轉滚筒的滾翻運轉在沖洗循環中是更佳的。 [00307] _循環步驟可執行於沖洗循環中以循環盛裝於桶 内的洗衣水至滾筒。這會對使用者產生視覺的效果以告知 其為充分的沖洗。 工·3·自旋循環(S1770): [麵】當該清洗循環與沖洗循環完成後,可執行—自旋猶 環’用來盡量從待洗衣物排出洗衣水。在自旋循環的—普 通自旋步驟中’滾筒轉速可依據使用者選定的模式而加以 區分,依據織物類型來考量水含量的百分比及殘餘的敵摺。 [嶋】棉織品具有一高百分比的含水量或吸水量,較無敵 褶的疑慮。即使棉織品有敏稽生成’很容易移除毅糟。反 之’人造纖維織品具有一低百分比的含水量或吸水量,較 101 201124587 有皺褶的疑慮。因此’在棉織品模式中,一預定轉速可能 會高於人造纖維模式與混合模式,且該預定轉速可為,例 如’每分鐘1000轉或以上。在此,該自旋轉速可由使用者 透過選項選擇區來改變。 [00310]人造纖維模式及混合模式的預定轉速可設定為每 分鐘400至600轉。即使以一低轉速旋轉人造的待洗衣物 時,洗衣水可充分地從人造的待洗衣物排出,而可避免皺 褶。在此例中,該自旋轉速可由使用者透過選項選擇區來 改變。在一些具體實施例中,該自旋轉速設定為每分鐘8⑽ 轉之一最大值。 J.棋式J (半毛模式): [00311】㈣-待洗衣物的織物類型而提供的—清洗模式 也可包括-羊毛模式,而不是棉織品模式、人造纖維模式 及混合模式。該羊毛模式可應用於具有較少辩污物及一較 大織物損傷疑慮的待洗衣物。亦即,該羊毛模式可提供以 清洗須用手洗的羊毛鐵品&、、土 、 洗衣物。如果用強勁機械外力 清洗’羊毛織品待洗衣物有可能被損壞。因此,在羊毛模 式中’該滾筒係驅動進行具有-微弱機械外力的1定的 運轉,例如旋擺運轉。考量羊毛織品的特性,該羊毛模式 的;"清洗循環…沖洗循環及自旋循環的滾筒㈣會 不同於該標準模式的滾筒運轉。 102 201124587 J· 1 ·清洗循環:And if the water level is high, the load generated by the washing water may increase. In a flush cycle with a high water level, the drum drive does not have any sudden braking and avoids overheating of the motor. Because of &, the roll-over operation for rotating the drum in a predetermined direction is preferable in the flushing cycle. [00307] The cycle step can be performed in the flush cycle to cycle the wash water contained in the tub to the drum. This produces a visual effect on the user to inform him that it is a sufficient flush. Work·3·Spin Cycle (S1770): [Face] When the cleaning cycle and the flush cycle are completed, the spin-supplement can be executed to drain the washing water from the laundry as much as possible. In the spin-spinning step of the spin cycle, the drum speed can be differentiated according to the mode selected by the user, and the percentage of water content and residual enemy folds are considered depending on the type of fabric. [嶋] Cotton fabric has a high percentage of water content or water absorption, which is less doubtful than the lack of pleats. Even if the cotton fabric is sensitive, it is easy to remove the bad. In contrast, man-made fabrics have a low percentage of water content or water absorption, which is more wrinkled than 101 201124587. Thus, in the cotton mode, a predetermined rotational speed may be higher than the rayon mode and the hybrid mode, and the predetermined rotational speed may be, for example, '1000 revolutions per minute or more. Here, the spin speed can be changed by the user through the option selection area. [00310] The predetermined rotational speed of the rayon mode and the hybrid mode can be set to 400 to 600 revolutions per minute. Even when the artificial laundry is rotated at a low rotational speed, the washing water can be sufficiently discharged from the artificial laundry to avoid wrinkles. In this case, the spin speed can be changed by the user through the option selection area. In some embodiments, the spin rate is set to a maximum of 8 (10) revolutions per minute. J. Chess J (half-hair mode): [00311] (4) - Provided by the type of fabric to be washed - the cleaning mode may also include - wool mode instead of cotton mode, rayon mode and mixed mode. The wool mode can be applied to laundry items having less soiling and a greater fabric damage. That is, the wool mode can provide wool iron &, soil, laundry which is washed by hand. If you use a strong mechanical external force to clean the wool fabric, the laundry may be damaged. Therefore, in the wool mode, the drum system is driven to perform a predetermined operation having a weak mechanical external force, such as a swing operation. Considering the characteristics of the wool fabric, the wool mode; "washing cycle...the flushing cycle and the spin cycle of the drum (4) will be different from the standard mode of roller running. 102 201124587 J· 1 · Cleaning cycle:

[00312J在羊毛模式中 可驅動進行旋擺運轉, ’避免織物損傷是重要 用來在羊毛模式的— 的,且該滚筒 清洗循環中輕 輕地在該滾筒的一 下部向左與向右移動待洗衣物 中,一水位可能會高到足 。在此例 以讓滾筒内的一水位為從外面係 可見的。因為如此,滾筒的内圓周的表面與待洗衣物之間 的摩擦可減到最小’且升降桿會重複接觸待洗衣物,旋轉 待洗衣物淹沒至洗衣水中,而這樣避免損傷待洗衣物,且 其:輕輕地執行清洗或沖洗。此旋擺運轉可減少待洗衣物 的損傷並增加待洗衣物和洗衣水與去污劑接觸的時間,以 提高清洗效果。 擇羊毛模式的一清洗 的一初始階段,洗衣 [00313】圖18係繪示該羊毛模式。選 循環(S1810)。在清洗循環(sl83〇)[00312J In the wool mode, it is possible to drive the swaying operation, 'avoiding fabric damage is important for use in the wool mode', and gently moving the left and right of the drum in the drum cleaning cycle. In the laundry, a water level may be high enough. In this case, a water level in the drum is visible from the outside. Because of this, the friction between the surface of the inner circumference of the drum and the laundry can be minimized and the lifting rod repeatedly contacts the laundry, and the rotating laundry is submerged into the washing water, thereby avoiding damage to the laundry, and It: Gently perform cleaning or rinsing. This swinging operation can reduce the damage of the laundry and increase the time for the laundry and the washing water to contact the detergent to improve the cleaning effect. An initial stage of cleaning of the wool mode, laundry [00313] Figure 18 illustrates the wool pattern. Select the loop (S1810). In the cleaning cycle (sl83〇)

水和去污劑可供應至桶或滾筒,料,可執行—供水步驟 (S1833 )供水步驟可包括—去污劑加強溶解步驟⑶835) 和一絲_步驟(S1836 )。該去污劑加強溶解步驟係用 來促進在供水步驟的初始階段進行的去污劑溶解,而洗務 潤濕步驟係用來充分潤濕待洗衣物以在供水完成後準備一 清洗步驟H潤濕步驟可執行於供水完成之前或之後。 陶U】於羊毛模式中使用的去污劑可為中性去污劑,且通 常為-液體型式,其不會像—粉末型式需要太多的時間來 溶解於洗衣水中。考量如此,在供水的初始階段,與洗衣 103 201124587 水一起,供應去污劑至待洗衣物。當該水供應開始時,洗 衣水提供至裝於—去污劑盒中的液體去污劑。洗衣水和液 體去污劑|《供應至桶或滾筒。為了更迅速供應洗衣水 和液體去π劑至待洗衣物,可將洗衣水和液體去污劑的混 合喷向位於滾筒内的待洗衣物。為了更有效的去污劑溶解 的目的,可執行一循環步驟,用來供應裝於桶内的洗衣水 至滾筒的上部。 籲[00315]滾筒可驅動進行旋擺運轉,然後一輕柔旋渦係產生 於洗衣水中,使得可增進該去污劑溶解,同時避免待洗衣 物扣壞。當水供應已完成,旋擺運轉和循環步驟可一起執 行以準備清洗步驟。這可視為洗滌潤濕步驟的一類型。 [00316]當該去污劑加強溶解步驟和洗滌潤濕步驟完成 後,如果必要的話,可執行用來加熱洗衣水的一加熱步驟 (S1841)。然而,在加熱步驟中洗衣水的溫度可控制不超 • 過40°C。如果洗衣水的溫度被升高過多,產生的熱量會使 待洗衣物變形並損傷羊毛織品待洗衣物。4〇<t的溫度不會 產生熱變形,而會促進去污劑的活化及待洗衣物吸收洗衣 水0 [0031η清洗步驟(S1842)的一滾筒驅動運轉可為該旋擺 運轉。清洗步驟在清洗循環的步驟中需要最長的時間,並 為了在清洗步驟中避免待洗衣物損壞,在清洗步驟中使用 旋擺運轉。如果機械外力的施加與停止係反覆地應用到羊 104 201124587 毛織品待洗衣物,可能會產生織物損傷。此機械性的重複 會導致羊毛的收縮。為了避免該收縮,可在清洗步驟中連 續地執行旋擺運轉。 [00318】如上所述,該旋擺運轉藉由電阻制動驅動滾筒,且 其不會對馬達施加太多負載。此外,旋擺運轉可使滚筒驅 動小於90度以在左右之間往返。因此,不需要一大負荷即 可提高待洗衣物。如果滾筒分別是驅動以不停進行摩擦運 鲁轉與步進運轉,可能會對馬達施加過多的負載。在滾翻運 轉中,會比摩擦運轉和步進運轉對馬達施加一較小負荷, 但待洗衣物會被提高並拋落而產生織物損傷。考量此點, 在清洗步驟中執行旋擺運轉。 J·2沖洗循環(S 185 0): 陶9]當該清洗猶環已完成,可執行—沖洗循環。首先, 〇 >中自旋。在中自旋後’供應洗衣水以開始沖洗, 且右需要的話執行多次沖洗循環。亦即,在供水和沖洗之 後’排水可能會重複。一般而言’中自旋係在排水後的供 水中間執行。 [:3。2〇]胃中自旋以一相對低旋轉速度對待洗衣物解開糾 結。中自旋包括-中級自旋用來以一相對低旋轉速度對待 :衣物解開糾肖,同時感測振動,以及一主要自旋用來以 一相對高旋轉逮度旋轉待洗衣物-預定的時間。中級自旋 105 201124587 可以大約每分鐘100轉作旋轉而主要自旋可以大約每分鐘 2〇〇轉(低共振頻率)或以上作旋轉。 [003211然而’當選擇羊毛模式’可省略中自旋。該中自旋 是藉由離心力從待洗衣物排出洗衣水的一程序, 卜°」避 免地可能會於待洗衣物產生一拉力。因為如此受到外邹 力量的羊毛織品待洗衣物可能會在自旋循環中受到損傷。 為了緩解這一疑慮,中自旋可省略。例如,省略中自旋的 •主要自旋,而只執行中級自旋。如果省略所有藉由離心力 排出洗衣水的程序,沖洗能力會顯著降低。考量沖洗能力 與待洗衣物損壞,可執行僅中級自旋而省略主要自旋。 [00322】彳洗步驟的係列包括可執行三次或更多次的供水 和排水,因為去污劑殘留需充分地從待洗衣物排出。沖洗 的水位可能高於清洗步驟的水位,且在沖洗中可執行一循 環步驟。當使用液體去污劑時,其一般可充分地排出去污 鲁劑殘留,因為執行了兩次沖洗步驟及該中自旋。然而,在 此模式的例子中,中自旋的主要自旋係省略以避免待洗衣 物損壞,並可執行三次沖洗步驟以達到預期的沖洗效果。 [00323】沖洗步驟的一滾筒驅動可為旋擺運轉以避免待洗 衣物損壞。旋擺運轉輕輕地擺動待洗衣物於洗衣水中,並 讓吸附於待洗衣物内的去污劑殘留被排入洗衣水中,使得 沖洗效率能提高。 106 201124587 J-3自旋循環(S1870): [00324]當該沖洗循環已完成,可啟動一自旋循環^自旋循 環係近似於上述的標準模式的自旋循環。普通自旋步驟的 滾筒轉速可設定為每分鐘8〇〇轉或以下以保護羊毛織品待 洗衣物。 K.模式K (輕柔模式): • [00325]依據待洗衣物的織物類型所提供的一清洗模式可 包括如圖19所示的一輕柔模式,以清洗纖細的織品,如絲 綢、塑膠織物製成的待洗衣物、有五金配件附加於其上的 待洗衣物、及其它此種纖細的物件。可執行具有一相對微 弱機械外力的一滾筒運轉,例如旋擺運轉,以輕輕地清洗 纖細的待洗衣於輕柔模式中,近似於在羊毛模式中。因此, 若考慮纖細織品的特性,一清洗循環、一沖洗循環、及輕 鲁$模式的-自旋循環的滾筒驅動運轉,會與標準模式的滾 筒驅動運轉有所不同。 K.1清洗循環(S1930): [00326】近似於羊毛模式,選擇輕柔模式(si9i〇)且滾筒 係於輕柔模式的一清洗循環(sl93〇) +驅動進行旋擺運 轉,而洗衣水係供應(S1933 )至一相對高水位。而且,一 去污劑加強溶解步驟(S1935 )會近似於羊毛模式中的去污 107 201124587 劑加強溶解步驟,因Α汸栌荆—上 口為液體型式去污劑一般係用於輕柔模 式中即如羊毛模式中,清洗纖細織品待洗衣物。然而, 在去污劑加強溶解步驟之後,-洗滌潤濕步驟(S1936)會 不同於羊毛模式的洗務潤濕步冑。相較於纖細的織品,羊 毛織品具有相對良好的吸水力,而相較於羊毛織品,纖細 的織品更易受到熱損傷。因為如此,用來清洗纖細的織品 的洗衣水的溫度可設定為大約3〇t。雖然也可選擇冷水, # 一般是不會選擇溫度高於40°C的水。 [00327】利用在洗滌潤濕步驟中的過濾運轉可有效地執行 洗滌潤濕。也可執行一循環步驟。在自旋驅動滾筒和均勺 地分配待洗衣物於滾筒内以伸展待洗衣物的表面面積之 後,循環步驟將裝於桶中的洗衣水循環流向待洗衣物。此 外,旋擺運轉係執行以淹沒待洗衣物於洗衣水中,並產生 輕柔的待洗衣物的移動以促進洗滌潤濕。過遽運轉與旋擺 • 運轉係以不同模式重複以促進洗滌潤濕。然而,洗務潤濕 步驟的滾筒驅動運轉可為僅有旋擺運轉。 [00328]當該洗滌潤濕已完成,可啟動—清洗步驟 (S1942)。清洗步驟的一滾筒運轉可為旋擺運轉。相較於 羊毛織品’纖細的織品可更能抵抗外部衝擊。為達到更有 效的清洗效率,清洗步驟的滾筒運轉可為一相對g、先衣水 水位的一旋擺運轉與滚翻運轉的組合。 108 201124587 [00329】可替代地,可在清洗步驟中只執行滾翻運轉。在此 例中,由於是高水位,拋落的待洗衣物是與洗衣水的水面 相撞,而不是滾筒的内底表面。這意味著落下的距離係縮 短。當施加於待洗衣物衝擊是因高水位而降低,一旋渦係 產生於洗衣水中以提高清洗效果。由於這類的待洗衣物具 有相對低的污染,清洗步驟的時間可設定為相對短,且淨 作用比可没定為相對低。雖然只有執行滾翻運轉,而可能 避免待洗衣物損壞。在清洗步驟中也可以執行一循環步驟。 Κ·2沖洗循環(S1950): [00330] §該清洗循環已完成,可啟動—沖洗循環。如上所 述,液體型式去污劑可用於輕柔模式,且去污劑殘留可藉 由執行兩次沖洗步驟充分地排出。如同羊毛模式,在輕柔 模式中可以省略一中自旋。例如,不省略一中級自旋,而 只省略一主要自旋。沖洗循環的一滾筒運轉可只是滾翻運 轉。追種滾翻運轉具有分散待洗衣物的效果。亦即,滾翻 運轉允許待洗衣物的表面面積均勻地接觸洗衣水並將去污 劑殘留排出。在此例中’—洗衣水水位會相對較高。在沖 洗循環中,可對滾翻運轉增加旋擺運轉。 Κ·3自旋循環(S1970): 109 201124587 [酿1]當該沖洗循環已完成,可啟動—自旋循環4模式 的自旋循壤可近似於羊毛模式的自旋循環…普通自旋步 驟的滾筒轉速可設定不超過每分鐘_轉。纖細的織q 有-低百分比的含水/吸水量,且洗衣水可充分地排出,即 使滚筒在普通自旋步驟中以一相對低轉速旋轉。而且,普 通自旋可以-相對低轉速進行以避免因自旋產生的織物: 傷。The water and detergent may be supplied to the tub or drum, and the water-supply step (S1833) may include a detergent-strengthening dissolution step (3) 835) and a silk-step (S1836). The detergent reinforced dissolution step is used to promote detergent dissolution during the initial stage of the water supply step, and the laundry wetting step is used to sufficiently wet the laundry to prepare a cleaning step after the water supply is completed. The wet step can be performed before or after the water supply is completed. Tao U] The detergent used in the wool mode can be a neutral detergent, and is usually in a liquid type, which does not require too much time to dissolve in the wash water like the powder type. Considering this, in the initial stage of the water supply, together with the laundry 103 201124587 water, the detergent is supplied to the laundry. When the water supply begins, the wash water is supplied to the liquid detergent contained in the detergent cartridge. Laundry water and liquid detergents | "Supply to the barrel or drum. In order to supply the washing water and liquid more quickly to the laundry, the mixing of the washing water and the liquid detergent can be sprayed toward the laundry to be placed in the drum. For the purpose of more effective detergent dissolution, a cycle step can be performed for supplying the laundry water contained in the tub to the upper portion of the drum. [00315] The drum can be driven to perform a swirling operation, and then a gentle vortex is generated in the washing water so that the detergent can be dissolved while avoiding the laundry being buckled. When the water supply has been completed, the swing run and cycle steps can be performed together to prepare the wash step. This can be considered as a type of washing and wetting step. [00316] After the detergent-enhancing dissolution step and the washing and wetting step are completed, a heating step for heating the washing water may be performed (S1841) if necessary. However, the temperature of the wash water during the heating step can be controlled to not exceed 40 °C. If the temperature of the washing water is raised too much, the heat generated will deform the laundry and damage the wool fabric to be washed. 4 〇 < t temperature does not cause thermal deformation, but promotes the activation of the detergent and the laundry absorbs the washing water 0 [0031 η washing step (S1842) a drum driving operation can be the swaying operation. The washing step takes the longest time in the step of the washing cycle, and in order to avoid damage to the laundry during the washing step, the swirling operation is used in the washing step. If the application and stop of the mechanical external force is applied repeatedly to the sheep 104 201124587 wool fabric to be washed, fabric damage may occur. This mechanical repetition can cause the wool to shrink. In order to avoid this shrinkage, the swirling operation can be continuously performed in the washing step. [00318] As described above, the swivel operation drives the drum by resistive braking and it does not apply too much load to the motor. In addition, the swivel operation allows the drum to be driven less than 90 degrees to reciprocate between the left and right. Therefore, the laundry can be improved without requiring a large load. If the rollers are driven separately to perform frictional and stepping operations, excessive load may be applied to the motor. In the rollover operation, a smaller load is applied to the motor than the frictional operation and the stepping operation, but the laundry is lifted and thrown to cause fabric damage. With this in mind, the swing operation is performed during the cleaning step. J·2 Flush Cycle (S 185 0): Pottery 9] When the cleaning loop has been completed, the flush-run cycle can be performed. First, 自 > spins. The washing water is supplied after the middle spin to start the flushing, and the flushing cycle is performed as many times as needed. That is, the drainage may be repeated after the water supply and rinsing. In general, the middle spin system is carried out in the middle of the water supply after drainage. [:3. 2〇] Spin in the stomach untiees the laundry at a relatively low rotational speed. The medium spin includes - the intermediate spin is used to treat at a relatively low rotational speed: the laundry unwinds while sensing the vibration, and a primary spin is used to rotate the laundry with a relatively high rotational catch - predetermined time. Intermediate spin 105 201124587 can rotate about 100 revolutions per minute while the main spin can rotate about 2 turns per minute (low resonance frequency) or more. [003211] However, when the wool mode is selected, the middle spin can be omitted. The medium spin is a procedure for discharging the washing water from the laundry by centrifugal force, which may avoid a pulling force on the laundry. Because of this, the wool fabric to be washed by the external force may be damaged in the spin cycle. In order to alleviate this doubt, the medium spin can be omitted. For example, the main spin of the middle spin is omitted, and only the intermediate spin is performed. If all the procedures for discharging the washing water by centrifugal force are omitted, the flushing ability is remarkably lowered. Considering the flushing ability and the damage to the laundry, only the intermediate spin can be performed and the main spin is omitted. [00322] The series of rinsing steps includes water and drainage that can be performed three or more times because the detergent residue needs to be sufficiently discharged from the laundry. The flushing water level may be higher than the water level in the washing step and a cycling step may be performed during the flushing. When a liquid detergent is used, it generally discharges the decontaminant residue sufficiently because the two rinse steps and the medium spin are performed. However, in the example of this mode, the main spin of the medium spin is omitted to avoid damage to the laundry, and three flushing steps can be performed to achieve the desired flushing effect. [00323] A drum drive of the rinsing step can be a slewing operation to avoid damage to the laundry to be washed. The swirling operation gently swings the laundry to the washing water, and allows the detergent residue adsorbed in the laundry to be discharged into the washing water, so that the washing efficiency can be improved. 106 201124587 J-3 Spin Cycle (S1870): [00324] When the flush cycle is completed, a spin cycle can be initiated. The spin cycle is similar to the standard mode spin cycle described above. The drum speed of the normal spin step can be set to 8 turns per minute or less to protect the wool fabric from washing. K. Mode K (soft mode): • [00325] A cleaning mode provided depending on the type of fabric to be washed may include a gentle pattern as shown in Figure 19 to clean fine fabrics such as silk and plastic fabrics. The laundry to be washed, the laundry to which the hardware is attached, and other such delicate items. A drum operation having a relatively weak mechanical external force, such as a swing operation, can be performed to gently clean the slender laundry in a gentle mode, similar to the wool mode. Therefore, considering the characteristics of the fine fabric, a cleaning cycle, a flush cycle, and a light-rotation mode-spin cycle of the drum drive operation are different from the standard mode roller drive operation. K.1 cleaning cycle (S1930): [00326] Approximate to the wool mode, select the gentle mode (si9i〇) and the drum is in a gentle mode (sl93〇) + drive for the swing operation, while the laundry water supply (S1933) to a relatively high water level. Moreover, a detergent-strengthening dissolution step (S1935) will approximate the decontamination in the wool mode. The 2011-24587 agent enhances the dissolution step, since the sputum-upper liquid type detergent is generally used in a gentle mode. In the wool mode, clean the delicate fabric to be washed. However, after the detergent intensification dissolution step, the -washing wetting step (S1936) will be different from the wool mode of the wetting and wetting step. Compared to slender fabrics, sheep fabrics have relatively good water absorption, while slender fabrics are more susceptible to thermal damage than wool fabrics. Because of this, the temperature of the washing water used to clean the fine fabric can be set to about 3 Torr. Although cold water is also available, # generally does not select water at temperatures above 40 °C. [00327] Washing wetting can be effectively performed using the filtration operation in the washing and wetting step. A looping step can also be performed. After the spin drive roller and the scooping distribution of the laundry in the drum to stretch the surface area of the laundry, the recycling step circulates the laundry water contained in the tub to the laundry. In addition, the swing operation is performed to drown the laundry in the wash water and produce a gentle movement of the laundry to promote washing and wetting. Over-running and swinging • The operation is repeated in different modes to promote washing and wetting. However, the drum drive operation of the washing and wetting step may be a swing only operation. [00328] When the washing wetting is completed, the washing-washing step (S1942) can be initiated. One drum operation of the washing step can be a swing operation. Compared to wool fabrics, the slender fabric is more resistant to external impact. In order to achieve more efficient cleaning efficiency, the drum operation of the washing step can be a combination of a swinging operation and a rolling operation of a relative g water level. 108 201124587 [00329] Alternatively, only the rollover operation can be performed in the washing step. In this case, because of the high water level, the dropped laundry is collided with the water surface of the washing water, not the inner bottom surface of the drum. This means that the distance dropped is shortened. When the impact applied to the laundry is lowered due to the high water level, a vortex is generated in the washing water to improve the cleaning effect. Since such laundry has a relatively low level of contamination, the time of the washing step can be set to be relatively short and the net effect ratio can be set to be relatively low. Although only the rollover operation is performed, it is possible to avoid damage to the laundry. A cycle step can also be performed during the washing step. Κ·2 Flushing Cycle (S1950): [00330] § The cleaning cycle is complete and the start-wash cycle is enabled. As described above, the liquid type detergent can be used in a gentle mode, and the detergent residue can be sufficiently discharged by performing the two rinsing steps. Like the wool mode, one spin can be omitted in the soft mode. For example, one intermediate spin is not omitted, but only one major spin is omitted. One drum operation of the flush cycle can be just a rollover operation. The seed-rolling operation has the effect of dispersing the laundry. That is, the roll-over operation allows the surface area of the laundry to uniformly contact the washing water and discharge the detergent residue. In this case, the laundry water level will be relatively high. In the flush cycle, the swing operation can be increased for the rollover operation. Κ·3 Spin Cycle (S1970): 109 201124587 [Still 1] When the flush cycle has been completed, it can be started - the spin cycle of the spin cycle 4 mode can be approximated to the spin cycle of the wool mode... Ordinary spin step The drum speed can be set no more than _ turn per minute. The slender weave has a low percentage of water/water absorption and the wash water is fully discharged even if the drum is rotated at a relatively low rotational speed in the normal spin step. Moreover, normal spin can be - relatively low speed to avoid fabrics caused by spin: injury.

勒服模式) 卿2】現在加以說明如圖2D所示之—㈣服模式,係基 於待洗衣物的織物類社】而‘ 頸!而加以分類。運動服模式可提供以 清洗由具有良好的透氣性和良好的排汗吸收功能的功能性 織物製成的待洗衣物,如登山服、慢跑服及運動服。如同 羊毛模式或輕柔模式,可於運動服模式中執行具有一微弱 機械外力的一滾筒運轉,例如旋擺運轉。因為如此,考量 ^動服織品㈣性,於運動服模式巾提供的清洗、沖洗和 自旋循環的滾筒運轉舍斑辦 計與標準模式的滾筒運轉不同。當選 擇該運動服模式(S2〇1〇)時, 了執仃明洗循環(S2030 )、 羊模衣2G5G)及自旋循環(S2Q7G)力羊毛模式及輕 = 由於運動服的特性,運動服模式的清洗循 與,、他上述的模式的清洗循環不同。 110 201124587 L·1清洗循環(S2030): [00333]運動服具有疏水的特性,能避免水分輕易地滲透到 布料°因此’相較於其他種類的織物,運動服織品有一低 百分比的含水/吸水量,因此在清洗循環中水可充分不斷地 供應至運動服織品。為此,清洗循環(S2030 )的一滾筒驅 動運轉,特別是清洗循環中提供的一供水步驟(S2033 ), 會與在其他模式中的清洗循環的滾筒運轉不同。The service mode) Qing 2] will now be explained as shown in Fig. 2D - (4) service mode, based on the fabrics of the laundry] and ‘neck! And classify it. The sportswear mode provides laundry, such as mountaineering, jogging, and sportswear, for cleaning functional fabrics that have good breathability and good perspiration absorption. Like the wool mode or the gentle mode, a drum operation with a weak mechanical external force, such as a swing operation, can be performed in the sportswear mode. Because of this, it is considered that the fabric of the washing, rinsing, and spin cycles provided by the sportswear pattern towel is different from the roller operation of the standard mode. When the sportswear mode (S2〇1〇) is selected, the shoe wash cycle (S2030), the sheep mold 2G5G, and the spin cycle (S2Q7G) force wool mode and light = sportswear characteristics The mode of cleaning is different, and the cleaning cycle of the above mode is different. 110 201124587 L·1 cleaning cycle (S2030): [00333] Sportswear has a hydrophobic character that prevents moisture from penetrating easily into the fabric. Therefore, sportswear fabrics have a low percentage of water/water absorption compared to other types of fabrics. The amount is therefore sufficient for continuous supply of water to the sportswear fabric during the cleaning cycle. To this end, a drum drive operation of the cleaning cycle (S2030), particularly a water supply step (S2033) provided in the cleaning cycle, may be different from the drum operation of the cleaning cycle in other modes.

[00334]首先,在此模式中,一去污劑加強溶解步驟(S2〇35 ) 的一滾筒驅動運轉可為摩擦運轉及/或步進運轉。相較於羊 毛或纖細的織品,運動服織品沒有織物損傷的疑慮,所以 運動服模式可以使用滾筒驅動運轉,相較於旋擺運轉,而 能應用一較強的機械外力。 [〇〇335】運動服模式的一洗滌潤濕步驟(S2036)會與羊毛 模式和輕柔模式不同m可避免待洗衣物損壞,因運 動服織品的疏水的特性,旋擺運轉無法提供㈣的洗衣水 至待洗衣物的—折疊的部分。考量此點,可在運動服模式 的洗蘇獨濕步驟中執行過滤運轉(包括—循環步驟)。過據 運轉均勻地分散待洗衣物於滚筒内部並均勻地供應洗衣水 給待洗衣物。可與㈣輯—起執❹來 衣物的滾動運轉。 轉待洗 沖洗循環(S2050): 111 201124587 [00336] 此模式的一沖洗循環會近似於標準模式、羊毛模式 及輕柔模式的沖洗循環,而因此將省略其進一步的詳細說 明。 [00337] [00338] L.3 自旋循環(S2070): [00339] 此模式的一自旋循環會近似於標準模式、羊毛模式 及輕柔模式的自旋循環,而因此將省略其進一步的詳細說 籲明。 M·模式Μ : [00340】在依據上述的第二具體實施例對應於圖2的洗衣 機中’桶疋直接固定至機植而該滾筒係設於該桶内。依據 該第二具體實施例,該桶是固定的,而只有滾筒可振動。 因此,重要的是當滾筒旋轉時要避免滾筒接觸桶,且滾筒 和桶之間的距離可大於在依據該第一具體實施例的如圖i 所示之洗衣機中的距離。 [00341]當桶與滾筒之間的距離較大時,裝在滾筒中的待洗 衣物可能無法充分地被供應至桶的内部的洗衣潤濕。因為 如此,當水供應給依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機時,將 一循環泵加入運作,以有效地潤濕待洗衣物,且供應至桶 的洗衣水可以循環。例如,循環泵可連續驅動或以一預定 的時間間隔驅動,同時打開供水閥。 112 201124587 [00342] 在依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機中,滾筒係連接 桶背230。然而,桶背230經由承載機殼400被懸吊單元 所支樓’而不是由桶支撐。因為如此’相較於依據該第一 具體實施例的洗衣機,其包括直接連接至桶的桶背,以支 撐滚筒的負載’依據該第一具體實施例的洗衣機所提供的 滾筒的自由度可相對較大,且滾筒的前部可具有—遞增的 自由度。 [00343] 然而,當供應水至桶時,一水供應管線和—循環管 線係是用來從桶的前部供應洗衣水。因此,位於滾筒的前 部的待洗衣物將會先被潤濕,而滾筒的前部的負載會大於 尾部的負載。這會導致滾筒的前部向下移動。如果滾筒的 前部向下移動,在滾筒的旋轉期間噪音及振動會增加,並 可能導致滾筒接觸桶的内表面。因此,在依據該第二具體 實施例的洗衣機中,當水供應至待洗衣物時,位於滾筒的 前部和尾部的待洗衣物應會均句地潤濕。模式Μ被稱為 -清洗模式適用於依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機,亦 即’依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機的—標準模式。此模 式將參照圖21來作描述。 Μ.1清洗循環(S2130): [00344]圖21是模式Μ的一流程圖 闺當使用者從模式選擇 區選擇此模式(S2 110),該控制部可 J執行以下系列的程序。 113 201124587 [00345]冑洗循環可包括—洗衣量決定步驟(s2叫、—供 水步驟(S2133)、_洗蘇潤濕步驟(S2i35)、—加熱步帮 (S2137)及一清洗步驟(S2139)。在下面的描述中,洗務 满濕步帮被描述為從供水步驟分離的―獨立的步驟。然 而,洗滌潤濕步驟可包含在供水步驟中。 M.1.1 供水(S2133): # [麵】纟於清洗循環中感測待洗衣物的量後,可啟動—供 水步称。供水步驟的-待洗衣物決定步驟係詳細描述於上 述模式中,而因此將省略其進一步的詳細說明。 [00347]控制部在供水步射供應洗衣水至桶的内部。特別 地,該控制部打開供水閥經由水供應管線以供應洗衣水至 桶及去污劑盒。當供應洗衣水至依據該第二具體實施例的 鲁&衣機内的待洗衣物時,供水方法的具體實施例,能夠均 勻地潤濕位於滾筒的前部和尾部的待洗衣物,其蔣說明如 下。 [00348】依據-第―具體實施例之—供水方法,當供水步驟 供應水’循環泵加入運作以循環洗衣水,且滾筒亦同時加 入運作。該控制部可驅動該滾筒進行上述的滚筒運轉的摩 擦運轉。 [00349]在依據該第 的距離大於在該第 具體實施例的洗衣機,滾筒與桶之間 具體實施例中的桶與滾筒之間的距 114 201124587 離。因此,在該第二具體實施例令,如果滾筒係驅動進行 滾翻運轉(如在該第-具體實施例)在供水步驟期間,位 於滾筒的尾部的待洗衣物未能均勻地潤濕。亦即,由於滾 筒和桶的間隙較大,滚筒和桶之間的洗衣水未能在滾翻運 轉經由滾筒的旋轉而提高’且尤其是當位於滾筒的尾部的 待洗衣物沒有被潤濕β [00350】因此’在此模式的供水步财,可執行摩擦運轉而 非滾翻運轉《如上所述,摩擦運轉以一較高轉速(相較於該 滾翻運轉)旋轉該滚筒,且位於該滾筒與該桶之間的洗衣水 可被滾筒的旋轉帶起然後落下至待洗衣物上。 [00351】尤其,在依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機中,如果 滾筒及桶的尾部是向下傾斜的,位於桶的尾部的洗衣水可 藉由摩擦運轉供應至待洗衣&的表自。摩擦運轉係先沿著 順時針/逆時針方向旋轉滾筒,再突然逆轉旋轉方向。因 此,滾筒的突然反向旋轉會產生一旋渦於洗衣水中,且位 在滾筒的前面和尾部的待洗衣物會被均勻地潤濕。 [00352】#供水閥打開以供應洗衣水時,滾筒係驅動並旋 轉,且待洗衣物依滾筒的驅動而移動於滾筒内。在此例中, 經由連接到滾筒的前部的水供應管線供應的洗衣水可主要 提供給在滾筒的前部移動的待洗衣物。位於滾筒的前部的 待洗衣物係先被潤濕,相較於位於滾筒的尾部的待洗衣 物。因此’依據供水方法的該第二具體實施例,滾筒在直 115 201124587 驅 預 到供水閱打開以供應水後經過一預定的時間前可能無法 動’或直到水位達到-預定的等級。當滾筒未被驅動一 定的時間或直至洗衣水達到預定的等級,經由水供應管線 供應的洗衣水可裝在桶的下部。該預定的水位會考量桶與 滾筒之間的間隙而歧,而依據桶和滾筒和待洗衣物的量 的負荷量可決定出該預定的時間。[00334] First, in this mode, a drum driving operation of a detergent reinforcing dissolution step (S2〇35) may be a friction operation and/or a step operation. Compared with wool or slender fabrics, sportswear fabrics have no doubts about fabric damage, so the sportswear mode can be driven by a roller drive, which can apply a strong mechanical force compared to the swinging operation. [〇〇335] A washing and wetting step (S2036) of the sportswear mode will be different from the wool mode and the gentle mode to avoid damage to the laundry. Due to the hydrophobic nature of the sportswear fabric, the swinging operation cannot provide (4) laundry. Water to the folded part of the laundry. With this in mind, the filtration operation (including the -cycle step) can be performed in the wash-wet step of the sportswear mode. The laundry is uniformly dispersed in the inside of the drum and uniformly supplied with the washing water to the laundry. It can be combined with (4) to start the rolling operation of the clothes. Transfer wash cycle (S2050): 111 201124587 [00336] A flush cycle of this mode will approximate the flush cycle of standard mode, wool mode and gentle mode, and thus further detailed description thereof will be omitted. [00338] L.3 Spin Cycle (S2070): [00339] A spin cycle of this mode will approximate the spin cycle of standard mode, wool mode, and soft mode, and thus its further details will be omitted. Say it. M. Mode Μ: [00340] In the laundry machine corresponding to Fig. 2 according to the second embodiment described above, the 'barrel' is directly fixed to the machine and the drum is set in the barrel. According to this second embodiment, the tub is fixed and only the drum can vibrate. Therefore, it is important that the drum is prevented from contacting the tub when the drum is rotated, and the distance between the drum and the tub may be greater than the distance in the washing machine as shown in Fig. i according to the first embodiment. [00341] When the distance between the tub and the drum is large, the laundry to be washed contained in the drum may not be sufficiently wetted by the laundry supplied to the inside of the tub. Because of this, when water is supplied to the washing machine according to the second embodiment, a circulation pump is added to operate to effectively wet the laundry, and the washing water supplied to the tub can be circulated. For example, the circulation pump can be driven continuously or at a predetermined time interval while opening the water supply valve. 112 201124587 [00342] In the washing machine according to the second embodiment, the drum is coupled to the tub back 230. However, the tub back 230 is supported by the suspension unit via the carrying case 400 instead of being supported by the tub. Because of this, in comparison with the washing machine according to the first embodiment, it includes a bucket back directly connected to the tub to support the load of the drum. The degree of freedom of the drum provided by the washing machine according to the first embodiment can be relatively Larger, and the front of the drum can have - incremental degrees of freedom. [00343] However, when water is supplied to the tub, a water supply line and a circulation line are used to supply the washing water from the front of the tub. Therefore, the laundry to be placed in the front of the drum will be wetted first, and the load on the front of the drum will be greater than the load on the tail. This causes the front of the drum to move downward. If the front portion of the drum moves downward, noise and vibration increase during the rotation of the drum and may cause the drum to contact the inner surface of the tub. Therefore, in the washing machine according to the second embodiment, when water is supplied to the laundry, the laundry to be washed at the front and the rear of the drum should be uniformly wetted. The mode Μ is referred to as - the cleaning mode is applied to the washing machine according to the second embodiment, that is, the standard mode of the washing machine according to the second embodiment. This mode will be described with reference to Fig. 21.清洗.1 Wash Cycle (S2130): [00344] Fig. 21 is a flow chart of mode 闺 When the user selects this mode from the mode selection area (S2 110), the control unit can execute the following series of programs. 113 201124587 [00345] The rinsing cycle may include a laundry amount determining step (s2 call, - water supply step (S2133), _ wash soaking step (S2i35), - heating step (S2137), and a washing step (S2139) In the following description, the full wet step is described as a separate step from the water supply step. However, the washing and wetting step may be included in the water supply step. M.1.1 Water Supply (S2133): # [面After sensing the amount of laundry in the cleaning cycle, the water supply step can be initiated. The step of determining the water supply step is described in detail in the above mode, and thus further detailed description will be omitted. 00347] The control unit supplies the washing water to the inside of the tub in the water supply step. In particular, the control portion opens the water supply valve via the water supply line to supply the washing water to the tub and the detergent cartridge. When the washing water is supplied to the second In a specific embodiment of the laundry in the machine, the specific embodiment of the water supply method can uniformly wet the laundry to be located at the front and the tail of the drum, as explained in the following. -specific In the embodiment, the water supply method, when the water supply step supplies water, the circulation pump is added to operate to circulate the washing water, and the drum is also added to the operation at the same time. The control portion can drive the drum to perform the friction operation of the drum operation described above. [00349] The first distance is greater than the distance between the barrel and the drum in the specific embodiment of the washing machine, between the drum and the drum, 114 201124587. Therefore, in the second embodiment, if the drum system is driven During the rolling operation (as in the first embodiment), the laundry at the tail of the drum is not uniformly wetted during the water supply step. That is, since the gap between the drum and the tub is large, between the drum and the tub The washing water is not improved in the rolling operation by the rotation of the drum' and especially when the laundry at the tail of the drum is not wetted [00350] thus the water supply in this mode can be operated, and the friction operation can be performed. Non-rolling operation "As described above, the friction operation rotates the drum at a higher rotational speed (compared to the rolling operation) and is located between the drum and the tub. The garment water can be taken up by the rotation of the drum and then dropped onto the laundry. [00351] In particular, in the washing machine according to the second embodiment, if the tail of the drum and the tub is inclined downward, it is located at the tail of the tub. The washing water can be supplied to the table to be washed & by friction operation. The friction operation first rotates the drum clockwise/counterclockwise, and then suddenly reverses the direction of rotation. Therefore, the sudden reverse rotation of the drum produces a The vortex is in the washing water, and the laundry in the front and the tail of the drum is uniformly wetted. [00352] When the water supply valve is opened to supply the washing water, the drum is driven and rotated, and the laundry is dependent on the drum. The drive is moved inside the drum. In this example, the wash water supplied via the water supply line connected to the front of the drum may be mainly supplied to the laundry to be moved at the front of the drum. The laundry to be placed at the front of the drum is first wetted as compared to the laundry at the tail of the drum. Thus, according to this second embodiment of the water supply method, the drum may not move until a predetermined time elapses after the water supply is turned on to supply water to supply water or until the water level reaches a predetermined level. When the drum is not driven for a certain period of time or until the washing water reaches a predetermined level, the washing water supplied via the water supply line can be installed in the lower portion of the tub. The predetermined water level discriminates between the barrel and the drum, and the predetermined amount of time can be determined depending on the amount of load of the barrel and the drum and the amount of laundry.

[003S3]尤其’如果設於依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機中 的桶的尾部是傾斜向下的,大量的洗衣水會集中在桶的尾 部。因此,經過一預定的時間後,滾筒係驅動和旋轉,而 裝於桶的尾部的洗衣水可均勻地潤濕位於滚筒的尾部的待 洗衣物。當滾筒係驅動於依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機 中,一滾筒運轉可為滾翻運轉或摩擦運轉。 [00354】依據該第二具體實施例,當供水閥係打開以供應水 而沒有驅動滾筒,可控制供水閥的打開/關閉。亦即,當打 開供水閥以供應水,因外部供水來源的壓力,如自來水, 故洗衣水會具有一預定的壓力,而後沿著水供應管線供應 的洗衣水會藉由水壓而供應到滾筒的前部,使得位於滾筒 的前部的待洗衣物會更早被潤濕。 [00355].因此,在該第二具體實施例的水供應期間,供水閥 受控制以反覆地打開與關閉,而非不斷地打開,然後可控 制供應的洗衣水開和關,以使其具有足夠的一預定的水壓 而不致直接供應到滾筒。足夠的水壓而不致直接供應到滾 116 201124587 筒,係指一水壓使得經由水供應管線供應的水能沿著滾 筒、桶或門流下,以收集在桶的下部,而不是直接喷入滾 筒。沿著滾筒、桶或門流下的水,可收集在桶的後部,而 收集於桶中的洗衣水係近似於該第二具體實施例的說明, 而可省略重複的描述。 [00356】當滾筒内的待洗衣物在供水步财糾結時,待洗衣 物會部分地被潤濕。尤其,位於糾結的待洗衣物之一凸起 中央的待洗衣物,可能不會被潤濕而只有位於該凸起的一 表面區域的待洗衣物會被潤濕。如果只有一些待洗衣物被 潤濕’不能在清洗循環中進行清洗,且一清洗能力可能會 降低因此’如果待洗衣物是糾結的,控制部可驅動該滾 筒進行過濾運轉以均勻地潤濕待洗衣物。 [⑽357】亦即,控制部打開供水閥以供應水,且其驅動循環 果以同時循環洗衣水。而且,該控制部以—預定轉速旋轉 、筒該預疋轉速被決疋為一轉速使待洗衣物不會因地心 弓丨力而被拋落’而在該滾筒的轉動期間會緊密接觸滾筒的 内表面因此,該預定轉速可設定,在滾筒旋轉時,使滾 筒旋轉所產生的離心力大於重力加速度。此外,可設定該 預定轉速低於會在洗衣機内產生共振的一超速區域(大約 每分鐘200轉至每分鐘35轉)。如果滾筒係以高㈣超速 品域的#速旋轉,噪音和振動會因共振而顯著地增加。 117 201124587 因此’在此控制方法中’預定轉速可被設定為大約每分鐘 100轉至每分鐘170轉。 [00358】此’當該控㈣以該預定轉速旋轉滾筒時,待洗 衣物會因離心力而緊密接觸滾筒的内表面。經由循環管線 與水供應管線供應的洗衣水可隨著該滾筒的旋轉而散佈。 散佈的洗衣水可供應至滾筒與緊密接觸滾筒的内表面的待 洗衣物,使待洗衣物可均勻地潤濕。[003S3] In particular, if the tail of the tub provided in the washing machine according to the second embodiment is inclined downward, a large amount of washing water is concentrated at the tail of the tub. Therefore, after a predetermined period of time, the drum is driven and rotated, and the washing water attached to the tail of the tub uniformly wets the laundry at the tail of the drum. When the drum system is driven in the washing machine according to the second embodiment, a drum operation may be a roll running or a rubbing operation. [00354] According to this second embodiment, the opening/closing of the water supply valve can be controlled when the water supply valve is opened to supply water without driving the drum. That is, when the water supply valve is opened to supply water, the pressure of the external water supply source, such as tap water, will have a predetermined pressure, and then the washing water supplied along the water supply line will be supplied to the drum by the water pressure. The front portion allows the laundry to be wetted earlier in the front of the drum. [00355] Therefore, during the water supply of the second embodiment, the water supply valve is controlled to repeatedly open and close instead of continuously opening, and then the supplied washing water can be controlled to be turned on and off so that it has Sufficient a predetermined water pressure is not supplied directly to the drum. Sufficient water pressure is not supplied directly to the roll 116 201124587. The cylinder refers to a water pressure that allows water supplied through the water supply line to flow down the drum, barrel or door to collect in the lower part of the barrel instead of directly into the drum. . The water flowing down the drum, the tub or the door may be collected at the rear of the tub, and the washing water collected in the tub is similar to that of the second embodiment, and the repeated description may be omitted. [00356] When the laundry in the drum is entangled in the water supply, the laundry is partially wetted. In particular, the laundry to be placed in the center of one of the tangled laundry items may not be wetted and only the laundry to be wetted in a surface area of the projection may be wetted. If only some of the laundry is wetted 'cannot be cleaned in the cleaning cycle, and a cleaning ability may be lowered, so if the laundry is tangled, the control unit can drive the drum to perform a filtering operation to uniformly wet the laundry. Laundry. [(10) 357] That is, the control unit opens the water supply valve to supply water, and it drives the cycle to simultaneously circulate the washing water. Moreover, the control unit rotates at a predetermined rotational speed, the predetermined rotational speed of the cylinder is determined to be a rotational speed so that the laundry is not thrown by the force of the ground, and the roller is in close contact with the roller during the rotation of the drum. The inner surface is thus set such that the centrifugal force generated by rotating the drum is greater than the gravitational acceleration when the drum rotates. In addition, the predetermined speed can be set to be lower than an overspeed zone (about 200 revolutions per minute to 35 revolutions per minute) that would cause resonance in the washing machine. If the drum is rotated at the #speed of the high (four) overspeed range, noise and vibration will increase significantly due to resonance. 117 201124587 Therefore, the predetermined rotational speed in the 'control method' can be set to approximately 100 revolutions per minute to 170 revolutions per minute. [00358] When the control (4) rotates the drum at the predetermined rotational speed, the laundry to be washed closely contacts the inner surface of the drum due to centrifugal force. The wash water supplied through the circulation line and the water supply line can be dispersed as the drum rotates. The dispersed washing water can be supplied to the drum and the laundry to be intimately contacted with the inner surface of the drum so that the laundry can be uniformly wetted.

M. 1.2 洗務潤濕(S213 5): [00359]在供水步驟後,控制部可啟動—洗㈣濕步驟。在 洗滌潤濕步驟中,控制部關閉供水閥。控制部驅動滾筒, 而當驅動循環泵時會循環洗衣水。雖然在供水㈣中進行 洗滌潤濕’供水閥在洗滌潤濕步驟中是關閉的,而可藉由 滾筒的驅動進行洗滌潤濕。 [00360】在此模式的洗滌潤 進行洗滌潤濕。在此例中 動運轉 濕步驟中,該控制部驅動滾筒以 ,該控制部可驅動該滾筒進行滾 由於該滾動運轉滾移滾筒内的待洗衣物以隨著滾 筒的旋轉,洗衣水能頻繁地接觸待洗衣物 順利地執行。 且洗滌潤濕可 陶】當執行該洗條潤濕步驟,控制部會將洗務潤濕步驟 分為第-與第二洗㈣濕步驟。該第—與第二洗條㈣步 驟可依據滚筒的滾筒運轉驅轉即,該控制部可控制該第 118 201124587 一與第二洗滌潤濕步驟的滾筒運轉彼此相互不同。循環泵 的操作如下。 [00362] 特別地,在該第一洗滌潤濕步驟中,控制部可驅動 滾筒進行滾動及/或步進運轉之一者。滾筒驅動運轉的選擇 可依據洗衣量來決定。亦即,如果滾筒内的待洗衣物的量 少於一預定的參考值,例如,如果是小的洗衣量,控制部 # 會依據步進運轉來驅動滾筒。如果洗衣量為參考值或以 上’該控制部會依據滾動運轉來驅動滾筒。 [00363] 如上所述,如果是小的洗衣量’可提高步進運轉的 待洗衣物的落下效果。因此,如果在該第一洗滌潤濕步驟 中是小的洗衣量,步進運轉以最大落下距離拋落待洗衣 物,以使水吸收於待洗衣物内。在此期間,如果在該第一 洗滌潤濕步驟中是大的洗衣量,會進行該滚動運轉。這是 .因為步進運轉的待洗衣物的落下距離不是相對大的,假設 有大量的待洗衣物。 [00364] 因此,在該第二洗滌潤濕步驟中,控制部可以一預 定轉速驅動滾筒使待洗衣物能緊密切接觸滾筒的内表面, 而不會因重力而落下,亦即,依據過濾運轉。最終,滾筒 會以該預定轉速旋轉,而待洗衣物會因離心力而緊密接觸 滚筒的内表面。藉由循環泵供應的洗衣水係均勻地供應至 附著在滾筒的内表面的待洗衣物,而因此待洗衣物可均勻 地被潤濕。 119 201124587 [00365]在該第二洗滌潤濕步驟中,控制部可在過濾運轉後 執行另一滚筒驅動運轉。例如,控制部可在過濾運轉後執 行滾動運轉。在此例中,過濾運轉分散待洗衣物以供應洗 衣水給待洗衣物,且該滾動運轉滾移待洗衣物以在洗衣水 中均勻地潤濕待洗衣物。 M.1.3 加熱(S2137): [00366] 在此之後,控制部啟動一加熱步驟。特別地,控制 部依據加熱步驟中的滾翻及/或滾動及/或旋擺運轉之一者 來驅動滾筒,並驅動設於桶内的加熱器以加熱裝於桶内的 洗衣水。 [00367] 在該第二具體實施例的洗衣機令,滾筒和桶之間的 間隙大於該第一具體實施例的間隙。因為如此,當藉由驅 動加熱器加熱洗衣水時,滾筒會旋轉而只會加熱裝於桶内 的洗衣水,而非裝於滾筒内的洗衣水。因此,相較於加熱 的洗衣水,由於待洗衣物的相對低溫.,待洗衣物的薪污物 可能無法在後述的一清洗步驟中順利地移除。 [麵]因為如此’依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機所應用 的該控制方法’係於加熱步驟中驅動循環泵以循環洗衣 水。裝於桶内的加熱的洗衣水係藉由循環泵而重新供應至 桶的頂部,使得待洗衣物能被加熱。然而,在加熱步驟中, 循環泵可間歇性地以一預定的時間間隔驅動,而不是不斷 120 201124587 環 地被驅動。尤其,在加熱步驟中,可控制循環栗,使循 泵的關機時間的長度長於開機時間。如果循環泵在加熱步 驟中不斷被驅動,或如果循料的開機相的長度長於關 機時間,未加熱到預定的溫度的洗衣水將開始循環,而洗 衣水可能不會被加熱到所需的溫度。M. 1.2 Washing Wetting (S213 5): [00359] After the water supply step, the control unit may initiate a wash (four) wet step. In the washing and wetting step, the control unit closes the water supply valve. The control unit drives the drum, and the washing water is circulated when the circulation pump is driven. Although the washing and wetting of the water supply valve in the water supply (four) is closed in the washing and wetting step, the washing and wetting can be performed by the driving of the drum. [00360] The washing in this mode is subjected to washing and wetting. In this example, in the dynamic running wet step, the control unit drives the drum, and the control unit can drive the drum to perform rolling. Due to the rolling operation, the laundry in the drum is rolled to rotate the washing water frequently with the rotation of the drum. The contact with the laundry is performed smoothly. And the washing and wetting can be performed. When the washing and wetting step is performed, the control unit divides the washing and wetting step into the first and second washing (four) wet steps. The first and second washing strips (4) steps can be driven according to the drum operation of the drum, that is, the control portion can control the drums of the 118th 201124587 one and the second washing and wetting steps to be different from each other. The operation of the circulation pump is as follows. [00362] In particular, in the first washing and wetting step, the control portion may drive the drum to perform one of rolling and/or stepping operations. The choice of drum drive operation can be determined based on the amount of laundry. That is, if the amount of laundry in the drum is less than a predetermined reference value, for example, if it is a small amount of laundry, the control unit # drives the drum in accordance with the stepping operation. If the amount of laundry is a reference value or above, the control unit drives the drum in accordance with the rolling operation. [00363] As described above, if it is a small laundry amount, the falling effect of the laundry to be stepped can be improved. Therefore, if it is a small amount of laundry in the first washing and wetting step, the stepping operation drops the laundry at a maximum falling distance to allow water to be absorbed into the laundry. During this time, if it is a large amount of laundry in the first washing and wetting step, the rolling operation is performed. This is because the drop distance of the step-by-step laundry is not relatively large, assuming a large amount of laundry. [00364] Therefore, in the second washing and wetting step, the control portion may drive the drum at a predetermined rotation speed to enable the laundry to closely contact the inner surface of the drum without falling due to gravity, that is, according to the filtering operation. . Eventually, the drum will rotate at the predetermined rotational speed, and the laundry will closely contact the inner surface of the drum due to centrifugal force. The laundry water supplied by the circulation pump is uniformly supplied to the laundry to be attached to the inner surface of the drum, and thus the laundry can be uniformly wetted. 119 201124587 [00365] In the second washing and wetting step, the control portion may perform another drum driving operation after the filtering operation. For example, the control unit can perform the scrolling operation after the filtering operation. In this case, the filtration operation disperses the laundry to supply the laundry water to the laundry, and the rolling operation rolls the laundry to uniformly wet the laundry in the laundry water. M.1.3 Heating (S2137): [00366] After that, the control unit initiates a heating step. Specifically, the control unit drives the drum in accordance with one of the rollover and/or rolling and/or swirling operations in the heating step, and drives a heater provided in the tub to heat the washing water contained in the tub. [00367] In the washing machine of the second embodiment, the gap between the drum and the tub is larger than the gap of the first embodiment. Because of this, when the washing water is heated by the driving heater, the drum rotates to heat only the washing water contained in the tub, not the washing water contained in the drum. Therefore, compared with the heated washing water, the laundry of the laundry may not be smoothly removed in a washing step described later due to the relatively low temperature of the laundry. [Face] Because the 'control method applied to the washing machine according to the second embodiment' is such that the circulation pump is driven in the heating step to circulate the washing water. The heated washing water contained in the tub is re-supplied to the top of the tub by a circulation pump so that the laundry can be heated. However, in the heating step, the circulation pump can be intermittently driven at a predetermined time interval instead of being continuously driven at 120 201124587. In particular, in the heating step, the circulation pump can be controlled so that the shutdown time of the pump is longer than the startup time. If the circulation pump is continuously driven during the heating step, or if the length of the start-up phase of the charge is longer than the shutdown time, the wash water that is not heated to the predetermined temperature will start to circulate, and the wash water may not be heated to the desired temperature. .

[麵]如果加熱器係設於桶内,报重要的是驅動加熱器時 不要暴露出水面。如果在暴露出水面時驅動加熱器,會對 馬達施加過大的負荷而加熱器會故障。以,如果驅動加 熱器以進行加熱步料,應在加熱步驟中保持遠離加熱器 的一預定的水位(以下簡稱參考水位)。亦即,在加熱步驟 中當水位低於-參考水位平,該㈣部會關閉加熱器。當 藉由重新供水而水位上升到預定的等級或以上時,該控制 部再次打開熱水器(以下簡稱,「中斷」)。 [00370] ^ ’如果在依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機的加 熱步弊使錢中斷方法,可能會施加過多的㈣至加熱 器,且各種的電路和洗衣機的使用壽命可能會減少。 [00371】#即’依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機的加熱步 驟,驅動並加熱該加熱器,並如上所述同時驅動循環泵。 因此,桶内的水位可能因循環泵的驅動而難以常規 維 持,但會不停地在一預定的程度中變化。在此 T 橘内 的水位係充分地變化以低於參考水位。特別是, 郊果桶内 的水位係變化超出參考水位,使得馬達的開/關會不斷重 121 201124587 複,即如果水位已超出參考水位加熱器會開啟且如果水位 低於參考水位加熱器會關閉。反覆開/關加熱器會對加熱器 與各式電路施加過大的負荷,且其可能會減少使用壽命。 [00372】因此’在依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機的加熱步 驟中’如果在馬達的驅動期間,桶内的水位降低至參考水 平’可執行重新供水以避免重複開/關加熱器。特別地,當 # 桶内的水位在加熱步驟中下降低於參考水平,控制部會停 止滾筒的驅動並關閉循觀。在此時,額外地,供水間係 開啟以進行再次供水。滾筒和循環泵關閉的原因是,由於 滾筒和循環泵在驅動時水位的變動,使其很難偵測到一準 確的水位。推而廣之’其可能關閉馬達。在此同時,可執 行再-人供水-預定的時間,或直到水供應達到了水位檢測 的參考水位或超過參考水位。再次供水的一特定水位可依 φ 據在加熱的初始階段選擇的模式的種類而有所區別。 Μ·1.3 清洗(S2139): [_]在加熱步驟之後,控制部可執行—清洗步驟用來驅 動循環泵,同時驅動滾筒。在清洗步驟中,滾筒的一滾筒 驅動運轉可依據使用者選定的模式從滾筒運轉適當地選 出例如,可決定清洗步驟的一滾筒驅動運轉,近似於上 述模式提供的清洗步驟的其中之一。循環果可驅動一預定 的時間間隔以循環桶内的洗衣水。 122 201124587 Μ · 2沖洗循環 [00374]當該清洗循 (S2150): 環已完成於上述步驟之後,控制部可啟 動一沖洗循環 —般沖洗循環可包括一沖洗自旋步驟 供水步驟[Face] If the heater is installed in the barrel, it is important to not expose the water surface when driving the heater. If the heater is driven while the water is exposed, an excessive load will be applied to the motor and the heater will malfunction. Therefore, if the heater is driven to perform the heating step, a predetermined water level away from the heater (hereinafter referred to as the reference water level) should be maintained during the heating step. That is, in the heating step, when the water level is lower than - the reference water level is flat, the (four) portion turns off the heater. When the water level rises to a predetermined level or more by re-supplying water, the control unit turns on the water heater again (hereinafter referred to as "interruption"). [00370] If the money interruption method is caused by the heating step of the washing machine according to the second embodiment, excessive (four) to the heater may be applied, and the service life of various circuits and washing machines may be reduced. [00371] #即' In accordance with the heating step of the washing machine of the second embodiment, the heater is driven and heated, and the circulation pump is simultaneously driven as described above. Therefore, the water level in the tub may be difficult to maintain conventionally due to the drive of the circulation pump, but it will constantly change to a predetermined extent. The water level in this T orange is sufficiently changed to be lower than the reference water level. In particular, the water level in the suburban fruit bucket changes beyond the reference water level, so that the motor's on/off will continue to be heavy. 2011 201100587, that is, if the water level has exceeded the reference water level, the heater will turn on and if the water level is lower than the reference water level, the heater will turn off. . Repeating the on/off heater imposes an excessive load on the heater and various circuits, and it may reduce the service life. Therefore, in the heating step of the washing machine according to the second embodiment, if the water level in the tub is lowered to the reference level during the driving of the motor, re-supply can be performed to avoid repeated turning on/off of the heater. In particular, when the water level in the # barrel falls below the reference level during the heating step, the control unit stops the driving of the drum and closes the view. At this time, additionally, the water supply compartment is opened to supply water again. The reason why the drum and the circulation pump are turned off is that it is difficult to detect an accurate water level due to the change in the water level when the drum and the circulation pump are driven. By extension, it is possible to turn off the motor. At the same time, re-personal water supply can be performed for a predetermined period of time, or until the water supply reaches the reference level of the water level detection or exceeds the reference water level. A particular water level for re-watering may vary depending on the type of mode selected during the initial stages of heating. Μ·1.3 Cleaning (S2139): [_] After the heating step, the control section can perform a cleaning-washing step to drive the circulation pump while driving the drum. In the washing step, a drum driving operation of the drum can be appropriately selected from the drum operation in accordance with a mode selected by the user, for example, a drum driving operation of the washing step can be determined, which is similar to one of the washing steps provided in the above mode. The recycle fruit can be driven for a predetermined time interval to circulate the wash water in the bucket. 122 201124587 Μ · 2 flushing cycle [00374] When the cleaning cycle (S2150): After the ring has been completed in the above steps, the control unit can initiate a flush cycle. The general flush cycle can include a flush spin step.

一滚筒驅動步驟及一排水步驟。首先,該控制 部啟動該沖洗-自祐 目旋’以一第二旋轉速度(轉速2)旋轉滾 筒(S2151),在沖、、土 ώ 1 甲洗自旋步驟中,以移除水分和留在待洗 衣物中的去污劑殘留’同時以大約每分鐘5GG轉至每分鐘 轉旋轉滚筒。控制部停止滾筒並打開供水閱,以供應 冲洗水至桶”t洗水位可依據使用者選擇的模式或依據的 使用者的手動設定而預先設定。A drum driving step and a draining step. First, the control unit activates the flushing-self-eye-turning to rotate the drum at a second rotational speed (rotation speed 2) (S2151), in the rushing, and soiling 1 spin-spinning steps to remove moisture and remain The detergent remains in the laundry 'while rotating at about 5 GG per minute to rotate the drum every minute. The control unit stops the drum and opens the water supply to supply the flush water to the bucket. The t wash water level can be preset according to the mode selected by the user or the manual setting of the user.

[00375] 在水供應後,該控制部以一第一旋轉速度(轉速1) 驅動滾筒於-預定的時間間隔。在滾筒驅動步驟中,該控 制部控制滾筒的一滾筒驅動運轉並從待洗衣物移除去污 劑。此步驟中該控制部可控制滾筒進行上述的滾翻及/或步 進及/或擦洗及/或滾動及/或旋擺運轉的其中一者。 [00376] 因此,該控制部停止滾筒的驅動,並驅動排水泵以 排出裝於桶内的沖洗水至外面(S2153)。 [00377]上述的沖洗自旋循環、供水步驟、供水步 哪、淚筒 驅動步驟及排水步驟可組成沖洗循環的一單次猶产— 長。該控 制部可依據該選擇的模式或使用者的選擇執行一a A或多次 該循環。然而,沖洗循環的單次循環可包括沖洗自 &少輝。 123 201124587 沖洗自旋步驟的第二旋轉速度可對應於大約每分鐘500轉 至每分鐘700轉,如上所述,而此沖洗自旋的旋轉速度可 對應超速區域(大約每分鐘200轉至每分鐘350轉),其產 生洗衣機的共振。 [00378】因此,如果位於滾筒内的待洗衣物不是均勻地分 散,可執行用來分散待洗衣物的一待洗衣物分散步驟,且[00375] After the water supply, the control unit drives the drum at a first rotational speed (rotational speed 1) for a predetermined time interval. In the drum driving step, the control portion controls a drum driving operation of the drum and removes the detergent from the laundry. In this step, the control unit may control the drum to perform one of the above-described rollover and/or stepping and/or scrubbing and/or rolling and/or swirling operations. [00376] Therefore, the control section stops the driving of the drum and drives the drain pump to discharge the flushing water contained in the tub to the outside (S2153). [00377] The above-described flushing spin cycle, water supply step, water supply step, tear drum driving step, and draining step may constitute a single pass-length of the flush cycle. The control unit may perform one or more of the cycles depending on the selected mode or the user's selection. However, a single cycle of the flush cycle can include flushing from & 123 201124587 The second rotational speed of the flush spin step may correspond to approximately 500 revolutions per minute to 700 revolutions per minute, as described above, and the rotational speed of the flush spin may correspond to the overspeed zone (approximately 200 revolutions per minute to per minute) 350 rpm), which produces resonance of the washing machine. [00378] Therefore, if the laundry to be laundry in the drum is not uniformly dispersed, a laundry dispersion step for dispersing the laundry can be performed, and

之後,可對沖洗自旋加快滾筒速度,待洗衣物分散步驟反 覆地沿著順時針及/或逆時針方向以預定轉速旋轉滾筒。在 待洗衣物分散步驟之後,會識別滾筒的一偏心等級。若滾 筒的偏心等級少於—狀值,可執行沖洗自旋。如果偏心 等,疋預疋值或以上,會重複待洗衣物分散步驟。由於待 洗衣物分散步驟係進行於沖洗自旋步驟之前,沖洗循環的 時間可能會增加。対,#重複待洗衣物分散步驟時,沖 的時間可能會顯著增加,且沖洗循環消 法準確預测。 … IUU〜马解決上述問〜……厂 方法’能夠減少沖洗循環消耗的總時間。 [00380]如圖 21 & - ^ 圆21所不,依據該第二具體實 沖洗循環可“、…土 貫施例的洗衣機的 及-排水步Γ 、一滾筒驅動步帮(如υ ,驟(S2153)。相較於該第—且 據該第二具妒: y , /、體實知例,沖依 於省略了冲洗ή 冲洗自旋步驟。由 先自旋《,沖洗循環的時間可減少掉不必要 124 201124587 的沖洗自旋步驟及待洗衣物分散步驟的時間,因此而避免 因重複待洗衣物分散步驟所造成的沖洗循環時間的明顯择 加。雖然省略了沖洗自旋步驟能減少沖洗循環的時間,省 略藉由以相對高速度旋轉待洗衣物用來移除去污劑殘留的 沖洗自旋步驟’而其會難以充分地移除去污劑殘留。 [00381]因此,在依據該第二具體實施例的沖洗循環的控制 方法中,滾筒係以該第一旋轉速度(轉速2)旋轉大約1 至3分鐘,而不會停止在排水步驟。該第二旋轉速度被決 定為一預定的速度,允許將待洗衣物因重力而附著在滾筒 的内表面,而不會在該滚筒的轉動期間掉落。該第二旋轉 速度可&3L疋成使滚筒旋轉所產生的離心力大於重力加速 度。而且,該第二旋轉速度可設定低於洗衣機的超速區域。 如果滾筒以超速區域旋轉,共振可能會顯著地增加噪音和 振動。因此,該第二旋轉速度可設定為大約每分鐘1〇〇至 170 轉。 [00382】最終,排水步驟以預定的速度轉動滚筒而因此待洗 衣物可因離心力緊密接觸滾筒的内表面,以從待洗衣物移 除去污劑殘留。為補償省略的沖洗自旋步驟,排水步驟以 第二旋轉速度轉動滾筒以避免減低沖洗能力。 [觀3] 轉速度(即預定的速度,允許待洗衣物 緊密接觸滾筒的内表面)旋轉滾筒的步驟中,如果裝於桶 内的水被排出,所有的排水步驟執行在沖洗循環之前。亦 125 201124587 即’即使中㈣&,可執^㈣定轉遠旋 轉滚筒的步驟。 1】&模式的-自旋循環可近似於其他模式的自旋循 環’例如’模式A的自旋循環。目此,將省略其進一步的 詳細說明。 [0038S]上述的模式M 洗衣機。然而,模式Μ 的洗衣機。亦即,模式 實施例的任何洗衣機。 可應用到依據該第二具體實施例的 也可應用到依據該第一具體實施例 Μ可適用於依據該第一與第二具體 1Ν .岈間管理選項:Thereafter, the drum speed can be increased for the flushing spin, and the laundry dispensing step repeatedly rotates the drum at a predetermined rotational speed in a clockwise and/or counterclockwise direction. An eccentricity level of the drum is identified after the laundry dispensing step. If the eccentricity of the roller is less than the value, the flushing spin can be performed. If the eccentricity, etc., is pre-depreciated or above, the laundry dispersion step is repeated. Since the laundry dispersion step is performed prior to the rinsing spin step, the time of the rinsing cycle may increase.対, # Repeat the laundry dispersion step, the rush time may increase significantly, and the rinse cycle elimination is accurately predicted. ... IUU ~ horse solves the above question ~ ... factory method 'can reduce the total time spent in the flush cycle. [00380] As shown in FIG. 21 & - ^ circle 21, according to the second concrete actual flushing cycle, "the washing machine of the embodiment of the - and the drainage step, a roller driving step (such as υ, (S2153). Compared with the first - and according to the second one: y, /, the physical example, the impulse is omitted, the flushing step is omitted. By the first spin, the time of the flushing cycle can be Reducing the time of the flushing spin step and the step of dispersing the laundry to be unnecessary 124, 201124587, thus avoiding the obvious increase of the flushing cycle time caused by repeating the step of dispersing the laundry. Although the flushing spin step can be reduced The time of the flushing cycle omits the flushing spin step of rotating the laundry to remove the detergent residue at a relatively high speed, which may make it difficult to sufficiently remove the detergent residue. [00381] Therefore, in terms of In the control method of the flushing cycle of the second embodiment, the drum is rotated at the first rotational speed (rotation speed 2) for about 1 to 3 minutes without stopping at the draining step. The second rotational speed is determined as one. Scheduled speed, allow The laundry is attached to the inner surface of the drum by gravity without falling during the rotation of the drum. The second rotation speed can be 3L so that the centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the drum is greater than the gravitational acceleration. The second rotational speed may be set lower than the overspeed region of the washing machine. If the drum rotates in the overspeed region, resonance may significantly increase noise and vibration. Therefore, the second rotational speed may be set to approximately 1 to 170 per minute. [00382] Finally, the draining step rotates the drum at a predetermined speed so that the laundry can be intimately contacted with the inner surface of the drum by centrifugal force to remove the detergent residue from the laundry. To offset the omitted flushing spin step The draining step rotates the drum at a second rotational speed to avoid reducing the flushing ability. [3] The turning speed (ie, the predetermined speed, allowing the laundry to closely contact the inner surface of the drum) in the step of rotating the drum, if installed in the tub The water is drained and all draining steps are performed before the flushing cycle. Also 125 201124587 ie 'even in the middle (four) & The step of rotating the drum 1] & mode-spin cycle can approximate the spin cycle of other modes 'for example, the spin cycle of mode A. Therefore, further detailed description thereof will be omitted. [0038S] Mode M washing machine. However, a washing machine of mode 。, that is, any washing machine of the mode embodiment. Applicable to the second embodiment according to the second embodiment, applicable to the first embodiment, One and the second specific one. The management options are:

接著描述-時間管理選項。-般來說,只要選擇_ 式’即啟動基於一預定演算法的一個 =該操作在一預定的時間内完成。— 摔==個別循環所需的時間的-個總和。_ 刼作時間可鲍會顯示在顯示區119。 _7]在某些情況下,操作時間可能太 用者必須離開〗小時而預 ^ ,如果使 二作時間為1小時2 〇八雜· 4Μ. 作時間比使用者的需求是多20 77鐘, 里而不足以清洗待洗衣 126 201124587 物°為了解決這個問題,_洗衣機 及 理時間 其控制方法能提供管 [00388】上述的洗衣機可包括— pa 3管理選項,以供管理梓 間。亦即,一具體模式的操作 、e時 ^ ^ Γ3· ^ W迠會增加或減少經由 .j &埋選項中撰遲一sk 時選項。可替代地,使用者可中選擇七 集選項。如果沒有這樣的選項被::理選項選擇-密 擇運W 了執仃於清洗循環開始之前及選 _]例如,如果棉織品模 輝1下砰間為120分鐘,當 使用者選擇該省時選項,所需 保作時間可減少到,例如 1〇0分鐘。當使用者選擇該密集選項,操作時間可能會增 加至140分鐘’以麵充分地清洗極辨污的待洗衣物。在 預疋時間與實際所需時間之間可能有一預定的差異。 卿〇】》洗循環及/或沖洗循環所需的時間可依據選擇的 省時選項而變動。亦即,低g ^私 循衣所需的操作時間係依照該選 擇的模式可改變/調整h相同的。例如,在棉織品模式、 2造纖維模式及混合模式的例子中,重要的是要提高清洗 月b力目為如此’普通清洗循環所需的時間可為不變,即 使省時選項被選擇。因此,沖洗循環的一組成部分所需的 時間可考慮作調整。 127 201124587 [00391】沖洗循環重複供 ,,.R ^ 複供水、排水及自旋。沖洗 次,三次或四次。自烙j執仃兩 以主要自旋的轉逮和時 來執订, 此,當選擇省時選項時,可省略沖洗猶環的主要因 [_】當選擇省時選項時,可省略洗衣量決定步二 決於該選擇的模式。例 §選擇羊毛、纖細的或 模式時,此特殊的織物Next, the time management option is described. In general, a selection based on a predetermined algorithm is initiated as long as _式 is selected = the operation is completed within a predetermined time. — The sum of the time required to fall == individual cycles. _ The time of the operation can be displayed in the display area 119. _7] In some cases, the operating time may be too long for the user to leave the hour and pre-^, if the second time is 1 hour 2 〇 杂 · 4 Μ. The time is 20 77 more than the user's demand, Not enough to clean the laundry 126 201124587 Things ° In order to solve this problem, the washing machine and the time control method can provide the tube [00388] The above washing machine can include the - pa 3 management option for management. That is, a specific mode of operation, e ^ ^ Γ 3 · ^ W 迠 will increase or decrease the option of writing a late sk via the .j & Alternatively, the user can select seven sets of options. If there is no such option is:: option selection - secret selection W is executed before the start of the cleaning cycle and select _] for example, if the cotton fabric is 120 minutes between the squats, when the user selects the time saving option The required maintenance time can be reduced to, for example, 1 to 0 minutes. When the user selects this intensive option, the operating time may be increased to 140 minutes to thoroughly clean the highly stained laundry. There may be a predetermined difference between the expected time and the actual required time. The time required for the wash cycle and/or flush cycle can vary depending on the time-saving options selected. That is, the operation time required for the low g ^ private cycle can be changed/adjusted h the same according to the selected mode. For example, in the case of the cotton mode, the 2 fiber mode, and the blend mode, it is important to increase the cleaning cycle b so that the time required for the 'normal cleaning cycle' can be constant, even if the time saving option is selected. Therefore, the time required to flush a component of the cycle can be considered for adjustment. 127 201124587 [00391] The flushing cycle is repeated for , , .R ^ replenishment, drainage and spin. Rinse several times, three times or four times. Self-burning j is the two major spins and the time to fix, this time, when the time-saving option is selected, the main reason for flushing the ring can be omitted [_] When the time-saving option is selected, the laundry can be omitted. The decision step 2 depends on the mode of the selection. Example § When choosing wool, slender or pattern, this special fabric

. 篁係相對較小。如果這種織物被污 染’使用者往往希望立即將其洗乾淨。因此,在—單—模 式運作中清洗-大量的這些類型的待洗衣物,是非常罕2 的。考里如此’當選擇羊毛、纖細的或運動服模式時,可 省略洗衣量決定步驟。 在沖洗循環十進行的沖 會增加,或兩者都可能 [00393】反之,當選擇密集選項時, 洗次數或清洗循環所需的時間可能 增加。 [00394]此時間管理選項滿足特定模式的目的,並允許使用 者方便地管理時間。 IV.依據模式與模式的步驟的滾筒驅動運轉 [00395]接著將描述依據每個模式的每個循環的一滾筒驅 動運轉。如上所述,滾筒驅動運轉包括滾筒旋轉方向與滾 筒旋轉速度的一組合,並因位於滾筒的待洗衣物的落下方 128 201124587 向及落點而有所區分,以組成不同的滾筒運轉。這些滾筒 驅動運轉可在馬達的控制下執行。The lanthanide system is relatively small. If the fabric is contaminated, the user often wishes to wash it immediately. Therefore, cleaning in a single-mode operation - a large number of these types of laundry, is very rare. Couri is so 'when the wool, slender or sportswear mode is selected, the laundry determination step can be omitted. The flush performed during the flush cycle ten may increase, or both may [00393] Conversely, when the intensive option is selected, the number of washes or the time required for the wash cycle may increase. [00394] This time management option satisfies the purpose of a particular mode and allows the user to conveniently manage the time. IV. Roller Drive Operation According to Steps of Mode and Mode [00395] Next, a drum drive operation for each cycle in accordance with each mode will be described. As described above, the drum driving operation includes a combination of the rotational direction of the drum and the rotational speed of the drum, and is distinguished by the direction and the falling point of the falling of the laundry of the drum to form a different drum operation. These drum drive operations can be performed under the control of the motor.

_6】由於待洗衣物’在該滾筒的轉動期間,係藉由設於 滾筒的内圓周的表面的升降桿而舉起,滾筒的旋轉速度和 旋轉方向的控制’以區分施加於待洗衣物的衝擊。亦即, 可區分包括待洗衣物之間的摩擦、待洗衣物與洗衣水之間 的摩擦及拋落衝擊的該機械外力。換言之,可區別一待洗 衣物衝擊或擦洗等級以清洗待洗衣物,且可區別—待洗衣 物分散等級或一待洗衣物翻轉等級。 [00397]因此’―滾筒驅動運轉可依據組成各種清洗模式的 每個循環及組成每個循環的每—特定步驟而作區分,使待 洗衣物可以最佳化的機械外力處理。因為如此,清洗效率 可改善。此外,一® 一旧々、办 早固疋滾筒驅動運轉,可能會導致過 長的π洗時間。接著將說明供每個循環的—滾筒驅動運轉。 陶8】—個清洗循環包括—洗衣量決定步驟、一供水步專 及—清洗步驟。該供水㈣包㈣來溶解去污劑的-去g 強办解步驟,及用來潤濕待洗衣物的一洗滌潤㈣ 。該去污劑加強轉步驟與洗„濕步料獨立地從令 步驟中提供。可依據每個模式而進一步提供一加熱步驟 129 201124587 •1.洗衣量決定: [0〇399]測量用於旋轉滾 趣—電流以執行洗衣量決〜 驟。在此例中,當滾筒沿著— 、又步 消耗的電流,JL滚筒在以晋土 ^向旋轉’可剛量所 且展同在洗衣量決定步 轉運動而驅動,例如滾翻運轉。 一單—旋 1 ♦ 2供水: _丨在一供水步錄中,洗衣水係與去污劑一起_ =執行—轉去污㈣步驟。為了提高清洗循環的致°率並 去污劑溶解可有效地完成於供 欢率, 速溶解去污劑於洗衣水中,用 為了快 、 用果施加一強勁機械外力 運轉可能是有效的。亦即,對 、s + 對'先衣水施加一強勁機械外力 以更有效地溶解去污劑於洗衣 々切也 Τ因此,在去巧劑加強 各解步驟中’滾筒係依據步 龈,進運轉及/或摩擦運轉而作旋 轉。如上料’步料轉與料運轉q對高速度旋轉滚 筒,運用對滾筒的-突然刹車以改變方向,及可提供一強 勁機械外力。—步進運轉與摩擦運轉的組合可在此步驟中 執行。 【_1】在洗蘇潤濕加強步驟,重要的是要潤濕待洗衣物於 、、口去污劑的洗衣水中。在此例巾,一滾筒驅動運轉可為 過;慮運轉可替代地,過渡運轉和該滾動運轉可依序地進 订。該滾動運轉不斷翻轉待洗衣物,以使裝於滾筒的下部 130 201124587 的洗衣水均勻地接觸待洗衣物’且適於在洗務潤濕中進 行。過濾運轉在滾筒的旋轉期間伸展待洗衣物,以使待洗 衣物與滾筒的内圓周的表面緊密接觸,並同時將洗衣水喷 入至滚筒,使得洗衣水因離心力可經由待洗衣物與滚筒的 通孔從桶中排出。因此,該過濾運轉加大了待洗衣物的表 面面積,並允許洗衣水可通過待洗衣物,因為如此,可實 現均勻地供應供給待洗衣物的洗衣水的效果。而且,利用 這樣的效果,不同的兩個滾筒驅動運轉,亦即,過濾運轉 和滾動運轉係依序地重複於洗滌潤濕加強步驟中。如果洗 衣量是一預定值或以上,在具有相對低的滾筒轉速的滾動 運轉中,洗滌潤濕效果可能降低,而因此可執行具有一相 對高的滾筒轉速的滾翻運轉,而非滾動運轉。 [〇罐]然而’供水步驟的去污劑加強溶解步驟或洗務潤渴 步驟’可依據當洗衣水不斷供應時的滾筒的驅動運轉而分 類。因此,對使用者而言於供水步驟中是报難區分上述: 驟的。從使用者的觀點,滾筒似乎係依據供水步驟中的滾 動及/或滾翻及/或步進及/或摩擦運轉之其中—者,或兩個 或更多該些運轉的一組合而驅動。 陶]依據待洗衣物的織物類型,可提供用來避免 物織物損傷的模式依據該模式,可提供用來_ 基於該些模式清洗待洗衣物時所產生㈣音的模式。 筒依據能夠於供水步驟中施加-強勁機械外力的運轉= 131 201124587 動時 9 —— 般而言,待洗衣物織物損傷或 以避免。因此,在供水步驟中,可提供^ 可成難 產生或避免織物損傷的運轉。在這此模切 噪音的 作用與洗務濁濕作用得以實現,^模^,去污劑溶解 驅動滾筒進行旋擺運轉,或 k些模式中,可 _…心他運“:增…運轉的時間。 内《η 〃他運轉,旋㈣轉可減少待洗衣物在滾筒 内的運動,且它可以減少因待洗衣物 滾筒之間㈣㈣^#洗衣物與 導待、先方物 損傷。此外,該滾動運轉誘 導待洗衣物沿著滚筒的内表面滚動移動,且不會產生因待 洗衣物的突然落下所產生的衝擊。 [00405] %果去污劑溶解和洗條潤濕係進行於供水步驟 中’用來循環洗衣水的一循環步驟可提供於至少預定的步 驟。此一循環步驟可執行於整個供水步鄉,或於供水步驟 的一預定的階段。 1.3加熱: 【00406】在-加熱步驟中,可提供一滾筒驅動運轉,係用來 當加熱器提供於桶㈣傳導加熱器產生的熱量以加熱供給 待洗衣物的洗衣水。在加熱步驟中,滾筒係依據滾翻運轉 而驅動,以沿著預定的方向連續地旋轉滾筒。如果滾筒的 旋轉方向改變時’一漩渦會產生與洗衣水中且熱傳導效率 可志會減低。如果洗衣量小於一預定的洗衣量等級,滾筒 132 201124587 係驅動進行滾動運 . 如果洗衣罝係該預定的洗衣量等級 :策妨衰筒係驅動進行滚翻運轉。若該洗衣量少於該預 、〜。滾動運轉能充分地加熱待洗衣物。若該洗衣量 係為預定的等級或 _ ^ ’用來以相對高速度旋轉滾筒的滾 翻運轉可為合適的。 h4清洗: [〇〇4〇?]—清洗步料耗費清洗循環的最長㈣I在清洗 步驟中’待洗衣物的髒污物可大致,且清洗步驟的一滾筒 驅動運轉可A # 1、1 b不同方式移動待洗衣物的一運轉。例 如’清洗步驟的滾筒M也,苗& ^ 筒驅動運轉可為步進運轉及/或滾翻運轉 及/或滾動運轉的其中 ^ 、^之或一組合。該些運轉的組合,可 對待洗衣物施加—強 強勁機械外力。特別是,在一少量的待 洗衣物的例子中,0此 知二運轉的一組合可為有效的。 [00408】清洗步驟的,梦铕 的滾湾驅動運轉,可為過濾運轉和滾翻運 轉的一組合。此一:奋钱®S i 滚清驅動運轉可不斷地供應供給待洗衣 物的洗衣水以增進渣法士安 曰進Θ洗效率,且可對待洗衣物均勻地施加 機械外力以增進清法# i 、+ μ 丰。^樣的一組合對一大的待洗衣 物的量可為有效的。 [00409]-加熱步驟係提供於清洗步驟之前,而洗衣水可在 清洗步射加熱以增料洗料。如果加㈣衣水,可合 併滾筒驅動運轉。例如’如果驅動設於桶内的加熱器以加 133 201124587 熱洗衣水時’滚筒可能會依據沒有突然煞車的一滚筒驅動 運轉而驅動。 卿】、如上所述’在用來避免織物損傷和抑制噪音的產生 的模式中此對待洗衣物施加—相對微弱機械外力的一運 轉也可提供於清洗步财。例如,上述模式的清洗步驟, 可執行旋擺運轉以減少噪音的產生和避免織物損傷。因 此’旋擺運轉的操作時間可能長於其他模式中的運轉。如 、'步驟疋/、透過旋擺運轉進行時,清洗效率可能會減 低而可另外提供具有一強勁機械外力的一運轉。該具有 強勁機械外力的運轉的操作時間可設定為短於具有微弱 機械外力的運轉的操作時間。 2·沖洗循環: [U]在冲洗循環中,供水、滚筒驅動和排水步驟係反覆 地進行以沖洗附著於待洗衣物㈣污物或去污劑殘留。因 /中洗循環的-滾筒驅動運轉可為能產生一類似擦洗作 用的~ 〇 /χ 1 > 、 ’沖洗循環的滾筒驅動運轉可為摩擦運 轉及/或旋擺運轉。摩擦運轉和旋擺運轉具有擦洗及不斷擺 動待洗衣物於洗衣水中的效果,以増進沖洗能力。 _12】當滾筒係驅動進行沖洗循環,用來循環裝於桶内的 水進人滾筒内部的—循環步驟和過瀘、運轉可一起執 卜亦Ρ洗衣水嗔射到滾筒内而待洗衣物以流動的水沖 134 201124587 洗過渡運轉產生-強勁離心力,而可從待洗衣物連同洗 衣水分離去污劑與待洗衣物的髒污物。 [00413]在沖洗循環中,藉由對待洗衣物施加機械外力,在 排水及/或中級自旋_,洗衣水可與氣泡-起排出。因 此,滾筒係驅動進行步進運轉或滾翻運轉。藉由拖落舉起 的待洗衣物,可提高清洗效率H末可㈣㈣除。 驅動運轉可依據洗衣量而所區別。亦即,在-小的待洗衣 物的量的例子中,執行步進運轉以產生—最大^下距離。 在一大的待洗衣物的量的例子中,執行滾翻運轉。 陳4]如上所述,在選擇的以避免織物㈣或抑Μ 產生的模式中,能對待洗衣物施加1對微弱機械外:的 運㈣供於沖洗循環中。例如,旋擺運轉可提供於該些 =的冲洗《中。在選擇的以減少清洗時間的模式中, 其可"減少沖洗循環的時間。例如,過遽運轉消耗—相對 大量的時間’而因此在選擇的以減少整體清洗時間—模式 的例子中,於沖洗循環的滾筒驅動步驟中可省略過遽運轉。 3 ·自旋循環: [00415】在一自旋循環中,滾筒係以— 頂疋的或更高的叇唐 旋轉以移除包含在待洗衣物中的水 , 义乃,而自旋循環可包括 一待洗衣物解開糾結步驟及偏率 ^ 彳步驟以加快滾筒的 旋轉速度至-預定料。—料的⑼㈣運射依據的 135 201124587 每個步驟的目的而加以選擇。彳丨 ^例如,在待洗衣物解開糾結 步驟中對待洗衣物施加一相科% 相對強勁機械外力係為有利的。 如果能施加一強勁機械外力的— 建轉k供於之前的沖洗循 環中,甚至具有一微弱機械外力 ^ ^ 刀的一運轉即為足夠的。而 且’為了準確地測量偏心率, 用來沿著一單方向連續旋轉 滾筒的一滾筒驅動運轉可適用於μ 十 迥用於偏心率量測步驟中。 # V·新的模式 [00416]接著說明各種模式,每個 、 母個模式包括一清洗循環、一 沖洗循環及一自旋循環。然, ”、 可以依據的使用者的選擇 從每個模式省略一單次循環。 ,17,可以從模式Α (標準 模式)省略該清洗循環,或您 一模式B (極髒污物模式)省 略該沖洗循環,或從模式Γ Γ 式C(快速煮沸模式)省略該自旋 被環。推而廣之’提供於每個 • 1⑽ 每個換式中的其中之-循環可設 、式F (功能性衣物模式)的清 洗循環可設置為單一的新的棍 处 式。在此例中,它可稱為「功 此性衣物清洗」。非為清洗循 循瑷在每個模式中提供的沖洗 擔環或自旋循環可設定為新的模式。 [00417】雖然在清洗循環、 一— 循環及自旋循環中,描述了 一特疋的順序以說明每—個 、式’ 一個模式中的這樣的循 環可結合另一模式的循環, 、 乂建立新的模式。例 A (標準模式)的沖洗循環 自旋循環,可結合模式B (極_6] Since the laundry is lifted during the rotation of the drum by the lifting rod provided on the surface of the inner circumference of the drum, the rotation speed of the drum and the control of the rotation direction 'to distinguish between the application to the laundry Shock. That is, the mechanical external force including the friction between the laundry, the friction between the laundry and the washing water, and the drop impact can be distinguished. In other words, a laundry impact or scrub level can be distinguished to wash the laundry, and can be distinguished - the laundry dispersion level or a laundry turnover level. [00397] Thus, the "roller drive operation" can be differentiated according to each cycle constituting the various cleaning modes and each of the specific steps constituting each cycle, so that the laundry can be optimally treated by mechanical external force. Because of this, the cleaning efficiency can be improved. In addition, one-on-one, old-fashioned, and early-fixed drum drive operation may result in excessive π wash time. Next, the drum drive operation for each cycle will be explained. Tao 8] A cleaning cycle includes a laundry determination step, a water supply step and a cleaning step. The water supply (four) package (four) to dissolve the detergent - to remove the step, and to moisturize the laundry (four). The detergent strengthening step and the washing step are independently provided from the ordering step. A heating step 129 can be further provided according to each mode. 201124587 • 1. The amount of laundry is determined: [0〇399] measurement for rotation Rolling fun - the current is used to perform the amount of laundry. In this case, when the drum is running along the current, the JL roller is rotated in the direction of the soil and can be measured in the amount of laundry. Drive by stepping motion, such as rollover operation. Single-spin 1 ♦ 2 water supply: _ 丨 In a water supply step, the laundry water is combined with the detergent _ = execute - turn to decontamination (four) steps. In order to improve the cleaning cycle The rate of dissolution and the dissolution of the detergent can be effectively completed in the feeding rate, and the quick-dissolving detergent in the washing water may be effective in order to apply a strong mechanical external force for quickness and use of fruit. That is, right, s + Apply a strong mechanical force to the 'clothing water to dissolve the detergent more effectively in the washing machine. Therefore, in the deconstruction step, the drum system is operated according to steps, running and/or friction. And for the rotation. The rotary feed operation q rotates the drum at a high speed, uses the sudden braking of the drum to change the direction, and provides a strong mechanical external force. The combination of the stepping operation and the friction operation can be performed in this step. The soaking and moistening step, it is important to wet the laundry in the detergent and the detergent. In this case, a drum drive operation may be excessive; the operation may alternatively be, the transition operation and the The rolling operation can be sequentially ordered. The rolling operation continuously flips the laundry to make the washing water attached to the lower portion 130 201124587 of the drum uniformly contact the laundry 'and is suitable for drying in the washing. Stretching the laundry during the rotation of the drum to bring the laundry into close contact with the surface of the inner circumference of the drum, and simultaneously spraying the washing water into the drum, so that the washing water can pass through the through hole of the laundry and the drum due to centrifugal force Discharged from the tub. Therefore, the filtering operation increases the surface area of the laundry and allows the washing water to pass through the laundry, as this enables uniform supply of the laundry to be washed. The effect of the laundry water of the object. Moreover, with such an effect, the two different drums are driven to operate, that is, the filtration operation and the rolling operation are sequentially repeated in the washing and wetting strengthening step. If the laundry amount is a predetermined value Or above, in a rolling operation having a relatively low drum rotation speed, the washing wetting effect may be lowered, and thus a rollover operation having a relatively high drum rotation speed may be performed instead of the rolling operation. [〇罐] However, the 'water supply step The detergent-enhancing dissolution step or the laundering step can be classified according to the driving operation of the drum when the washing water is continuously supplied. Therefore, it is difficult for the user to distinguish the above in the water supply step. From the user's point of view, the drum appears to be driven by one of the rolling and/or rollover and/or stepping and/or rubbing operations in the water supply step, or a combination of two or more of these operations. According to the type of fabric to be washed, a mode for avoiding damage to the fabric can be provided. According to this mode, a mode for generating (four) sounds when washing the laundry based on the modes can be provided. The cylinder is operated according to the ability to apply a strong mechanical external force in the water supply step = 131 201124587 Movement time 9 - In general, the laundry fabric is damaged or avoided. Therefore, in the water supply step, it is possible to provide an operation which is difficult to produce or avoid fabric damage. In this case, the effect of the die-cutting noise and the effect of the turbidity and turbidity of the washing can be realized. The mold is dissolved, the detergent is dissolved to drive the drum to perform the swinging operation, or in some modes, the _... Time. η 〃 〃 运转 运转 运转 旋 旋 旋 旋 运转 运转 运转 运转 运转 运转 运转 运转 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 η η η η η η η η η η 四The rolling operation induces the laundry to roll along the inner surface of the drum without causing an impact due to the sudden drop of the laundry. [00405] % of the detergent is dissolved and the strip is wetted. In the step, a cycle for recycling the washing water may be provided in at least a predetermined step. This cycle may be performed throughout the water supply step, or at a predetermined stage of the water supply step. 1.3 Heating: [00406] at - In the heating step, a drum driving operation is provided for heating the heater to supply the laundry to the laundry when the heater is supplied to the barrel (four). In the heating step, the drum is operated according to the rolling operation. Drive to continuously rotate the drum in a predetermined direction. If the direction of rotation of the drum changes, a vortex will be generated with the wash water and the heat transfer efficiency can be reduced. If the amount of laundry is less than a predetermined amount of laundry, the drum 132 201124587 The driver drives the rolling. If the laundry is the predetermined level of laundry: the machine is driven to perform the roll-over operation. If the amount of laundry is less than the pre-~, the rolling operation can fully heat the laundry. The amount of laundry is a predetermined level or _ ^ ' can be used to rotate the drum at a relatively high speed. h4 cleaning: [〇〇4〇?] - cleaning step consumes the longest cleaning cycle (four) I in the cleaning step The dirt of the laundry may be approximated, and a drum driving operation of the washing step may move A #1, 1b in a different manner to move a certain operation of the laundry. For example, the drum M of the cleaning step is also seedling & The cylinder drive operation may be a combination of stepping operation and/or rollover operation and/or rolling operation, or a combination of these operations, which can be applied to the laundry. Mechanical external force. In particular, in the case of a small amount of laundry, a combination of 0 and 2 operations can be effective. [00408] The cleaning step, the nightmare rolling bay drive operation, can be used for filtration operation and A combination of rollover operation. This one: Fen Money®S i clear drive operation can continuously supply the laundry water to be supplied with laundry to improve the efficiency of the slag, and the machine can be uniformly applied to the laundry. The external force can be used to increase the amount of the clearing method #i, + μ, and the amount of the large amount of laundry can be effective. [00409] - the heating step is provided before the washing step, and the washing water can be washed Step heating to increase the material. If you add (4) clothing water, you can combine the drum drive operation. For example, if you drive the heater in the barrel to add 133 201124587 hot laundry water, the drum may be based on the one without sudden braking. The drum is driven to drive. Qing], as described above, in the mode for avoiding fabric damage and suppressing the generation of noise, this operation of the laundry is also provided for a relatively small mechanical external force. For example, in the cleaning step of the above mode, a swing operation can be performed to reduce noise generation and avoid fabric damage. Therefore, the operation time of the 'swing operation may be longer than the operation in the other modes. For example, 'Step 疋/, when running through the whirl operation, the cleaning efficiency may be reduced to provide an additional operation with a strong mechanical external force. The operation time of the operation with a strong mechanical external force can be set to be shorter than the operation time of the operation with a weak mechanical external force. 2. Flushing cycle: [U] During the flushing cycle, the water supply, drum drive and draining steps are repeated to flush the dirt or detergent residue attached to the laundry (4). The / roller drive operation of the /washing cycle can be used to produce a similar scrubbing action ~ 〇 /χ 1 > , The drum drive operation of the flush cycle can be frictional and/or rotary. The frictional operation and the whirl operation have the effect of scrubbing and constantly swaying the laundry in the washing water to achieve the flushing ability. _12】When the drum system drives the flushing cycle, the water used to circulate the water in the bucket enters the inside of the drum. The cycle step and the over-running and running can be performed together, and the washing water is sprayed into the drum to be washed. Flowing water 134 134 201124587 Washing operation produces a strong centrifugal force, and the dirt and laundry can be separated from the laundry and the laundry. [00413] In the flushing cycle, by applying a mechanical external force to the laundry, in the drainage and/or intermediate spin, the washing water can be discharged with the bubbles. Therefore, the drum system is driven to perform a stepping operation or a rollover operation. By dragging the lifted laundry, the cleaning efficiency can be improved by H (4) (4). The driving operation can be distinguished according to the amount of laundry. That is, in the example of the amount of small laundry, a stepping operation is performed to generate a maximum distance. In the case of a large amount of laundry, the rollover operation is performed. Chen 4] As mentioned above, in the mode selected to avoid fabric (four) or stagnation, a pair of weak mechanical outer (s) can be applied to the laundry to be used in the flushing cycle. For example, a swing operation can be provided in the flushing of the =. In the mode selected to reduce the cleaning time, it can " reduce the time of the flush cycle. For example, in the example of the overrun operation consumption - a relatively large amount of time - and thus the selected overall cleaning time - mode, the overrunning operation can be omitted in the drum driving step of the flush cycle. 3 · Spin cycle: [00415] In a spin cycle, the drum is rotated with a top or higher sacral to remove the water contained in the laundry, and the spin cycle can be The utility model comprises a laundry entanglement step and a bias rate step to accelerate the rotation speed of the drum to a predetermined material. - (9) (4) According to the purpose of each step 135 201124587.彳丨 ^ For example, it is advantageous to apply a phase relative % strong mechanical external force to the laundry in the laundry untangling step. If a strong mechanical external force can be applied to the previous flushing cycle, even a weak mechanical external force is sufficient for one operation. Moreover, in order to accurately measure the eccentricity, a drum driving operation for continuously rotating the drum in a single direction is applicable to the μ 迥 for the eccentricity measuring step. # V·新模式 [00416] Next, various modes are illustrated, each of which includes a wash cycle, a flush cycle, and a spin cycle. However, the user's choice can be omitted from each mode for a single cycle. 17, can be omitted from the mode Α (standard mode), or you can omit a mode B (very dirty mode) The flush cycle, or from the mode Γ Γ C (rapid boiling mode), omits the spin by the ring. It is widely provided in each of the 1 (10) of each of the variants - the loop can be set, the formula F ( The cleaning cycle of the functional laundry mode can be set to a single new stick type. In this case, it can be called "work cleaning". Not for cleaning cycles, the rinse ring or spin cycle provided in each mode can be set to the new mode. [00417] Although in the cleaning cycle, the first cycle, and the spin cycle, a sequence of features is described to illustrate that each cycle in a pattern can be combined with another mode cycle, New model. Example A (standard mode) flush cycle Spin cycle, can be combined with mode B (pole

136 C 201124587 髒污物模式)的、、主吐& … 環,並設定為一新的模式。可替代 地,可從其他模式中選 \ 了朁代 ,. . y 個循裱。例如,模式A (標準 ^ ;循環與模式Μ的自㈣環能結合模式B(極136 C 201124587 Dirty mode), the main spit & ... ring, and set to a new mode. Alternatively, you can choose from other modes, .. y cycles. For example, mode A (standard ^ ; loop and mode 自 self (four) ring can combine mode B (pole

髒心模式)的清洗循環,並設定為—新的模式。在此例 中’用來連接循環的㈣可進行適當的調整或修改。 _8】此外’新的模式可基於待洗衣物的耗力和條件來設 定。圖22广圖24顯示了用來決定標準模式、強勁運轉模 式(極H &式,快速煮;弗模式及冷洗模式),以及輕柔 運轉模式(彩色的、纖細的或羊毛模式)的該些運轉的該 些步驟、效果及條件。依據所希望的效果及條件,該些滾 筒的運轉可在標準模式、強勁運轉模式及輕柔運轉模式之 間互換地選擇,以創造新的模式。本發明和特徵可以進— 步應用到滾筒式乾衣機的一運轉,其巾,例如,公佈於美 國專利公告號:2009/0126222,2010/0005680 和 2010/0162586,其全部内容係併入本案作為參考。 [00419】任何參考本說明書「一具體實施例」、「例示具體實 施例」等,是指與包括在本發明至少一具體實施例中的具 體實施例相關的一特定的功能、結構、或特徵的描述。泛 些出現在說明書中各處的詞組並不一定都指向相同的具體 實施例。此外,當一特定的功能、結構、特徵或與任何具 體實施例相關的描述,據以認為一熟習該技藝之人在權利 137 201124587 特徵或與其他與那些具體實施例 範圍内的對功能、結構 相關的改變。Dirty mode) cleaning cycle and set to - new mode. In this case, (4) used to connect the loops can be appropriately adjusted or modified. _8] In addition, the 'new mode' can be set based on the labor and conditions of the laundry. Figure 22 is a wide view of Figure 24 showing the standard mode, the strong operating mode (very H & fast cooker mode and cold wash mode), and the gentle mode of operation (colored, slender or wool mode). These steps, effects and conditions of operation. Depending on the desired effect and conditions, the rollers can be operated interchangeably between standard mode, strong mode and soft mode to create new modes. The present invention and features can be further applied to an operation of a tumble dryer, which is disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent Publication Nos.: 2009/0126222, 2010/0005680 and 2010/0162586, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein. Reference. [00419] Any reference to "a specific embodiment", "exemplary embodiment" or the like in the specification refers to a particular function, structure, or feature associated with a particular embodiment included in at least one embodiment of the present invention. description of. The phrases that appear throughout the specification are not necessarily all referring to the specific embodiments. In addition, when a particular function, structure, feature, or description is associated with any particular embodiment, it is believed that a person skilled in the art is entitled to the function, structure, and other features within the scope of the 137 201124587 Related changes.

與一數量的參考具體實施例揭 不悖離本揭露之原則的精神和 的、-0除了各個組成部分及/或安排的變化和修改,替代 性的用途對該些熟悉技藝者也將是顯而易見。 [00420】雖然具體實施例係 露如上,它應該被理解,在 範疇下,許多其他的修改和 藝者所想出。更多特定的、 組成部分及/或安排’係為圖 具體實施例可以被熟悉該項技 各種變化和修改係揭露可能的 式和附加的權利要求的範圍内 【圖式簡單說明】 參照以下圖#詳細說明本發明之具體實施 <列,相同的 參考數字符號是指相同的元件,其中: 圖1係本案所具體及充分描述的一例示的洗衣機之一 分解圖; 圖2係本案所具體及充分描述的另一例示的洗衣機之 一分解圖; 圖3A-3G、圖4A_4D、圖5A_5F及圖6係繪示本案所 具體及充分描述的不同的滾筒運轉及洗衣作動模式; 圖7-21係繪示與本案充分描述的具體實施例相符的包 括如圖3A-3G、圖4A_4D、圖5A_5F及圖6所示之滾筒運 轉的不同操作模式的流程圖;以及 138 201124587 圖22-24繪示用來決定運轉的作用及條件。 【主要元件符號說明】 I 00 :洗衣機 110 :機櫃 113 :門 114 :開口 ^ 11 5 :控制面板 II 7 :模式選擇區 118 :選項選擇區 119 :顯示區 120 :桶 1 3 0 :滚筒 131 :通孔 φ I35 :升降桿 140 :馬達 200 :桶前部 220 :桶後部 230 :桶背 250 :後部墊圈 280 :柔性材料(前墊圈) 3 00 :滚筒前部 139 201124587 530 :懸吊器In addition to variations and modifications of the various components and/or arrangements of the present invention, alternative embodiments of the present invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art. . [00420] While the specific embodiments are as above, it should be understood that many other modifications and artisans are contemplated. More specifics, components, and/or arrangements are described in the drawings. Various changes and modifications are possible within the scope of the appended claims and the appended claims. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT(S) DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The same reference numerals are used to refer to the same elements, wherein: Figure 1 is an exploded view of an exemplary washing machine specifically and fully described in the present invention; And an exploded view of another exemplary washing machine; FIG. 3A-3G, FIG. 4A-4D, FIG. 5A-5F, and FIG. 6 illustrate different drum operation and laundry actuation modes specifically and fully described in the present invention; FIG. A flowchart showing different operational modes of the drum operation as shown in FIGS. 3A-3G, 4A-4D, 5A-5F, and 6 in accordance with the specific embodiment fully described in the present disclosure; and 138 201124587 FIGS. 22-24 Used to determine the role and conditions of operation. [Main component symbol description] I 00 : Washing machine 110 : Cabinet 113 : Door 114 : Opening ^ 11 5 : Control panel II 7 : Mode selection area 118 : Option selection area 119 : Display area 120 : Bucket 1 3 0 : Roller 131 : Through hole φ I35 : lifting rod 140 : motor 200 : barrel front portion 220 : barrel rear portion 230 : barrel back 250 : rear washer 280 : flexible material (front washer) 3 00 : drum front portion 139 201124587 530 : hanger

3 1 0 :球平衡器 3 20 :滚筒中心 330 :球平衡器 340 :滾筒後部 350 :星形輪 3 5 1 :軸桿 400 :承載機殼 450 ' 500 ' 510、520 600 :底座3 1 0 : Ball balancer 3 20 : Roller center 330 : Ball balancer 340 : Rear of drum 350 : Star wheel 3 5 1 : Shaft 400 : Carrying case 450 ' 500 ' 510, 520 600 : Base

140140

Claims (1)

201124587 七、申請專利範圍: 【.-種操作具有-滚筒的-洗衣機之方法,該滾筒 具有一旋轉轴通過該滚筒之一中心’該方法包含旋轉該滾 筒進行一第一運轉的步驟,其包含以下步驟: 以一第一預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒’使得最初位於一 初始位置的該滾筒上之一參考點繞該旋轉軸旋轉,其中該 參考點係在該滾筒之一側上的任一點; • 當該參考點繞該滾筒之該旋轉軸行經一第一預定距離 時’改變該滾筒的該旋轉速度; 恢復該滾筒以一第二預定旋轉速度的旋轉;以及 當該參考點繞該滾筒《該旋轉軸行經一第二預定距離 時,改變該滾筒的該旋轉速度,使得該滾筒的該參考點回 至J實質位於該初始位置的一位置。 2·如凊求項丨之方法, 叙&amp; _ 卉τ該第一與第一預定旋轉 速度係實質相等, 且这第一與第二預定距離係實質相等。 3· 如請求項1$士、+ ^ 入板办 方法,其中該第一與第二預定距離 合併約等於繞該 &lt;迚離 袞筒之該旋轉軸360度。 141 201124587 4. 於—預定期 如請求項1之方法, 速度的歩驟,包含 的步驟。 其中該改變該滾筒的該旋轉 間減低該滾筒的該旋轉速度 如 5. 速度的步驟,勹 ° #中該?文變該滾筒的該旋轉 ;預^期間暫停該滾筒的旋轉的步驟。 6 ·如 請求項 速度的步驟,肖人之方去,其中該改變該滾筒的該旋轉 3沿著相對於該滚筒之該旋轉方向的一方 向上施加-反轉扭矩,以瞬間停止該滾筒的步驟。 7·如請求項!之方法,進一步包含旋轉該滾筒進行 一第二運轉的步驟,其包含以下步驟:201124587 VII. Patent application scope: [.- A method of operating a drum-washing machine having a rotating shaft passing through a center of the drum] The method comprises the step of rotating the drum for a first operation, which comprises The following steps: rotating the drum at a first predetermined rotational speed such that a reference point on the drum initially located at an initial position is rotated about the rotating shaft, wherein the reference point is at any point on one side of the drum; • 'changing the rotational speed of the drum when the reference point travels a predetermined distance around the axis of rotation of the drum; restoring the rotation of the drum at a second predetermined rotational speed; and when the reference point is wound around the drum The rotation axis changes the rotation speed of the drum when the rotation axis passes a second predetermined distance, so that the reference point of the drum returns to a position where J is substantially at the initial position. 2. The method of claiming the item, the first and the first predetermined rotational speed are substantially equal, and the first and second predetermined distances are substantially equal. 3. The request item 1$, + ^ into the board method, wherein the first and second predetermined distances are combined to be approximately 360 degrees around the axis of rotation of the &lt; 141 201124587 4. In-Scheduled Period The method of requesting item 1, the step of speed, and the steps involved. Wherein the step of changing the rotational speed of the drum to reduce the rotational speed of the drum, such as 5. speed, the rotation of the drum in the 勹 °#; the step of suspending the rotation of the drum during the pre-processing period. 6. If the step of requesting the speed of the item is to be performed, the method of changing the rotation of the drum 3 by applying a reverse-rotation torque in a direction relative to the rotational direction of the drum to instantaneously stop the drum . 7. If requested! The method further includes the step of rotating the drum for a second operation, the method comprising the steps of: 以一第二預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒,該第三預定旋轉 速度係小於該第—及第二預定旋轉速度。 8·如請求項7之方法,進一步包含旋轉該滾筒進行 一第三運轉的步驟,其包含以一第四預定旋轉速度旋轉該 滾筒的步驟,該第四預定旋轉速度係小於該第一 卑二預 定旋轉速度,且大於該第三預定旋轉速度。 S 142 201124587 9. 如請求項1之方法,進_ -第:運轉的步驟,其包含以下步驟:^ 三預^旋轉速度沿著—第-方向旋轉該滾筒; 第三預定距離 89 Z參考點繞該滾筒之該旋轉軸行經一 時改變該滾筒㈣㈣ 方二復該滾筒以-第四預定旋轉速度沿著相對於該第 滚筒之該參考點通過該 万向的一筮-士人, 罘一方向的旋轉,使得該 初始位置;以及 四預定距離 田該參考點繞該滾筒之該旋轉軸行經一第 時,再次改㈣滾筒的料轉速度。 ' 10.如凊求項9之方法,其中該第一與第二預定旋轉 等’、實質相等’且該第三與第四預定旋轉速度係實質相 ,且其中該第一及第二預定旋轉速度係大於該第三及第 % 四預定旋轉速度。 11’如叫求項丨之方法,進一步包含旋轉該滾筒進行 第一運轉的步帮,其包含以下步驟: 、第一預义旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒,使得藉由該滾筒 的旋轉所產生的—第—離心力使置於該滾筒内的—待洗衣 物攀附於該滾筒的一内表面; 143 201124587 筒’使得藉由該滾筒 使該待洗衣物攀附於 以—第四預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾 的旋轉所產生的一第二離心力不足以 該滾筒的該内表面;以及 的轉動,使得該待 並攀附於該滾筒的 恢復該滾筒以該第三預定旋轉速度 洗衣物朝向該滾筒的該内表面被拉回, 該内表面。The drum is rotated at a second predetermined rotational speed that is less than the first and second predetermined rotational speeds. 8. The method of claim 7, further comprising the step of rotating the drum for a third operation, comprising the step of rotating the drum at a fourth predetermined rotational speed, the fourth predetermined rotational speed being less than the first second A predetermined rotational speed is greater than the third predetermined rotational speed. S 142 201124587 9. The method of claim 1, the step of: - the operation, comprising the steps of: ^ three pre-rotation speeds rotating the drum along the - direction - the third predetermined distance 89 Z reference point The rotation axis of the drum is changed by the drum (4) (four) for a while, and the drum is passed through the universal direction with respect to the reference point of the second drum at a fourth predetermined rotation speed. Rotation, such that the initial position; and four predetermined distances of the reference point around the axis of rotation of the drum through a first time, again (four) the feed speed of the drum. 10. The method of claim 9, wherein the first and second predetermined rotations are 'substantially equal' and the third and fourth predetermined rotational speeds are substantially phase, and wherein the first and second predetermined rotations The speed system is greater than the third and fourth predetermined rotational speeds. 11' The method of claim </ RTI> further comprising the step of rotating the drum for the first operation, comprising the steps of: rotating the drum at a first pre-synchronous rotational speed such that by rotation of the drum - The first centrifugal force causes the laundry to be attached to an inner surface of the drum; 143 201124587 the cylinder 'such that the laundry is allowed to be attached to the roller at a fourth predetermined rotational speed by the roller a second centrifugal force generated by the rotation is insufficient for the inner surface of the drum; and the rotation is such that the recovery of the drum to be attached to the drum is at the third predetermined rotational speed of the laundry toward the inner surface of the drum Pull back, the inner surface. 2.—種操作具有一滾筒的一洗衣機之方法,該滚筒 具有:旋轉軸通過該滾筒之—中心、,該方法包含旋轉該浪 疴進行第一運轉的步驟,其包含以下步驟: (a) 以—第一預定旋轉速度沿著一第— 筒抽π 可矛方向旋轉該滾 3 ’吏仔最初位於一初始位置㈣滾筒上之 旋轉軸旋轉至一第繞該 預位置,其中該參考點係在該滾筒 之一側上的任一點; (b) 备該參考點到達該笛 —„ J運该第一預疋位置,改變該滾筒 旋轉方向並以哕笛—π— ^ Μ 預疋旋轉速度沿著相對於該第一方 的 第一方向旋轉該步传 衰筒’使得該滾筒之該參考點緩回經 過該初始位置而朝向1二預定位置; (c) 當該參考點到遠兮 旋轉方向並沿著該第=二預疋位置,改變該滾筒的該 方向旋轉該滾筒,使得該參考 回朝向該初始位置;以及 洗 (d) 在步驟(a)、步 锦(b)或步驟(c)之至少一者的期間, 144 201124587 運用以下之任—或多個條件: (i)沿著該第一與第-方 興第一方向的該滾筒的一旋轉速度係大 於每分鐘45轉(45 RPM);或者 ⑼該滾筒之該參考點係切從該初始位置至該第-及第二預定位置的一 90度絕對值;或者 (Hi)改變該滾筒之該旋轉 Π其包含對驅動該滾筒 的一馬達煞車或改變該馬 旋轉方向以對該滾筒施加 一反轉扭矩。 13·如請求項12之方法,並由、,L M . ,L ^咕 ,、中著—第一方向旋轉該 /哀筒及 /口著一* 第—Hh- a .u Ajt 弟一方向旋轉該滾筒 S ^ M κ ,驟,包含驅動耦合 h袞_ —馬達以從該馬達分別 描供旌鏟士 止 考这第一與第二方向 扣供旋轉力的步驟,以及沿著該第 失去斿絲.〇乐一方向以大於一 度的旋轉速度來旋轉該滾筒的步驟。 14.如請求項13之方法 心力次’其中改變 向的步驟,包+春°〜袞琦的該旋轉方 已3田該參考點到達該第一及笛 對該馬達施加一斂車弟二預定位置時 …、半力的步驟,以及沿 該馬達以改轡兮:奋教α 相反方向旋轉 改變该滚筒的該旋轉Μ㊃I 得 145 201124587 15.如請求項12之方 万去,其中,在該第一及第二預定 位置,該滾筒之該參考 亏點係大於從該初始位置的90度,且 小於從該初始位置的180产。 1 6.如請求項15 定 ^班 之方法,其中,在該第一及第二預 位置,該滾筒之該參 ”係大於從該初始位置的1 20度 17.如請求項12 第二運轉的步 之方法,進—步包含旋轉該滾筒進行 驟,其包含以下步驟: 沿著該第一方向 — 第—方向之一者,以小於該 預定旋轉速度的一坌一 第 預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾 筒 18.如請求項 進一步包含旋轉該滾筒進杆 第二運轉的步驟, 门進仃 之I r 含者該第一方向或該第-大人 之一者,以小於兮钕 布〜方向 第一預定旋轉逮度且大於該第… 轉速度的一第三預 預又旋 疋旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒。 19.如請求項 2之方法,進—步包含旋 一第二運轉的步 得该滚畸進行 7鄉,其包含以下步驟: 史仃 沿著該第一太A、 α以小於該第一預定旋轉 預定旋轉速度旋轉哕速度的〜苐二 滚筒’使得該參考點繞該旋轉麵旋轉 146 201124587 至一第三預定位置 更接近該初始位置 該苐三預定位置係較該第一預定位置 當該參考點到達該第三 轉方向並沿著該第二方向以 筒,使得該滾筒之該參考點 第四預定位置,其中該第四 更接近該初始位置;以及 預定位置,改變該滾筒的該旋 該第二預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾 繞回經過該初始位置而朝向一 預定位置係較該第二預定位置2. A method of operating a washing machine having a drum having a center through which the rotating shaft passes, the method comprising the step of rotating the weed for a first operation comprising the steps of: (a) Rotating the roller 3 in a first predetermined rotational speed along a first cylinder, and rotating the shaft on the drum at an initial position (four) to rotate to a pre-position, wherein the reference point is At any point on one side of the drum; (b) preparing the reference point to reach the flute - J to transport the first pre-turn position, changing the direction of rotation of the drum and pre-twisting the speed with the flute - π - ^ Μ Rotating the step faucet ' in a first direction relative to the first side such that the reference point of the drum is slowly passed back through the initial position toward a predetermined position; (c) when the reference point is rotated far away Direction and along the second=pre-twist position, changing the direction of the drum to rotate the drum such that the reference is toward the initial position; and washing (d) in step (a), step (b) or step ( c) at least one of the periods 144, 201124587 Applying the following - or a plurality of conditions: (i) a rotational speed of the drum in the first direction of the first and first - square directions is greater than 45 revolutions per minute (45 RPM); or (9) The reference point of the drum is cut from the initial position to a 90 degree absolute value of the first and second predetermined positions; or (Hi) the rotation of the drum is changed to include a motor brake for driving the drum or Changing the direction of rotation of the horse to apply a reverse torque to the drum. 13. The method of claim 12, and by, LM., L ^ 咕, zhongzhong - rotating the damper and / mouth in the first direction One*Hh-a.u Ajt rotates the drum S^M κ in one direction, and includes a drive coupling h衮_-motor to separately draw the first and second from the motor a step of biasing the rotational force, and a step of rotating the drum at a rotational speed greater than one degree along the first lost strand. 14. The method of claim 13 wherein the step of changing the direction , package + spring ° ~ Qi Qi's rotation party has 3 fields that reference Arriving at the first and the flute to apply a predetermined position to the motor, the half force step, and along the motor to change: the opposite direction of rotation, the rotation of the drum changes the rotation of the drum 145 201124587 15. The method of claim 12, wherein, in the first and second predetermined positions, the reference deficit point of the drum is greater than 90 degrees from the initial position and less than 180 from the initial position. 1 6. The method of claim 15, wherein in the first and second pre-positions, the parameter of the drum is greater than 1 20 degrees from the initial position. 17. The second operation of claim 12 The method of step, the step of rotating comprises rotating the drum, comprising the steps of: rotating the one along the first direction - the first direction, at a predetermined rotational speed less than the predetermined rotational speed The drum 18. The request item further includes the step of rotating the second step of the roller feed, and the door opening I r includes the first direction or one of the first-largest persons, and is smaller than the 〜 cloth~ direction first A third pre-predetermined rotation speed that is greater than the first rotation speed of the first rotation speed is rotated by the rotation speed. 19. The method of claim 2, wherein the step of rotating comprises a step of rotating the second operation to perform the roll-to-roll process, wherein the step comprises: following the first step A, α is less than the first predetermined Rotating a predetermined rotational speed to rotate the 的 speed of the 苐 2 roller' such that the reference point is rotated about the rotating surface 146 201124587 to a third predetermined position closer to the initial position than the first predetermined position when the reference is a point reaching the third direction of rotation and a barrel along the second direction such that the reference point of the drum is at a fourth predetermined position, wherein the fourth is closer to the initial position; and the predetermined position, changing the rotation of the drum Rotating the second predetermined rotational speed through the initial position toward the predetermined position relative to the second predetermined position 曰該,考點到達該第四預^位置,改變該滾筒的該旋 轉方向並再沿著該第—方向旋轉該滾筒,使得該參考點繞 回朝向該初始位置。 2〇·如明求項12之方法,進一步包含旋轉該滾筒進行 一第二運轉的步驟’其包含以下步驟: 以一第一預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒,使得藉由該滾筒 鲁 的旋轉所產生的一第一離心力使置於該滾筒内的一待洗衣 物攀附於該滚筒的一内表面.; 以一第二預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒,使得藉由該滾筒 的旋轉所產生的一第二離心力不足以使該待洗衣物攀附於 該滾筒的該内表面;以及 恢復該滾筒以該第一預定旋轉速度的轉動,使得該待 洗衣物朝向該滾筒的該内表面被拉回,並攀附於該滾筒的 該内表面。 147 201124587 21·—種操作具有一滾筒的一洗衣機之方法,該滾筒 具有一旋轉輪通過該滾筒之一中心,該方法包含旋轉該滾 筒進行一第一運轉的步驟,其包含以下步驟: 以一第一預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒,使得藉由該滾筒 以該第一預定旋轉速度的旋轉所產生的一第一離心力使置 於該滾筒内的一待洗衣物攀附於該滾筒的一内表面,當該 Φ 滾筒以該第一預定旋轉速度旋轉; 以一第二預定旋轉速度旋轉該滚筒,使得藉由該滾筒 以該第二預定旋轉速度的旋轉所產生的一第二離心力不足 以使該待洗衣物攀附於該滾筒的該内表面,當該滾筒以該 第二預定旋轉速度旋轉;以及 以一第三預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒,使得藉由該滾筒 以該第二旋轉速度的旋轉所產生的一第三離心力使該待洗 φ 衣物朝向該滾筒的該内表面被拉回,並攀附於該滾筒的該 内表面’當該滾筒以該第三預定旋轉速度旋轉。 22.如請求項21之方法,其中該第一預定旋轉速度係 實質等於該第三預定旋轉速度,且該第二預定旋轉速度係 小於該第一預定旋轉速度及該第三預定旋轉速度。 148 201124587 23·如請求項21之方法,其中該第一預定旋轉速度及 該第預疋旋轉速度係約每分鐘60轉(60 RPM),且該第二 預定旋轉速度係少於每分鐘6〇轉(6〇111&gt;1^。 24.如清求項21之方法,進—步包含旋轉該滾筒進行 一第二運轉的步騍,其包含以下步驟·· ^第二預定旋轉速度旋轉該滚筒,該第三預定旋轉 速度係小於該第—及第二預定旋轉速度。 青求項24之方法,進—步包含旋轉該滾筒進行 一第三運轉的步驟,其包含以—第四預定旋轉速度旋轉該 滾筒的步驟,該第四預定旋轉速度係小於該第一及第二預 疋旋轉速度且大於該第三預定旋轉速度。 26·如請求項21之方法,進—步 包含旋轉該 -第二運轉的步驟,其包含以下步驟: 沿著_签一 =_ 向以—第三預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒, ^ 預&amp;旋轉速度係、小於該第-及第二預定旋轉速度, 使得該滾筒—相之—參考點從—初始位置繞向—第 定位置; 現 當該參考點到達該第— 味n龟也 轉方向並沿著—第-置,改變該滾相該旋 一方向以該第三預定旋轉速度旋轉該滚 149 201124587 缚,使得該滚筒之兮·灸本 〜必麥考點繞回經過該初始位置而朝向一 第二預定位置;以及 當該參考點到達該第二預定位置,改變該滚筒的該旋 轉方向並再沿著該第一方向旋轉該滚筒,使得該參考點繞 回朝向該初始位置。That is, the test center reaches the fourth pre-position, changes the rotation direction of the drum, and then rotates the drum along the first direction, so that the reference point wraps back toward the initial position. 2. The method of claim 12, further comprising the step of rotating the drum for a second operation comprising the steps of: rotating the drum at a first predetermined rotational speed such that rotation of the drum is generated a first centrifugal force causes a laundry placed in the drum to adhere to an inner surface of the drum. The drum is rotated at a second predetermined rotational speed so that a second is generated by the rotation of the drum The centrifugal force is insufficient to cause the laundry to adhere to the inner surface of the drum; and the rotation of the drum at the first predetermined rotational speed is resumed such that the laundry is pulled back toward the inner surface of the drum and is attached to The inner surface of the drum. 147 201124587 21 - A method of operating a washing machine having a drum having a rotating wheel passing through a center of the drum, the method comprising the step of rotating the drum for a first operation, comprising the steps of: Rotating the drum at a first predetermined rotational speed such that a laundry placed in the drum is attached to an inner surface of the drum by a first centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the drum at the first predetermined rotational speed, Rotating the drum at the first predetermined rotational speed; rotating the drum at a second predetermined rotational speed such that a second centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the drum at the second predetermined rotational speed is insufficient to cause the a laundry attached to the inner surface of the drum, the drum rotating at the second predetermined rotational speed; and rotating the drum at a third predetermined rotational speed such that the drum is rotated by the second rotational speed a third centrifugal force causes the to-be-washed φ garment to be pulled back toward the inner surface of the drum and clings to the inner surface of the drum' when The drum rotates at the third predetermined rotational speed. 22. The method of claim 21, wherein the first predetermined rotational speed is substantially equal to the third predetermined rotational speed, and the second predetermined rotational speed is less than the first predetermined rotational speed and the third predetermined rotational speed. The method of claim 21, wherein the first predetermined rotational speed and the first predetermined rotational speed are about 60 revolutions per minute (60 RPM), and the second predetermined rotational speed is less than 6 inches per minute. Turning (6〇111&gt;1^ 24. The method of claim 21, the step comprising rotating the drum for a second operation, comprising the following steps: · rotating the drum at a second predetermined rotational speed The third predetermined rotational speed is less than the first and second predetermined rotational speeds. The method of claim 24 includes the step of rotating the drum for a third operation, including a fourth predetermined rotational speed a step of rotating the drum, the fourth predetermined rotational speed being less than the first and second pre-turn rotational speeds and greater than the third predetermined rotational speed. 26. The method of claim 21, wherein the step comprises rotating the - a second operation step, comprising the steps of: rotating the drum at a third predetermined rotational speed along the _ sign = _, and the pre-amplitude rotation speed is less than the first-and second predetermined rotational speeds, such that Roller-phase The reference point is rotated from the initial position to the first position; now the reference point reaches the first point - the tortoise also turns in the direction and along the -th position, changing the rolling phase to the first direction to the third Rotating the roller 149 201124587 at a predetermined rotational speed so that the roller 灸 灸 必 必 必 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦 麦The direction of rotation of the drum and then rotating the drum in the first direction causes the reference point to wrap back toward the initial position. 150150
TW99126789A 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine TWI429803B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (15)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020090073979A KR20110017468A (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling method of washing machine
KR1020090073976A KR20110016326A (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling method of washing machine
KR1020090073828A KR101674935B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073977A KR101638901B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073981A KR101632210B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073978A KR101092454B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073980A KR20110016329A (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling method of washing machine
KR1020090073960A KR101625046B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073827A KR101611279B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073959A KR101595027B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073826A KR101155001B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling method of washing machine
KR1020090079827A KR101634179B1 (en) 2009-08-27 2009-08-27 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090080128A KR101712905B1 (en) 2009-08-27 2009-08-27 Control method of laundry machine
KR1020090079915A KR20110022363A (en) 2009-08-27 2009-08-27 Controlling method of washing machine
KR1020090105116A KR101731332B1 (en) 2009-11-02 2009-11-02 Method for washing and washing machine

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201124587A true TW201124587A (en) 2011-07-16
TWI429803B TWI429803B (en) 2014-03-11

Family

ID=43586295

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW99126791A TWI432624B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Laundry machine
TW99126789A TWI429803B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine
TW99126788A TWI410547B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine
TW99126790A TWI424107B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW99126791A TWI432624B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Laundry machine

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW99126788A TWI410547B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine
TW99126790A TWI424107B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine

Country Status (11)

Country Link
EP (5) EP2464778B1 (en)
CN (2) CN102471972B (en)
AU (2) AU2010283165B2 (en)
BR (2) BR112012002451B1 (en)
ES (4) ES2614489T3 (en)
MX (2) MX349451B (en)
PL (3) PL2496750T3 (en)
RU (2) RU2499091C2 (en)
TW (4) TWI432624B (en)
UA (2) UA103697C2 (en)
WO (4) WO2011019195A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101590371B1 (en) 2009-02-16 2016-02-02 엘지전자 주식회사 Washing machine and washing method
CN105369549B (en) * 2014-08-20 2019-05-31 青岛海尔洗衣机有限公司 A kind of program for washing of roller washing machine
JP6435138B2 (en) * 2014-08-29 2018-12-05 アクア株式会社 Drum washing machine
CN105648699B (en) * 2014-11-17 2018-04-20 无锡飞翎电子有限公司 Roller washing machine and its control method
JP6739215B2 (en) * 2015-05-25 2020-08-12 ローム株式会社 Motor drive circuit, vibration device, and electronic device
DE102016212525A1 (en) * 2016-07-08 2018-01-11 BSH Hausgeräte GmbH Laundry care device with a controller
CN109695124A (en) * 2017-10-20 2019-04-30 青岛海尔滚筒洗衣机有限公司 A kind of control method and washing machine of washing machine
KR102493162B1 (en) * 2017-11-08 2023-01-27 엘지전자 주식회사 Laundry treating appratus and controlling method thereof
KR102557579B1 (en) * 2018-08-23 2023-07-20 엘지전자 주식회사 Control method for laundry washing machine
KR20200026061A (en) * 2018-08-30 2020-03-10 엘지전자 주식회사 Washing machine and controlling method therefor
DE102018122462A1 (en) * 2018-09-14 2020-03-19 Miele & Cie. Kg Method and device for operating a cleaning device and cleaning device
JP7442114B2 (en) * 2019-05-10 2024-03-04 青島海爾洗衣机有限公司 washing machine
CN110106663A (en) * 2019-06-15 2019-08-09 国武时代国际文化传媒(北京)有限公司 For the efficient washing methods of light clothes
CN112760911B (en) * 2020-12-24 2022-01-11 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 Control method and device of washing machine, storage medium and processor
DE102021132564A1 (en) 2021-12-09 2023-06-15 Miele & Cie. Kg Method and control unit for operating a dryer and dryer

Family Cites Families (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2045514A1 (en) * 1970-09-08 1972-03-09 Siemens Elektrogeraete Gmbh Method for spinning laundry in drum washing machines
DE2416518A1 (en) * 1974-04-03 1975-10-30 Bosch Siemens Hausgeraete Washing machine spin-drying process - has an intermediate water introduction phase to loosen clothing from drum mantle
SU1694744A1 (en) * 1985-07-30 1991-11-30 Московский Прожекторный Завод Method of washing textiles in drum-type washing machines
IT1204219B (en) * 1986-03-11 1989-03-01 Zanussi Elettrodomestici LINEN AND WASHING MACHINE PROCESSING PROCEDURE THAT REALIZES THIS PROCEDURE
JP2749371B2 (en) * 1989-05-20 1998-05-13 株式会社日立製作所 Fully automatic washing / drying machine
JP2834855B2 (en) * 1990-06-26 1998-12-14 三洋電機株式会社 Drum type washing machine
IT1256274B (en) * 1991-11-11 1995-11-29 Zanussi Elettrodomestici LINEN TREATMENT PROCESS FOR WASHING MACHINE AND LINEN DRYER.
DE4310595A1 (en) * 1993-03-31 1994-10-06 Bosch Siemens Hausgeraete Washing machine with a reversing laundry drum
IT1268525B1 (en) * 1993-06-18 1997-03-04 Zanussi Elettrodomestici MACHINE FOR WASHING WITH PERFECTED RINSING CYCLES
IT1267586B1 (en) * 1994-09-28 1997-02-07 Zanussi Elettrodomestici WASHING MACHINE WITH PERFECTED ANTI-UNBALANCING DEVICE
JPH08299658A (en) * 1995-05-12 1996-11-19 Toshiba Corp Drum type washing machine
KR100206777B1 (en) * 1996-03-05 1999-08-02 구자홍 Motor control method of washing machine
DE19619603B4 (en) * 1996-05-15 2005-11-24 AEG Hausgeräte GmbH Method for influencing the mechanics acting on the laundry located in a washing machine or a laundry drying machine and washing machine or laundry drying machine for carrying out the method
ES2202999T5 (en) * 1999-12-23 2008-12-16 DIEHL AKO STIFTUNG &amp; CO. KG PROCEDURE FOR POSITIONING A WASHING DRUM OF A WASHER IN AN OBJECTIVE POSITION.
US6737828B2 (en) * 2001-07-19 2004-05-18 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Washing machine motor drive device
KR20040006252A (en) * 2002-07-11 2004-01-24 삼성전자주식회사 Shoes washing control method for washing machine
DE10234473A1 (en) * 2002-07-29 2004-02-12 BSH Bosch und Siemens Hausgeräte GmbH A method for acceleration of the absorption of water in the dry wash load of an automatic washing machine, using a controlled sequence of alternate direction tumbles at different speeds
CN1521305A (en) * 2003-02-14 2004-08-18 乐金电子(天津)电器有限公司 Washing method of washing machine
DE10326551A1 (en) * 2003-06-12 2005-01-05 BSH Bosch und Siemens Hausgeräte GmbH Washing and rinsing process for a washing machine
US7673358B2 (en) * 2003-09-26 2010-03-09 Miele & Cie Kg. Method of controlling the revolutions of the drum of a program controlled laundry machine
KR20050061701A (en) * 2003-12-18 2005-06-23 주식회사 대우일렉트로닉스 Method for controlling drive motor of drum type washing machine
JP4111168B2 (en) * 2004-05-18 2008-07-02 松下電器産業株式会社 Drum washing machine
NZ552422A (en) * 2006-12-21 2009-09-25 Fisher & Paykel Appliances Ltd Laundry appliance including control means which energises a motor to evenly distribute a load in response to signals from load sensors
JP4402122B2 (en) * 2007-02-14 2010-01-20 パナソニック株式会社 Drum washing machine
JP4100576B1 (en) * 2007-02-14 2008-06-11 松下電器産業株式会社 Drum washing machine
JP4851955B2 (en) * 2007-02-14 2012-01-11 パナソニック株式会社 Drum washing machine
EP1983088A1 (en) * 2007-04-18 2008-10-22 Whirlpool Corporation A method for rinsing fabric in a washer and washer adapted to carry out this method.
EP1995366B1 (en) * 2007-05-21 2015-05-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Washing machine and control method of maintaining a balanced state of laundry thereof
US20090145172A1 (en) * 2007-12-10 2009-06-11 Bsh Home Appliances Corporation Washing machine with ultraviolet protection cycle

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI429803B (en) 2014-03-11
EP2496747B1 (en) 2019-10-02
ES2614489T3 (en) 2017-05-31
EP2464777B1 (en) 2016-09-28
AU2010283165A1 (en) 2011-12-01
RU2011146829A (en) 2013-09-20
PL2464778T3 (en) 2017-04-28
EP2496747A4 (en) 2015-06-24
BR112012002347A2 (en) 2016-05-31
MX349451B (en) 2017-07-31
TW201124586A (en) 2011-07-16
UA103697C2 (en) 2013-11-11
CN102471972B (en) 2014-09-10
CN102471976A (en) 2012-05-23
CN102471972A (en) 2012-05-23
PL2464777T3 (en) 2017-04-28
CN102471976B (en) 2014-09-10
PL2496750T3 (en) 2018-03-30
WO2011019196A2 (en) 2011-02-17
WO2011019195A2 (en) 2011-02-17
UA100209C2 (en) 2012-11-26
MX2011012259A (en) 2012-01-30
EP2464777A4 (en) 2015-06-24
EP2464777A2 (en) 2012-06-20
TW201124584A (en) 2011-07-16
TWI424107B (en) 2014-01-21
TWI432624B (en) 2014-04-01
BR112012002347B1 (en) 2020-01-07
EP3130694A1 (en) 2017-02-15
TW201124585A (en) 2011-07-16
MX2011012606A (en) 2011-12-14
WO2011019196A3 (en) 2011-04-07
WO2011019197A1 (en) 2011-02-17
AU2010283168A1 (en) 2011-12-08
AU2010283168B2 (en) 2014-01-16
EP2464778A2 (en) 2012-06-20
RU2011147906A (en) 2013-09-20
RU2499091C2 (en) 2013-11-20
EP2464778B1 (en) 2016-09-28
EP2496747A2 (en) 2012-09-12
BR112012002451B1 (en) 2019-10-22
EP2496750B1 (en) 2017-10-25
EP2496750A4 (en) 2015-07-01
EP2464778A4 (en) 2015-07-01
EP2496750A1 (en) 2012-09-12
WO2011019199A2 (en) 2011-02-17
WO2011019199A3 (en) 2011-04-07
TWI410547B (en) 2013-10-01
ES2608812T3 (en) 2017-04-17
RU2497987C2 (en) 2013-11-10
WO2011019195A3 (en) 2011-04-21
ES2655588T3 (en) 2018-02-20
ES2755887T3 (en) 2020-04-24
AU2010283165B2 (en) 2013-08-15
BR112012002451A2 (en) 2016-11-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201124587A (en) Control method of a laundry machine
RU2497992C2 (en) Method of controlling washing machine (versions)
RU2516181C2 (en) Method of washing machine control
US8713736B2 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
US9822473B2 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
US8966944B2 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
KR101634179B1 (en) Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR101658549B1 (en) Controlling Method of Washing Machine
US20180057992A1 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
JP2018042695A (en) Washing machine
US9695537B2 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
KR20110022363A (en) Controlling method of washing machine
RU2497988C2 (en) Method of controlling washing machine (versions)
US9234307B2 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
JP2002306893A (en) Washing, dehydrating and drying device for business use
JPH11156081A (en) Drum type washing machine
RU2520061C2 (en) Method of washing machine control
US10533275B2 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
JP2017205188A (en) Washing and drying machine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees